GMRIT Academic Regulations and Curriculum 2016

GMRIT
Academic Regulations, Curriculum and Syllabi
2016
B. Tech.
Power Engineering
(4 Year Program)
Department of Power Engineering

GMR Institute of Technology
Rajam, Andhra Pradesh
(An Autonomous Institute Affiliated to JNTU Kakinada, AP)
NBA Accredited and NAAC Accredited
Academic Rules and Regulations
2016
Undergraduate Programmes
GMR Institute of Technology

Rajam 532 127, Andhra Pradesh
(An Autonomous Institute, Affiliated to JNTU, Kakinada, AP)
Accredited by NAAC & NBA
GMR Institute of Technology (GMRIT) | Regulation 2016
Contents
1. Eligibility for Admission……………………………....................................................... iv

2. Duration of B. Tech. Programme……………………………………………………….. iv
3. Branches of Study…………………………………………………………………………….. iv
4. Programme Structure………………………………………………………………………. v
4.1. Credit Distribution for the Courses Offered………………………………… viii
4.2. Structure of the Curriculum……………………………………………………….. viii
4.3. Credits Break-up for Various Category of Courses………………………. x
4.4. Division of Marks for Continuous and Semester End Assessment.. xi
5. Evaluation Methodology…………………………………………………………………... xii
5.1. Continuous Assessment Pattern for all Courses…………………………... xii
6. Attendance Requirements………………………………………………………………... xvi
7. Promotion Policies…………………………………………………………………………… xvi
8. Graduation Requirements………………………………………………………………… xvii
9. Flexibility to Add or Drop Courses……………………………………………………. xix
10. Withdrawal from Examination…………………………………………………………. xix
11. Curriculum……………………………………………………………………………………… xx
ii
The Vision of GMRIT
To be among the most preferred institutions for engineering and technological

education in the country
An institution that will bring out the best from its students, faculty and staff – to learn,
to achieve, to compete and to grow – among the very best
An institution where ethics, excellence and excitement will be the work religion, while
research, innovation and impact, the work culture
The Mission of GMRIT
To turnout disciplined and competent engineers with sound work and life ethics
To implement outcome based education in an IT-enabled environment
To encourage all-round rigor and instill a spirit of enquiry and critical thinking among
students, faculty and staff
To develop teaching, research and consulting environment in collaboration with
industry and other institutions
iii
Academic Regulations for B. Tech. Programme*

(For all the batches of candidates admitted in the Academic Year 2016–2017 and subsequently)
1. Eligibility for Admission

The total seats available as per the approved intake are grouped into two categories viz.
category A and Category B with a ratio of 70:30 as per the state government guidelines vide G.O
No.52
a. The admissions for category A and B seats shall be as per the guidelines of Andhra
Pradesh State Council for Higher Education (APSCHE) in consonance with
government reservation policy.
Under Category A: 70% of the seats are filled through EAMCET counseling.
Under Category B: 30% seats are filled based on 10+2 merits in compliance
with guidelines of APSCHE
b. Admission eligibility-Under Lateral Entry Scheme
Students with diploma qualification have an option of direct admission into 2nd year
B. Tech. (Lateral entry scheme). Under this scheme 20% seats of sanctioned intake
will be available in each course as supernumerary seats. Admissions to this three
year B Tech later entry Programme will be through ECET. The maximum period to
complete B. Tech. under lateral entry scheme is six consecutive academic years from
the date of joining.
2. Duration of the Programme
The course duration for the award of the Degree in Bachelor of Technology will be four
academic years, with two semesters in each year. However if a student is unable to complete the
course within 4 years, he/ she can do so by giving more attempts but within 8 consecutive
academic years from the date of admission.
Academic Calendar
For all the eight semesters a common academic calendar shall be followed in each semester by
having sixteen weeks of instruction, one week for the conduct of practical exams and with three
weeks for theory examinations and evaluation. Dates for registration, sessional and end
semester examinations shall be notified in the academic calendar of every semester. The
schedule for the conduct of all the curricular and co-curricular activities shall be notified in the
planner.
3. Branches of Study
B. Tech. Programmes
I. Chemical Engineering (CH)
II. Civil Engineering (CE)
*
Approved in the Academic Council Meeting held on March 24, 2018 (Satruday)
iv
III. Computer Science and Engineering (CS)

IV. Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EE)
V. Electronics and Communication Engineering (EC)
VI. Information Technology (IT)
VII. Mechanical Engineering (ME)
VIII. Power Engineering (PE)
4. Programme Structure
The curriculum will consist of courses of study (Theory, Practical, Contemporary Courses,
Mini Project, Term Papers, Project, Audit Courses, Self-study Courses, MOOCs, Summer
Internship and Full Semester Internship and Courses related Employability Skills) and
syllabi as prescribed by the respective Boards of Studies from time to time. The curriculum is
bifurcated into FSI and Non-FSI modes from 7th semester onwards.
Every student will be required to opt for six elective courses spanned across the semester from
4th to 8th semester from the list of electives as prescribed in the curriculum. Under Choice Based
Credit System (CBCS), the students may take one elective from the list of open electives offered
by other branches of engineering technology in consultation with their respective department.
a. Integrated Courses: Integrated courses are exclusively designed to provide a

unique learning experience to the students with the concept of layered learning
where in the students have the chances to practice while learning. These courses
designed by blending both theory and laboratory components in their core
curriculum and will be evaluated for 130 marks.
b. Contemporary Courses: These courses are designed with the help of experts from
industries and driven by experts from industries along with the internal faculty
members on the recent developments in core areas of engineering and technology.
These courses shall be registered as an elective course during their course of study
c. Mini Project: The curriculum offers Mini Projects in two different forms viz: (i) Mini
Project as a mandatory component in all lab courses (ii) 2 credit Mini Project during
5th or 6th semester. With respect to second one (ii) students will take mini project
batch wise and the batches will be divided as similar to lab courses. The report will
be evaluated by a committee as nominated by CoE constituted with internal &
external panels
d. Term Paper: The Term Paper is a self-study report and shall be carried out either
during 5th or 6th semester in choice with Mini Project. Every student will take up
this term paper individually and submit a report. The scope of the term paper could
be an exhaustive literature review choosing any engineering concept with reference
to standard research papers or an extension of the concept of earlier course work in
consultation with the term paper supervisor. The report will be evaluated by a
committee as nominated by HoD with the approval of CoE
v
e. Project work: The final project work shall be carried out during the 8th semester in
the non- FSI Model. Projects will be taken up batch wise. Internal evaluation will be
done by the Project Review Committee (PRC), comprising of HOD and two senior
faculty members along with the project supervisor. Semester end evaluation will be
done by Project Evaluation Committee (PEC) comprising of three members
including HOD, project guide and an external examiner nominated by the CoE
f. Audit Courses: Audit courses are among the compulsory courses and do not carry
any credits. All the students shall register for one Audit courses in the beginning of
3rdsemester. List of the courses will be notified at the beginning of the third
semester for all students and the student has to choose one audit course under self-
study mode at the beginning of third semester. All the students (regular and lateral
entry students) shall complete the audit course similar to other regular courses and
the results will be indicated with “Satisfactory” or “Not Satisfactory” performance.
g. Self-Study Courses: Self-study courses are the courses which are more similar to
theory courses where in the students learn the courses on independent mode. The
evaluation and assessment pattern for such courses shall be carried out as similar to
regular theory course. These courses shall be opted after getting proper approval
from the respective head of the department as well from the other head of the
department which is offering the course. The credits earned through these self-
study courses over and above the mandatory courses, and it will not be accounted in
CGPA calculation.
h. MOOCs: Meeting with the global requirements, to inculcate the habit of self-learning
and in compliance with UGC guidelines, MOOC (Massive Open Online Course) have
been introduced as electives
The proposed MOOCs would be additional choices in all the elective
groups subject to the availability during the respective semesters and
respective departments will declare the list of the courses at the
beginning of the semester, which are having a minimum of 45 hours in a
given semester
Course content for the selected MOOCs shall be drawn from respective
MOOCs links or shall be supplied by the department. Course will be
mentored by faculty members and Assessment & evaluation of the
courses shall be done by the department
Three credits will be awarded upon successful completion of each
MOOCs
i. Summer Internship: As a part of curriculum in all branches of Engineering, it is
mandatory for all students to undergo summer internship Programme at industries
(core or allied) / R & D organization to get practical insight of their subject domain
during summer break after the 4th semester. This summer internship Programme
shall be availed to a maximum duration of 4 weeks and the assessment shall be
vi
carried out with both internal and external experts leading to “Satisfactory” and
“Non-Satisfactory Performance” and it will not be accounted for the calculation of
CGPA
j. Employability Skills: It is mandatory for all students to take a course on
Employability Skills from 3rd Semester to 6th Semester. The Employability Skills are
covered under two broad streams viz. Aptitude skills and Soft Skills. The credits
earned through these courses will be indicated in the grade sheet and will not be
taken into account for CGPA calculation.
k. Industry Driven One Credit Courses (IDC): Meeting with the industry
requirements, to reduce the gap between industry and academia this one credit (15
hrs.) course has been introduced over and above regular courses from 3rd Semester
to 6th Semester for the interested students. The credits earned through these
courses will be indicated in the grade sheet and will not be taken into account for
CGPA calculation.
l. Full Semester Internship: Students can opt for full semester Internship
Programme at industries based on their self-interest either during 7th or 8th
semester to get practical insight relevant to their core branch of engineering or in
allied branch of study under the guidance of internal and external expert members
in the institute and at Industries respectively. All Students who wish to choose FSI
pattern shall exercise this option well before the commencement of 7th semester.
Students who wish to take FSI during 8th semester will have to take one additional
course in 7th semester when compared with Non FSI stream. In case of some
extraordinary cases, students may be permitted to choose the FSI pattern even
before the commencement of 8th semester. In all such cases student shall take one
additional course offered during 8th semester under self-study mode and acquire
the required credits.
i. Minimum CGPA cut-off up to 5th semester as prescribed by CDC
ii. Competency mapping
iii. Students who opt for FSI either in 7th or 8th will be provided with Internship
subject the availability/selection by the industries
Further the credits earned through FSI Programme will be indicated in the grade sheet
and will be accounted for the calculation of CGPA.
FSI final evaluation will be done by the FSI Review Committee (FSIRC), comprising of
HOD, one senior faculty member and External (Industry) expert nominated by HOD.
vii
4.1. Credit Distribution for Courses Offered
No Course Credits
1 Theory Course 3
2 Integrated Course 4
3 Laboratory/Drawing Course 2
4 MOOCs 3
5 Elective courses 3
6 Audit Course 0
7 Term Paper 2
8 Mini Project 2
9 Summer Internship 0
10 Project work 10
11 Full Semester internship 16
Co-curricular and Extra-Curricular
12 2
Activities(CCEC)
13 Employability Skills (ES) 2
14 Industry Driven One Credit Courses (IDC) 1
4.2. Structure of curriculum

Following are the TWO models of course patterns out of which any student shall choose
one model based on the notified criteria for selection.
a. Full Semester Internship (FSI) Model

b. Non Full Semester Internship Model
In the Full semester internship Model, the students selected/opted for internship will be
distributed in both the 7th and 8th semester based on the internships available. In the Non
Full Semester Internship Model, all the selected students shall carry out the Project work
as per the norms.
A. Course Pattern for Four year Regular Programme (FSI)
Total
Sem. No. of Theory Courses No. of Lab Courses
Credits
I 21
5 3
II 21
III 3 + Employability Skills+ CCEC 25
6(5 Theory + 1 Integrated) 3+ CCEC Activities+
IV 25 + 1 + 1
Employability Skills
Summer Internship (Audit course) 0
6 (4 Compulsory Theory + 1 1+ Term paper/Mini Project +
V 23
Integrated + 1 Elective) Employability Skills + CCEC
6 + Audit course 1 + Term paper/Mini project +
VI (3 Compulsory Theory + 1 CCEC Activities + Employability 23 + 1+1
Integrated + 2 Elective) Skills
VII Full semester internship 16
viii
VIII 4 (2 Compulsory + 2 Elective) 2 16

16+Term paper +Mini project+
Internship +CCEC +
Total 34+4+1 Audit courses 174
Employability Skills+ Audit
Course
B. Course Pattern for Four Year Regular Programme (Non - FSI)

Total
Credits
I 21
5 3
II 21
III 3+ Employability Skills + CCEC 25
6 (5 Theory + 1 Integrated)
IV 3+ Employability Skills +CCEC 25 + 1+1
V 23
Integrated + 1 Elective) Employability Skills+ CCEC
6+ Audit course 1 + Term paper/Mini project+
VII 3 (1 Compulsory + 2 Elective) 2 13
VIII 3 (2 Compulsory + 1 Elective) Project work 19

16+Term paper + Mini project +
36+4+1 Audit courses Project work + CCEC + 174
Total
C. Course Pattern for Three Year Lateral Entry Programme (FSI)
Total
Credits
6 (5 Theory + 1 Integrated) 3+ CCEC Activities+ Employability
IV 25 + 1+1
Skills
V 23
6+ Audit course 1 + Term paper/Mini project
VII Full semester internship 16
VIII 4 (2 Compulsory + 2 Elective) 2 16
Total 24+4+1 Audit courses 10 + Term paper +Mini project+ 132
ix
Internship report +CCEC +

D. Course Pattern for Three year Lateral Entry Programme (Non FSI)
Total
Credits
6 (5 Theory + 1 Integrated)
3+ CCEC Activities+ Employability
IV 24 + 1+1
Skills
V 23
6 + Audit course 1 + Term paper/Mini project +
VII 3 (1 Compulsory + 2 Elective) 2 13
VIII 3 (2 Compulsory + 1 Elective) Project work 19

10 + Term paper +Mini project+
Total 26+4+1 courses Internship report +CCEC + 132
4.3 Credit Break-up for Various Category of Courses

a. For Four year regular Programme (FSI)
Total Theory Courses : 34 @ 3 credits each = 102
(29 Core Courses + 5 Elective Courses)
Total Integrated Courses : 4 @ 4 credits each = 16
Total Laboratory Courses : 16 @ 2 credits each = 32
Term Paper with self-study report : 1 @ 2 credits = 2
Mini Project with self-study report : 1@ 2 credits = 2
CCEC Activities : 2 @ 1 credits = 2
Employability skills : 2@ 1 credits = 2
FSI internship : 1 @ 16 credits = 16
b. For Four year regular Programme (Non FSI)

x

Project work : 1 @ 10 credits = 10
c. For three year lateral entry Programme (FSI)

Internship report : 1 @ 16 credits = 16
d. For three year lateral entry Programme (Non FSI)

Project work : 1 @ 10 credits = 10
4.4 Division of Marks for Continuous and Semester End Assessment
Marks Marks for

Course Continuous Semester end
Assessment Assessment
Theory 40 60
Integrated Course 40 (60T+30L)
Drawing courses 25 50
Laboratory 25 50
Term Paper 50 --
Audit Courses 50 --
Mini Project 25 50
Industry Driven Courses (IDC) 25 --
Full semester Internship 200 200
Project work 100 100
xi
5. Evaluation Methodology
a. The assessment will be based on the performance in the semester-end examinations and /
or continuous assessment, carrying marks as specified in Clause 10
b. At the end of each semester, final examinations will normally be conducted during
October/November and during April / May of each year. Supplementary examinations may
also be conducted at such times as may be decided by the Institute
c. Continuous Assessment Marks will be awarded on the basis of Continuous Evaluation made
during the semester as per the scheme given in Clause 10
d. The letter grade and the grade points are awarded based on the hybrid grading system
having earned grades and awarded grades. Grading is done based on the percentage of
marks secured by a candidate in individual course as detailed below:
Range of Percentage Letter Qualitative Grade

of Marks Grade Meaning Point
90-100 A+ Outstanding 10
Earned grade
85-89 A Excellent 9
Due to relative B+ Very Good 8
grading system the B Good 7
ranges of marks may C+ Average 6 Awarded grade
vary for each course C Satisfactory 5
based on the normal D Pass 4
distribution of marks
< 40 for theory and F Fail 0
Earned grade
< 50 for Lab
e. After completion of the Programme, the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) from the I
Semester to VIII Semester (from III to VIII semester for lateral entry) is calculated using the
formula:
∑ ( × )
=
∑
Where n is the number of courses registered for, ‘ci’ is the credits allotted to the given
course and ‘gi’ is the grade point secured in the corresponding course.
5.1 Continuous Assessment Pattern for all Courses

a. Theory Course
• Out of 40 marks allotted for continuous assessment 30 marks will be awarded based
on two tests (Each Test will be conducted for 40 marks and scale down to 30 marks)
conducted and 10 marks shall be awarded based on assignment test given below:
Internal Test 1 & Test 2 : 30 Marks (80 % of marks secured in 1st best internal tests
and 20% marks secured in 2nd best internal test)
• The duration of each internal test will be 90 minutes addressing predominantly
on lower order thinking skills and shall cover two units of syllabus in each test
• All the students will be notified with the marks secured within one week after the
completion of the sessional exams
xii
• Students are permitted for reconciliation with in a period of two working days
after the notification of marks
• The evaluation methodology of Design and Drawing Courses coming under
theory will be given in their respective course handouts which will be approved
by department HOD.
Assignment Test : 10 Marks (Test will be conducted for 30 marks and scale
scale down to 10 marks)
• The duration of each test will be 120 minutes predominantly focusing on Higher
Order Thinking Skills covering all the possible range of all such HOTs. In case, if
the course has little scope of HOTs, assessment shall be carried out with LOTs
b. Integrated Course
40 marks allotted for continuous assessment as given below:
Theory Course
20 marks will be awarded based on two tests conducted similar to theory( Each Test
will be conducted for 40 marks and scale down to 20 marks) as given below:
Internal Test 1 & Test 2 : 20 Marks (80 % of marks secured in 1st best internal tests
and 20% marks secured in 2nd best internal test)
Laboratory
20 marks are awarded for continuous assessment and following is the pattern for the
award of 20 marks
Preparation, Observation & Result : 10 Marks
Record : 05 Marks
Internal Test : 05 Marks
External Exam (Lab) : 30 Marks
External Exam (Theory) : 60 Marks
c. Laboratory Course:
25 marks are awarded for continuous assessment and following is the pattern for
the award of 25 marks
Without Mini Project:
Record : 05 Marks
Viva – Voce : 05 Marks
With Mini Project (through Augmented Experiments):
Record : 05 Marks
Viva – Voce : 05 Marks
Augmented Experiment : 05 Marks
xiii
Engineering drawing course is evaluated in line with lab courses and the
pattern of awarding 25 marks for continuous evaluation is as following
Day-to-day work : 15 marks
Internal test : 10 marks
There shall be two internal tests for 10 marks each during the semester and the
average shall be considered.
d. Term Paper
Continuous Assessment : 50 Marks
Distribution
Literature Survey : 10 Marks
Review 1 : 15 Marks
Review 2 : 15 Marks
Final Presentation : 10 Marks
e. Audit Courses
Online Objective Test : 50 Marks
f. Mini Project
Distribution
Review 1 : 05 Marks
Review 2 : 05 Marks
g. Project
Distribution
Innovativeness of the Project : 05 Marks
Experimentation / Simulation : 20 Marks
Result Analysis : 05 Marks
Review 1 : 20 Marks
Review II : 20 Marks
Project Report : 10 Marks
h. Full Semester Internship

Distribution
Internship Progress Report : 20 Marks
xiv
On Site Assessment : 30 Marks

Assessment by Industry : 100 Marks
(Intern Assessment Tool)
Final Assessement on Campus : 50 Marks
Total : 200 Marks
Distribution
Project Report : 120 Marks
i. Co-Curricular and Extra Curricular (CCEC) Activities
Students shall acquire 1 credit each in 2nd and 3rd years with the following
scheme:
Scheme of evaluation for the CCEC activities:
• No. of slots in each Semester @ 2 slots every week : 24
• No. of Stream (2-CC + 1-EC) :3
• No. of slots allotted for each stream :8
Requirement for the award of 1- Credit
• Students shall choose at least two streams of events in each semester
• Students shall secure 75% attendance in each stream of events to obtain
a certificate
• Students shall obtain 2 certificates of Participation in each semester.
The credits earned through these courses will be indicated in the grade sheet and
will not be taken into account for CGPA calculation.
j. Employability Skills (ES)
Students have to take up these courses from 3rd – 6th semesters. In both streams i.e
Aptitude Skills & Soft Skills (AS and SS) Students will be assessed in each semester.
Based on the marks secured in continuous assessment, students will be assessed for
AS. Based on the attendance for the various activities scheduled, students will be
assessed for SS. 16 periods are allotted for each stream per semester.
• Assessment for Aptitude skills

Continuous assessment : 30 Marks
Comprehensive Test : 20 Marks
For continuous assessment one examination will be conducted after every 5 weeks for
a maximum of 10 marks each (3x10=30). At the end of the semester a comprehensive
test will conducted for 20 marks. The student shall secure at least 40% marks in each
semester to get qualified.
xv
Assessment of Soft Skills

Continuous Assessment for Soft skill is done based on the participation of the students
in the various activities schedule during each semester. In every semester 6 activities
under SS will be organized and students are expected to attend at least 4 activities to
get qualified.
Student will secure 1 credit at the end of 4th semester and at the end of 6th semester
subject to the condition that he/she secures 40% marks in AS and 75 attendance in SS
in each semester.
h. Industry Driven One Credit Courses

Online Objective Test : 25 Marks
Grading:
Marks 25 ≤ and 20 ≥ : Excellent
Marks 20 < and 15 ≥ : Very Good
Marks 15 < and 10 ≥ : Good
Marks < 10 : Satisfactory
6. Attendance Requirements
a) It is desirable for a candidate to put on 100% attendance in all the subjects.

However, a candidate shall be permitted to appear for the semester end
examination by maintaining at least 75% of attendance on an average in all the
courses in that semester put together
b) The shortage of attendance on medical grounds can be condoned to an extent of
10% provided a medical certificate is submitted to the Head of the Department
when the candidate reports back to the classes immediately after the leave.
Certificates submitted afterwards shall not be entertained. Condonation fee as fixed
by the college for those who put on attendance between ≥ 65% and <75% shall be
charged before the end examinations. Attendance may also be condoned as per the
State Government rules for those who participate in sports, co-curricular and extra-
curricular activities provided their attendance is in the minimum prescribed limits
for the purpose and recommended by the concerned authority
c) In case of the students having overall attendance less than 65% after condonation
shall be declared detained and has to repeat semester again
d) In case of the student having less than 65% of attendance in any of the course
during a particular semester, he/she is not permitted to appear for that particular
course in the semester end examinations. In such cases, the students need to
undergo extra classes during the vacation or at convenient time to earn the shortage
of attendance. After completing the attendance requirements he/she may be
permitted to appear for the examination and it will be treated as a second attempt
e) His / her academic progress and conduct have been satisfactory
7. Promotion Policies
xvi
In four year B. Tech. Programme, a student shall be promoted from 2nd year to 3rd
year only if s/he fulfills the academic requirements and earning of minimum 50% of
credits up to 2nd year
In four year B. Tech. Programme, a student shall be promoted from 3rd year to 4th
year only if s/he fulfills the academic requirements and earning of minimum 50%
credits up to 3rd year
In three year lateral entry B. Tech. Programme, a student shall be promoted from 3rd
year to 4th year only if s/he fulfills the academic requirements and earning of
minimum 50% credits up to 3rd year
8. Graduation Requirements
a) The following academic requirements shall be met for the award of the B. Tech. Degree
Student shall secure 174 credits for regular B. Tech. Programme and 132 credits for
the students who entered in second year through lateral entry scheme. However, the
CGPA obtained for the best 167 credits (Excluding any one 3 credit course, CCEC and
ES) and 125 credits(Excluding any one 3 credit course, CCEC and ES)respectively
shall be considered for the award of Grade/Class/Division
A student of a regular Programme who fails to earn 174 credits within eight
consecutive academic years from the year of his/her admission with a minimum CGPA
of 4.0 shall forfeit his/her degree and his/her admission stands cancelled
A student of a lateral entry Programme who fails to earn 132 credits within six
consecutive academic years from the year of his/her admission with a minimum CGPA
of 4.0 shall forfeit his/her degree and his/her admission stands cancelled
b) Award of degree
Classification of degree will be as follows:
i. CGPA ≥ 7.5 : Degree with Distinction

ii. CGPA ≥6.5 and < 7.5 : Degree with First Class
iii. CGPA ≥5.0 and < 6.5 : Degree with Second Class
iv. CGPA ≥4.0 and < 5.0 : Degree with Pass Class
First Class with Distinction: A candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree
(vide clause 8 (a) having passed all the courses of study of all the eight semesters
(six semesters for lateral entry candidates) at the first opportunity, within eight
consecutive semesters (six consecutive semesters for lateral entry candidates) after
the commencement of his /her study and securing a CGPA of 7.5 and above shall be
declared to have passed in First Class with Distinction. For this purpose the
withdrawal from examination (vide clause 9) will not be construed as an
opportunity for appearance in the examination
First Class: A candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree (vide clause 8 (a)
having passed all the courses of study of all the eight semesters (six semesters for
lateral entry candidates) within maximum period of ten consecutive semesters
xvii
(eight consecutive semesters for lateral entry candidates) after the commencement
of his /her study and securing a CGPA of 6.5 and above shall be declared to have
passed in First Class
Second Class : A candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree (vide clause 8
(a) having passed all the courses of study of all the eight semesters (six semesters
for lateral entry candidates) within maximum period of ten consecutive semesters
(eight consecutive semesters for lateral entry candidates) after the commencement
of his /her study and securing a CGPA of 5.0 and above shall be declared to have
passed in Second Class
Degree with Pass Mark : All other candidates who qualify for the award of the
degree shall be declared to have passed in Degree with Pass Mark
c) Grafting
In order to extend the benefit to the students with one/ two backlogs after either 6th
semester or 8th semester, GRAFTING option is provided to the students enabling their
placements and fulfilling graduation requirements. Following are the guidelines for the
Grafting:
Grafting will be done among the courses within the semester. Shall draw a
maximum of 7 marks from the any one of the cleared courses in the semester and
will be grafted to the failed course in the same semester.
Students shall be given a choice of grafting only once in the 4 years Programme,
either after 6th semester (Option#1) or after 8th semester (Option#2)
Option#1: Applicable to students who have maximum of TWO theory courses in 5th
and/or 6th semesters
Option#2: Applicable to students who have maximum of TWO theory courses in 7th
and/or 8th semesters.
Eligibility for grafting:
i. Prior to the conduct of the supplementary examination after the
declaration of the 6th or 8th semester results.
ii. She/he must appear in all regular or supplementary examinations as
per the provisions laid down in regulations for the courses s/he
appeals for grafting.
iii. The marks obtained by her/him in latest attempt shall be taken into
account for grafting of marks in the failed course(s).
d) Betterment chance
Student who clears all the subjects up to 6th semester and wish to improve their CGPA
can register and appear for one betterment chance for maximum of any five theory
courses up to 6th semester. Betterment chance can be availed along with 7th and 8th
semester examinations
e) Quick Supplementary Examination

Student who clears all the courses up to 7th semester shall have a chance to appear for
Quick Supplementary Examination to clear the failed courses of 8th semester
xviii
f) All the candidates who register for the semester end examination will be issued
memorandum of marks by the Institute. Apart from the semester wise marks memos,
the institute will issue the provisional certificate subject to the fulfillment of all the
academic requirements
9. Flexibility to Add or Drop Courses
a. It is mandatory that all the students need to earn the minimum number of credits (as
per clause 8) for the award of B. Tech. degree in their respective disciplines. However a
student can earn more number of credits if they wish, by registering one additional
course, from the list of courses available in the curriculum of all disciplines, over and
above to the existing courses from 4th semester to 6th semester
b. The students who are opting for full semester internship (FSI) in the 7th or 8th Semester,
they are permitted to take the courses as listed in 7th and 8th semester of the curriculum
are from the list of electives furnished in the curriculum
c. The students, who are in non FSI mode, shall register for the project work in the 8th
semester only
d. The student shall be permitted to drop any SSC at any point of time
e. All the courses registered and cleared by a student in this mode will be mentioned in the
Cumulative Grade Memo (CGM) as additional acquired. However the CGPA is calculated
for the best 167/125 credits only (as mentioned in the clause 8)
10. Withdrawal from the Examination
a. A candidate may, for valid reasons, be granted permission by the Principal to withdraw
from appearing for the examination in any course or courses of only one semester
examination during the entire duration of the degree Programme. Also, only ONE
application for withdrawal is permitted for that semester examination in which
withdrawal is sought
b. Withdrawal application shall be valid only if the candidate is otherwise eligible to write
the examination and if it is made prior to the commencement of the examination in that
course or courses and also recommended by the Head of the Department
c. Such Withdrawal from the examination shall be treated as absent for the 1st attempt to
the respective examination and will lose the eligibility for First Class with Distinction
d. The student shall be allowed to drop FSI course either 7th or 8th semester within 4
weeks from the commencement of the FSI Programme due any uncertainty from either
side. In such case s/he will automatically entered into Non-FSI pattern of curriculum,
and s/he needs to register for respective courses in that semester and appear for
semester end examinations. In case if s/he has earned equivalent number of credits or
near to the equivalent number of credits with respect to clause 9, s/he shall forbid the
courses either partially or fully
e. If any student withdraws from FSI course after the stipulated period mentioned in the
clause 10.d, s/he will be considered as detained from the semester. S/he needs to
register for the semester in the next academic year
xix
General
a. s/he represents “she” and “he” both

b. Where the words ‘he’, ‘him’, ‘his’, occur, they imply ‘she’, ‘her’, ‘hers’ also
c. The academic regulations should be read as a whole for the purpose of any interpretation
d. In the case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the decision of
the Chairman, Academic Council will be final
The college may change or amend the academic regulations or syllabi from time to time and the
changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the students with effect from the dates
notified by the institute.
11. Curriculum: The curriculum of all the UG Programmes is given below
xx
Department of Power Engineering, GMRIT | Curriculum | Regulation 2016
Department Vision
To be a nationally preferred Power Engineering department of learning for students and

teachers alike, with dual commitment to research and serving students in an atmosphere of
innovation and critical thinking
Department Mission
1. To provide quality education in Power Engineering to prepare the graduates for a

rewarding career in Power Engineering and related industries, in tune with evolving
needs of the industry
2. To prepare the students to become thinking professional and good citizens who would
apply their knowledge critically and innovatively to solve professional and social
problems
Program Educational Objectives
PEO 1: Succeed In their higher studies and professional career as globally employable power
engineers and team leaders
PEO 2: Apply their engineering skills in solving engineering problems complying with social,
economic and safety challenges
PEO 3: Exhibit team work, management and communication skills and emerge as committed
ethically responsible citizens
1
Program Outcomes
Engineering graduate will be able to
PO 1: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an

engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.(Engineering knowledge)
PO 2: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering
problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,
natural sciences, and engineering sciences.(Problem analysis)
PO 3: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or
processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public
health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.(Design/development of solutions)
PO 4: Use research based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,
analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
conclusions.(Conduct investigations of complex problems)
PO 5: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering
and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with
an understanding of the limitations.(Modern tool usage)
PO 6: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,
safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the
professional engineering practice.(The engineer and society)
PO 7: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and
environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable
development.(Environment and sustainability)
PO 8: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.(Ethics)
PO 9: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and
in multidisciplinary settings.(Individual and team work)
PO 10: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give
and receive clear instructions.(Communication)
PO 11: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management
principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.(Project management and
finance)
PO 12: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent
and lifelong learning in the broadest context of technological change.(Lifelong
learning)
PO 13: Emerge as global leaders in power and energy sectors by blending contemporary
technologies which are significant in providing safe, economic, reliable and clean
power. (Program Specific)
2
CURRICULUM FEATURES
UNDER ACADEMIC REGULATION 2016
1. Choice based credit system

2. Types of learning strategies
Curriculum is designed and developed in such a way that it provides a high degree of
flexibility to promote a learner centric environment through different types of learning
strategies viz. Independent learning, collaborative learning and interactive learning.
Independent learning
o Self study elective courses
o Self study topics in each unit in all the courses
Collaborative Learning
o Laboratory classes
o Mini projects in all laboratory courses
o Main project to demonstrate all the possible learning outcomes
Interactive Learning
o Tutorial classes in all the courses wherever possible
3. Industry engagement
Industry driven 3-credit elective courses
Industry driven 1-credit courses from 3rd semester onwards
Summer internship (One month duration) at the end of 2nd year during the
program of study
Full semester internship (FSI) (Six month) during fourth year during the
program of study
4. Layered learning
5. Research oriented electives in the form of term paper
6. Credited courses for employability skills, extra- and co- curricular activities
7. Assessment pattern for all courses in accordance with revised Bloom’s taxonomy
8. Distribution of courses
Foundation Courses
2%
10% Core Courses
26% Electives
Others
62%
3
Department of Power Engineering

[Minimum Credits to be earned: 174 (for regular students)/132(for Lateral entry students)]
First Semester
Course Periods
No Course POs
Code L T P C
1 16HSX01 English Communication Skills I 10 3 1 - 3
2 16MAX01 Engineering Mathematics I 1, 2 3 1 - 3
3 16PYX01 Engineering Physics 1, 2 3 1 - 3
4 16MEX01 Engineering Mechanics 1, 2, 3 3 1 - 3
5 16CSX01 Problem Solving Using C 1, 2, 3 3 1 - 3
6 16PYX02 Engineering Physics Lab 4 - - 3 2
7 16CSX02 Problem Solving Using C Lab 4 - - 3 2
8 16MEX02 Engineering Drawing 4, 9, 10 - - 3 2
Total 15 5 9 21
Second Semester
1 16HSX03 English Communication Skills II 10 3 1 - 3
2 16MAX02 Engineering Mathematics II 1, 2 3 1 - 3
3 16CYX01 Engineering Chemistry 1, 2 3 1 - 3
4 16EEX01 Basic Electrical Engineering 1, 2 3 1 - 3
5 16CHX01 Environmental Studies 1, 3, 6, 7 3 1 - 3
6 16HSX02 English Communication Skills Lab 10 - - 3 2
7 16CYX02 Engineering Chemistry Lab 4 - - 3 2
8 16MEX03 Engineering Workshop 1, 2, 10, 12 - - 3 2
Total 15 5 9 21
Third Semester
Periods
No Course Code Course POs
L T P C
1 16MA303 Engineering Mathematics III 1, 2 3 - 2 4
Fundamentals of Engineering
2 16PE302 1, 2, 3, PSO1 3 1 - 3
Thermodynamics
Mechanics of Fluids and Hydraulic
3 16PE303 1, 2, 3, 4, PSO1 3 1 - 3
Machines
4 16PE304 Materials and Manufacturing Processes 1, 2, PSO1 3 1 - 3
5 16EE303 DC Machines 1, 2 3 1 - 3
6 16PE306 Electrical Circuit Analysis 1, 2, 3 3 1 - 3
Mechanics of Fluids and Hydraulic
7 16PE307 4 - - 3 2
Machines Lab
8 16EE409 DC Machines Lab 4 - - 3 2
9 16PE309 Circuits and Simulation Lab 4 - - 3 2
10 16HSX05 CC&EC Activities I 10 - - 3 -
11 16ESX1A Employability Skills I 8, 10 - 2 - -
Total 18 7 14 25
Fourth Semester
1 16PE401 Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics 1, 2, 3 3 1 - 3
2 16ME401 Applied Thermal Engineering 1, 2 ,3, 7, PSO1 3 1 - 3
3 16PE403 Analog and Digital Electronics 1, 2, 3 3 - 2 4
4 16EE404 Transformers and Induction Machines 2, 3 3 1 - 3
Electrical Measurements and Power Plant
5 16PE405 1, 2, 6 3 1 - 3
Instrumentation
6 16PE406 Power Generation Engineering 1, 2, 7, PSO1 3 1 - 3
7 16PE407 Solid Mechanics Lab 4 - - 3 2
8 16ME407 Thermal Engineering Lab 4 - - 3 2
9 16PE409 Electrical Measurements Lab 4 - - 3 2
10 16HSX05 CC&EC Activities I 10 - - 3 1
11 16ESX1B Employability skills II 8, 10 - 2 - 1
Total 18 7 14 27
4
Fifth Semester
Periods
L T P C
1 16PE501 Heat and Mass Transfer 1, 2, 3 3 1 - 3
2 16PE502 Steam Generators and Prime Movers 1, 2, 3 3 1 - 3
3 16PE503 Control System Engineering 2, 3, 9 3 - 2 4
4 16PE504 Synchronous and Special Motors 2, 3 3 1 - 3
Electrical Power Transmission and
5 16PE505 2, 7, PSO1 3 1 - 3
Distribution
6 Elective I/CC 3 1 - 3
7 16EE507 AC Machines Lab 4 - - 3 2
16PE509/
8 Term Paper/ Mini Project 9, 10, 11, 12 - - 3 2
16PE510
9 16HSX06 CC & EC Activities II 10 - - 3 -
10 16ESX2A Employability Skills III 8, 10 - 2 - -
11 Summer Internship 10, 11 - - - -
Total 18 7 11 23
Sixth Semester
1 16CS307 Object Oriented Programming 2, 3, 4, 5, 11,12 3 - 2 4
2 16PE602 Power Plant Instrumentation and Control 1, 3, 7, 13 3 1 - 3
3 16PE603 Switch Gear and Protective Devices 3, 7, PSO1 3 1 - 3
4 16PE604 Power Electronics and Drives 1, 2, 3 3 1 - 3
5 Elective II/CC 3 1 - 3
6 Elective III (Open Elective) 3 1 - 3
7 16ME607 Heat Transfer Lab 4 - - 3 2
16PE509/
8 Term Paper/ Mini Project 4, 10, 11, 12 - - 3 2
16PE510
9 Audit Course 6, 8 - - - -
10 16HSX06 CC & EC Activities II 10 - - 3 1
11 16ESX2B Employability Skills IV 8, 10 - 2 - 1
Total 18 7 11 25
Seventh Semester
Periods
L T P C
Engineering Economics and Project
1 16HSX04 11 3 1 - 3
Management
2 Elective IV/CC 3 1 - 3
3 Elective V/CC 3 1 - 3
4 16PE704 Power Systems Lab 4 - - 3 2
5 16PE705 Power Systems Simulation lab 4, 5 - - 3 2
6 16PE706 Full Semester Internship1 9, 10, 11, 12, PSO1 - - - 16
Total 9 3 6 13/16
Eighth Semester
1 16PE801 Operation and Control of Power System 2, 3, 13 3 1 - 3
2 16PE802 Power Plant Professional Ethics 6, 7, 8, 13 3 1 - 3
3 Elective VI/CC 3 1 - 3
4 16PE804 Project 9, 10, 11, 12, PSO1 - - - 10
5 16PE706 Full Semester Internship2 9, 10, 11, 12, PSO1 16
Total 9 3 - 19/16
1
Student who opt for FSI-16PE706 during 7th semester, have to register one more additional elective and
16PE704 & 16PE705 as additional lab courses during 8th semester
2
Student who opt for FSI-16PE706 during 8th semester, have to register an additional course in consultation with
HoD during 7th semester
5
List of Elective Courses, Contemporary Courses, Audit Courses, Employability Skills

and One Credit Courses
Elective I
Course Periods
No Course POs
Code L T P C
1 16PE001 Non-Conventional Energy Resources 1, 6, 7, 12 3 1 - 3
2 16PE002 Advanced Fluid Dynamics 1, 2, 3 3 1 - 3
3 16PE003 Power Plant Pollution and Control 6, 7 3 1 - 3
4 MOOCs - - - 3
Elective II
1 16PE004 Solar Energy 2, PSO1 3 1 - 3
2 16PE005 Power Plant Safety Systems 6, 7, PSO1 3 1 - 3
3 16PE006 Thermal Power Plant Auxiliaries 6, 7, PSO1 3 1 - 3
4 MOOCs - - - 3
Elective III (Open Electives –Mathematics, Chemistry, Entrepreneurship Skills, Industrial Safety and
Engineering & Technology)
1 16CE007 Disaster Management (CE) 6, 7, 9, 10 3 1 - 3
2 16EE004 Renewable Energy Sources (EE) 6, 7, PSO1 3 1 - 3
3 16ME007 Principles of Entrepreneurship (ME) 1, 11 3 1 - 3
4 16EC004 Fundamentals of GPS (EC) 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 3 1 - 3
5 16CS006 Computational Intelligence (CS) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 3 1 - 3
6 16CS007 IoT for Engineering Applications(CS) 1, 2, 3, 4 3 1 - 3
7 16CH007 Industrial Safety and Hazard Management (CH) 1, 2, 3, 6, 8 3 1 - 3
8 16IT604 Fundamentals of Cloud Computing (IT) 2, 4, 5, 6, 12 3 1 - 3
9 16PE007 Smart Grid Technology (PE) 3, 5 3 1 - 3
10 16MA001 Computational Mathematics (MA) 1, 2, 9 3 1 - 3
11 16CY001 Nano Science and Technology (CY) 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 12 3 1 - 3
Elective IV
1 16EE005 Flexible AC Transmission System 2, 3, 5 3 1 - 3
2 16PE008 Wind Energy 2, PSO1 3 1 - 3
3 Utilization of Electrical Energy and Traction 1, 2, 3, 7, 12,
16PE009 PSO1
3 1 - 3
4 Theory of Machines and Design of Machine
16PE010 1, 2, 3 3 1 - 3
Elements
5 MOOCs - - - 3
Elective V
1 16EE007 High Voltage Engineering 2, 3, 5 3 1 - 3
2 16PE011 Energy Management and Auditing 3, 5 3 1 - 3
3 16PE012 HV Transmission 1, 2, 7, PSO1 3 1 - 3
4 16PE013 Energy Economics and Policy Regulations 3, 5
Modern Power System Analysis
5 16PE014 2, 3, PSO1 3 1 - 3
(FSI Compulsory Course)
6 MOOCs - - - 3
Elective VI
1 16PE015 Hyrid Energy systems 1, 2 3 1 - 3
Modern Power System Analysis
2 16PE014 2, 3, PSO1 3 1 - 3
(FSI Compulsory Course)
2, 8, 11, 12,
3 16PE016 Advanced Power Generation Technology PSO1
3 1 - 3
Testing and Commissioning of Electrical
4 16PE017 1, 2, 8, 12, PSO1 3 1 - 3
Equipment
5 16PE018 Nuclear Power Generation 1, 3, 7, PSO1 3 1 - 3
6 16PE019 Electrical Distribution System 1, 3, 5, 7, PSO1 3 1 - 3
7 MOOCs - - - 3
Contemporary Courses (CC)3
6
1 16PE020 Operation and Maintenance of Power Plant 2, 4, PSO1 3 - - 3

2 16PE021 Power Plant Erection and Commissioning 2, 4, PSO1 3 - - 3
3 16PE022 Study of Electrical Schemes in Power Plant 5, 12, PSO1 3 - - 3
4 16PE023 Study of Mechanical Schemes in Power Plant 5, 12, PSO1 3 - - 3
5 16CSX16 Digital Marketing (Self Study Mode) 10, 12 3 - - 1
One Credit Course (S) 3
1 16PEI01 Piping Engineering 1 0 0 1
2 16PEI02 Condition Monitoring 1 0 0 1
3 16PEI03 Solar PV Power Plant 1 0 0 1
4 16PEI04 Wind Power Plant 1 0 0 1
5 16PEI05 Solar Wind Hybrid Systems 1 0 0 1
Audit Courses
Contemporary India: Economy, Polity and
1 16AT001
Society (ME)
2 16AT002 Indian Heritage and Culture (EE)
3 16AT003 Intellectual Property Rights and Patents (EC)
4 16AT004 Introduction to Journalism (CS)
-----
5 16AT005 Professional Ethics and Morals (CE)
6 16AT006 Science, Technology and Development (CH)
7 16AT007 Industrial Sociology (PE)
8 16AT008 Organizational Behavior (IT)
Communication Etiquette in Workplaces
9 16AT009
(BS&H)
________________________
3
Contemporary and One Credit Courses may vary from one Academic Year to another academic year and
depends on the recent trends in the industries
7
Department of Power Engineering, GMRIT | Syllabi | Regulation 2016
16HSX01 English Communication Skills I

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Infer explicit and implicit meaning of a text
2. Construct clear, grammatically correct sentences using a variety of sentence structures
3. Analyze and Produce various types & formats of emails, letters in formal & informal ways to meet
particular purposes
4. Select and apply appropriate words and phrases in different contexts
5. Formulate and present ideas effectively in spoken form
6. Discuss social issues with concern and imagine possible solutions
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO10
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 3
CO5 3
CO6 3
3–Strongly linked | 2–Moderately linked | 1–Weakly linked
Unit I
In London by M. K. Gandhi
Using appropriate word/phrases, synonyms and antonyms, nouns, pronouns, paragraph writing, changing
autobiography into biography
Montgomery Bus Boycott
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Pecuniary Independence by P. T. Barnum
Using appropriate word/phrases, synonyms and antonyms, Adjectives, Adverbs, Note-making, Rewriting
sentences and Short talk
TED-Sashi Tharoor
12+3 Hours
Unit III
The Drunkard by W. H. Smith
Similes, Rhythmic expressions, One-word substitution, Describing people, Synonym and Antonyms, Tenses
(past and present), Gerund and Verbal Adjective, Summarizing, essay writing, writing paragraph
Essay writing tips
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Three Days to see by Hellen Keller
Deriving words, adjective formation, Tenses (future), prefixes, ModalAuxiliary verbs, Dialogue writing,
Expressing opinions/ideas, collecting information
Famous Indians with disability
11+4 Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. M. S. Rama Murty and M. Hariprasad, Prose for Communication Skills, Ravindra Publishing House,
Hyderabad, 2012
8
Reference (s)
1. J. Seely, Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking, OUP, 2013
2. Quirk, Greenbaum, Leech and Svartvk, A Comprehensive Grammar of the English language, Pearson,
India, 2010
3. R. Murphy, English Grammar in Use, 4th Ed, CUP, Cambridge, 2012
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Montgomery_Bus_Boycott
5. https://www.ted.com/talks/shashi_tharoor?language=en
6. http://www.internationalstudent.com/essay_writing/essay_tips
7. http://www.thebetterindia.com/16449/famous-indians-with-disability
Internal Assessment Pattern

Cognitive Level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test 1 (%)
Remember 25 25 -
Understand 25 25 -
Apply 50 50 40
Analyze - - 30
Evaluate - - -
Create - - 30
Total (%) 100 100 100
Sample question (s)

Remember
1. Find a synonym for each of the following words.
i. Emulate ii. Mend
2. Find an antonym for each of the following words
i. Intensive ii. Extravagance
Understand
1. Sketch the personality of Edward Middleton as he emerges from the conversation in the play.
2. Summarize Gandhi’s attempts to model himself on the English gentleman and which circumstances
force him to realize that he has been pursuing a false idea?
Apply
1. Construct a dialogue between students about organizing music club activities in their college.
2. Construct a dialogue between two friends about how they plan their own careers.
Analyze and Create

1. Prepare an essay in about 300 words on ‘some concrete measures to combat pollution.
2. Create an imaginary conversation between a blind boy and his friend on their visit to a drama.
1
Assignment test should contain only questions related to Higher Order Thinking (HOT) Skills pertaining to this course
9
16MAX01 Engineering Mathematics I

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Classify and solve analytically a wide range of first and higher order ordinary differential equations
with constant coefficients
2. Apply the knowledge of Mean value theorems, Maxima and Minima of functions of several variables
3. Analyze the characteristics and trace the curve of an equation
4. Adapt methods for measuring lengths, volumes, surface area of an object and transformation of
coordinates in practical situations
5. Utilize basic knowledge of conservative field, potential function and work done in engineering
problems
6. Identify the relationships between line, surface and volume integrals
COs – POs Mapping

COs PO1 PO2
1 3 2
2 3 2
3 3 2
4 3 2
5 3 2
6 3 2
Unit I
Differential Equations
Differential equations of first order and first degree–exact, linear and Bernoulli Applications to Newton’s Law
of cooling, Law of natural growth and decay, orthogonal trajectories, Non-homogeneous linear differential
equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients with RHS term of the type e ax, Sin ax, cos ax,
polynomials in x, eaxV(x), xV(x)
Heat flow problems–Variation of parameters 11+4 Hours
Unit II
Mean Value Theroms and Functions of Several Variables
Generalized Mean Value theorem (All theorems without proof), Functions of several variables-Partial
differentiation, Functional dependence, Jacobian, Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables with
constraints and without constraints. Curve tracing-Cartesian-Polar and Parametric curves
Rolle’s, Lagrange’s and Cauchy’s mean value theorems–Generalized Mean Value theorem proofs
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Applications of Integration
Applications of Integration to Lengths, Volumes and Surface areas of revolution in Cartesian and Polar
Coordinates. Multiple integrals-double and triple integrals, change of variables (Cartesian and Polar
coordinates), Change of order of Integration
Applications of Integration–Centroid–Mass 12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Vector Calculus
Vector Differentiation-Gradient, Divergence, Curl and their related properties of sums-products,
Laplacianoperator, Vector Integration - Line integral, work done, Potential function, area, surface and volume
integrals, Vector integral theorems: Greens, Stokes and Gauss Divergence Theorems (All theorems without
proof) and related problems
Vector identities–Proof of Green’s theorem 11+4 Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
10
Textbook (s)
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 42nd Ed., Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2012
2. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Ed., Wiley, 2012
3. R. K. Jain, S. R. K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 4th Ed., NarosaPublishingHouse,
NewDelhi, 2014
Reference (s)
1. B. V. Ramana, Engineering Mathematics, 4th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009
2. D. S. Chandrashekharaiah, Engineering Mathematics, Volume 1, Prism Publishers, 2010
3. T. K. V. Iyengar, B. Krishna Ghandhi, S. Ranganathan and M.V. S.S.N. Prasad, Engineering
Mathematics, Volume-I, 12th Ed., S. Chand Publishers, 2014
4. U. M. Swamy, P. VijayaLaxmi, K. L. Sai Prasad and M. Phani Krishna Kishore, A Text Book of
Engineering Mathematics–I, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2010

Cognitive Level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test2 (%)
Remember 30 30 -
Understand 40 40 -
Apply 30 30 60
Analyze - - -
Evaluate -- - 30
Create -- - 10
Total (%) 100 100 100
Sample question (s)

Remember
1. Find the Integrating factor of (x 2
) (
y − 2 xy 2 dx − x 3 − 3 x 2 y dy = 0)
−
2. Define solenoidal and irrotational for a Vector point function f .
3. Find the volume of solid generated by the revolution of the cardioid r = a(1+cos ) about the initial line
= 0
Understand
1. ( D 2 − 4 D + 4) y = 0
Solve
d2 y dy
2. Solve 2
− 6 + 25 y = e 2 x + Sin x
dx dx
3. Find the volume of the greatest rectangular parallelopiped that can be inscribed in the ellipsoid
x2 y2 z 2
+ + =1
a 2 b2 c2
Apply
1. A body originally at 80 0Ccools down to 60 oC in 20 minutes, the temperature of the air being
40oC.What will be the temperature of the body after 40 minutes from original?
2. Evaluate the integral by the change of order of integration
3. Show that the vector ( − )̅ + ( − ) ̅ + ( − ) is irrotational and find its Scalar
potential
Create
1. Apipe 20 cm in diameter contains steam at 200 0C. It is covered by a layer of insulation 6cm thick and
thermal conductivity 0.0003. If the temperarature of the outer surface is 30 oC. Find the heat lose per
hour from 2 meter length of the pipe
2
11
16PYX01 Engineering Physics

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Illustrate the concepts of Interference, Diffraction, Polarization and their applications
2. Summarize the concepts of electric fields, magnetic fields and superconductivity and make out the
scope of applications in various engineering fields
3. Outline the quantum mechanics to infer conductivity nature of metals
4. Explain the properties and application of dielectric, magnetic and Nano-materials
5. Demonstrate the emission of laser light, optical fibers and their applications in various Engineering
fields
6. Analyze the engineering Applications based on Fundamental concepts
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2
1 3 2
2 3 2
3 3 2
4 3 2
5 3 2
6 3 2
Unit I
Optics
Interference:Superposition of waves-Coherence-Young's double slit experiment-Interference in thin films by
reflection (Qualitative treatment)–Newton's rings.Diffraction: Fresnel and Fraunhoffer diffractions-Fraunhoffer
diffraction at a single slit-Diffraction grating-Grating spectrum, Polarization–Types of Polarization-Double
refraction-Nicol prism-Quarter and Half wave plate. Lasers: Characteristics of laser–Stimulated absorption–
Spontaneous emission-Stimulated emission–Population inversion–Pumping mechanism–Active medium–Laser
systems: Ruby laser-He-Ne laser–Semiconductor laser–Applications of Lasers
Wedge shaped film–Polarization–Holography
12+4 Hours
Unit II
Electrostatics and Electromagnetism
Gauss law in electricity and it’s applications: Coulomb’s law from Gauss law-spherically distributed charge-
Infinite line of charge-Infinite sheet of charges–Ampere's Law-Magnetic field due to current (Biot-Savart’s
Law)-B due to a current carrying wire and a circular loop,-Faraday’s law of induction-Lenz’s law-Induced
fields-Maxwell’s equations (Qualitative treatment)-Hall Effect-Electromagnetic Wave and poynting vector
(Qualitative treatment), Superconductivity–Superconductivity phenomenon-General properties-Meissner effect-
Penetration depth-Type I and type II superconductors-Flux quantization-DC and AC Josephson effect-
Applications of superconductors
Infinite line of charge–Infinite sheet of charges Quantum Interference (SQUID)
11+3 Hours
Unit III
Quantum Theory of Solids–Semiconductors–Optical Fiber
Quantum theory of solids: Dual nature of matter, properties of matter waves-Schrödinger’s wave equation–
Physical significance of wave function–Particle in a box (one dimensional)-Free electron theory of metals,
electrical conductivity-quantum free electron theory–Fermi Dirac Distribution-Kronig-Penney model
(qualitative)-Classification of materials into conductors-semi-conductors & insulators. Semiconductors: Carrier
Concentration (Intrinsic and Extrinsic, qualitative treatment only), Carrier drift, Carrier diffusion, Optical Fiber:
–principle and propagation of light in optical fibers–Numerical aperture and acceptance angle–types of optical
12
fibers–single and multimode, step index and graded index fibers–applications–fiber optic communication
system
Uncertainty principle–Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductor–Fiberoptic sensors
12+4 Hours
Unit IV
Magnetic, Dielectric & Nanomaterials
Magnetic Materials: Origin of magnetic moment (Bohr Magneton)-Classification of Magnetic materials-Dia,
para, ferro, Anti-ferro and Ferri magnetism-Domain and Weiss field theory (qualitative treatment only)-
Hysteresis Curve-Soft and Hard magnetic materials-Applications of magnetic materials
Dielectric Materials: Dielectric Polarization-Electronic, ionic and orientation polarizations (Qualitative treatment)
-Dielectrics in alternating fields-frequency dependence of the Polarizability ((Qualitative treatment), Important
dielectric materials
Nanomaterials: Introduction to nano materials-Physical, mechanical-electrical and optical properties of nano
materials-Preparation techniques of nano materials (Sol-Gel, CVD, Ball Milling)-Nano tubes-Different methods
of preparation carbon nano tubes (CNT’s) (CVD)-Applications of Nanomaterials
Permeability–Magnetization–Dielectric constant–Ferro and Piezo electric effect and materials
10+4 Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. Halliday, Resnick and Krane, Physics Part-II, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2012
2. S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, 6th Ed., Newage International Publishers, 2015
3. M. R. Srinivasan, Engineering Physics, 2nd Ed., Newage International Publishers, 2014
4. A. S. Vasudeva, Modern Engineering Physics, S. Chand and Company, New Delhi, 2006
5. C. M. Srivastava and C.Srinivasan, Science of Engineering Materials, Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd, 1997
6. C. P. Poole and F. J. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley, New Delhi, 2007
Reference (s)
1. R. K. Gour and S. L. Gupta, Engineering Physics, Dhanpathrai Publications, New Delhi, 2002
2. V. Rajendran, Engineering Physics, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private LTD, 2010
3. M. Armugam, Engineering Physics, Anuradha Agencies, 2007

Cognitive Level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test 3(%)
Remember 40 40 -
Understand 40 40 -
Apply 20 20 80
Analyze - - 20
Evaluate - - -
Create - - -
Total (%) 100 100 100
Sample question (s)

Remember
1. Define Principle of Superposition?
2. State Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction and Lenz’s law.
3. Summarize Meissenr’s effect of super conductors.
Understand
1. Explain the construction and working principle of Nicole’s prism.
2. Construct Ruby laser and explain its working principle with energy level diagram.
3. Conclude the inferences from the M-H characteristics of Type-1 and Type-2 super conductors.
3
13
Apply
1. List any four applications of lasers with reference to their characteristics.
2. Apply Biot-Savart’s law, and calculate the Magnetic field induction along the infinite length of a straight
conductor at points close to the conductor.
3. Calculate electric field intensity due to infinite line of charge by applying Gauss law.
Analyze
1. Compare Fraunhoffer’s diffraction and Fresnel’s diffractions.
2. Discuss the role of Meta stable states in lasing action.
3. Discuss the BCS theory of Superconductors.
14
16MEX01 Engineering Mechanics

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Draw the free body diagram of a given physical system and compute the resultant of a given coplanar
system of forces
2. Estimate the centroid of composite figures and bodies
3. Estimate area moment of inertia and mass moment of inertia of composite figures and bodies
4. Explain concepts of friction and principle of virtual work
5. Summarize power transmission through belts
6. Analyze plane truss (frame) by method of joints and method of sections
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO3
1 3 2 2
2 3 2 2
3 3 2 2
4 3 2 2
5 3 2 2
6 2 3 3
Unit I
System of forces-Equilibrium of system of forces
Types of Force systems-Coplanar Concurrent Forces–Resultant–Moment of a Force and its application–
Couples and Resultant of a Force System, Free body diagrams, equations of equilibrium of coplanar concurrent
and non-concurrent force systems, Lami’s theorem, resolution of a force into a force and a couple
Polygon law of forces for resultant
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Centroid-Centre of Gravity-Area Moments of Inertia-Mass Moment of Inertia
Centroids of simple figures (from basic principles)-Centroids of Composite Figures, Centre of gravity of simple
body (from basic principles), center of gravity of composite bodies, Definition–Moments of Inertia of simple
Figures, Polar Moment of Inertia, Transfer Theorem, Moments of Inertia of Composite Figures. Definition,
Moment of Inertia of simple bodies, Transfer Formula for Mass Moments of Inertia
Mass moment of inertia of composite bodies
12+4 Hours
Unit III
Friction-Power transmission through belts
Theory of friction–Angle of friction–Laws of friction-static friction–Kinetic friction, friction in bodies moving
up or down on an inclined plane-Introduction to belt and rope drives, types of belt drives, velocity ratio of belt
drives, slip of belt drives, tensions for flat belt drive, angle of contact, centrifugal tension, maximum tension of
belt
Condition for transmission of maximum power
11+4Hours
Unit IV
Analysis of perfect frames (Analytical Method)-Virtual Work
Types of Frames-Assumptions for forces in members of a perfect frame, Method of joints, Method of sections,
Force table, Cantilever Trusses, Structures with one end hinged and the other freely supported on rollers
carrying horizontal or inclined loads, Principle of Virtual Work-Application of the Principle of Virtual Work-
potential Energy and Equilibrium
Stable and Unstable Equilibrium 11+3 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
15
Textbook (s)
1. K. Vijay Kumar Reddy, J. Suresh Kumar, Singer's Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics, BS
Publications, 3rd Edition, 2011
2. A. K. Tayal, Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics, Umesh Publications, 14th Edition, 2011
3. S. S. Bhavikatti, Engineering Mechanics, New Age International, 2008
4. S. Timoshenko & D. H. Young, and JV Rao, Engineering Mechanics, 4th Ed., TMH Education, 2006
Reference (s)
1. Irving H. Shames and G. Krishna MohanaRao, Engineering Mechanics, 4th Ed., Pearson, 2006
2. R. K. Bansal, Engineering Mechanics, Laxmi Publications, 3rd Edition, 2004
Remember 20 20 -
Understand 30 30 -
Apply 50 50 60
Analyze -- - 40
Evaluate -- - -
Create -- - -
Total (%) 100 100 100
Sample question (s)
Remember
1. Define centroid
2. List the different types of belt drives
3. Define angle of repose
Understand
1. Explain Lami’s theorem
2. Compare mass moment of inertia and area moment of inertia
3. Explain the difference between frame and truss
Apply
1. Solve the resultant of three forces acting on a hook as shown in below figure
2. Identify the centroid of T-section shown in below figure
3. Solve to find the power transmitted by a belt running over a pulley of 600 mm diameter at 200 r.p.m.
The coefficient of friction between the belt and the pulley is 0.25, angle of lap 160° and maximum
tension in the belt is 2500 N
4
16
16CSX01 Problem Solving using C

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Develop the flow charts and algorithms, and then implement, compile and debug programs in C
language for solving a problem
2. Design programs involving decision structures, loops for problem solving
3. Design programs to develop applications using array data structure
4. Solve scientific problems using functions
5. Make use of pointers to design applications for efficient and dynamic memory allocation
6. Design programs to create/update basic data files
COs – POs Mapping

COs PO1 PO2 PO3
1 3 3 3
2 3 3 2
3 3 3 2
4 3 3 3
5 2 2 3
6 2 3 3
Unit I
Programming Basics
Introduction, Algorithm / pseudo code, flowchart, program development steps, structure of a C program, Types,
Operators, and Expressions: C-tokens, Variable Names, Data Types and Sizes, Constants, Declarations, C-
operators, Type Conversions, Precedence and Order of Evaluation
Control Flow: Statements and Blocks, If-Else, Else-If, Switch, Loops-While and For, Loops- Do-while, Break
and Continue
Comma and size of operators–Conditional Expressions–goto and Labels
12+3 Hours
Unit II
Arrays and Functions
Array concept, definition, declaration, accessing elements, storing elements, strings and string manipulations, 2-
D arrays, Multidimensional arrays, Array Applications
Basics of Functions, Functions Returning Non-integers, External Variables, Scope Rules, Static Variables,
Block Structure, Storage Classes, user defined functions, standard library functions, recursive functions, passing
Arrays to functions, Functions Applications
Arithmetic operations on string–nesting of functions–preprocessor commands
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Pointers and Structures
Pointer concepts, initialization of pointer variables, pointers and function arguments, passing by address,
dangling memory, address arithmetic, Character pointers and functions, pointers to pointers, dynamic memory
management functions
Basics of Structures, Structures and Functions, Arrays of Structures, Pointers to Structures, Self-referential
Structures, typedef, Unions
Programs on Dynamic memory management using functions–Table Lookup
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
File Structures
Standard Input and Output, Formatted Output-printf, Variable-length Argument Lists, Formatted Input-scanf,
File Access
Data Structures: Introduction to linear and non-linear data Structures, definition: stack, queue
17
Error Handling-stderr and exit–Introduction to Single Linked Lists

11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. B. W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, The C–Programming Language-, 2nd Ed., PHI, 1990
2. H. Sahni and A. Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd Ed., Universities Press, 2008
Reference (s)
1. Y. Kanetkar, Let us C, 8th Ed., BPB Publication, 2004
2. F. E. V. Prasad, C Programming: A Problem-Solving Approach, Giliberg, Cengage, 2010
3. A. S. Tenenbaum, Y. Langsam and M. J. Augenstein,Data Structures using C, Pearson Education, 2009
Remember 25 20 -
Understand 35 40 30
Apply 40 40 40
Analyze - - 30
Evaluate - - -
Create - - -
Total (%) 100 100 100
Sample question (s)

Remember
1. Define computer
2. List out operators
3. What is dangling pointer
Understand
1. Explain structure of a c program
2. Describe linear and nonlinear data structures
3. Explain multidimensional arrays
Apply
1. Implement matrix multiplication using arrays
2. Draw flow chart of program development steps
3. Demonstrate pointe to pointer concept.
Analyze
1. Compare structure and union
2. Differentiate logical and relational operators
3. Classify linear and nonlinear data structures
5
18
16PYX02 Engineering Physics Lab

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Build the knowledge in the scientific methods and learn the process of measuring different physical
parameters
2. Develop the laboratory skills in handling of electrical and Optical instruments
3. Demonstrate the interference and diffraction phenomena of light
4. Inspect and experience physical principles of Magnetic fields and optical fiber communications
5. Apply the principles of physics and measure the solid state properties of materials
6. Design and analyze experiment based on physics concepts
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO4
1 3
2 3
3 3
4 3
5 3
6 3
List of Experiments
1. Variation of magnetic field along the axis of current-carrying circular coil-Stewart and Gee’s Method
2. Determination of wavelengths of spectral line of mercury spectrum using diffraction grating
3. Determination of radius of curvature of convex lens by forming Newton’s rings
4. LCR circuit- Study of parallel and series Resonance
5. Measurement of thickness of a thin paper using wedge method
6. Fiber optics-Numerical aperture of a given fiber and study of bendig losses
7. Meldie’s Experiment–Transverse and longitudinal modes
8. Determination of wave length of Laser by diffraction grating
9. Determination of Hall Coefficient and charge carrier density of semi-conductor
10. Determination of Band gap of a semiconductor
List of Augmented Experiments6

1. To study the magnetization (M) of a ferromagnetic material in the presence of a magnetic field B and to
plot the hysteresis curve (M vs. B)
2. Study theThermoemf of the thermo couple
3. LCR Series and Parallel–Design of circuit for various resonance frequencies
4. Determination of characteristics of Laser beam
5. Determination of Horizontal component of earth’s magnetic field
6. Study of double refraction in calcite crystals
7. Dispersive power of various liquids using spectrometer
8. Photo cell–Characteristics and determination of Planks constant
Reading Material (s)

1. Physics Lab manual–Department of Physics, BS & H, GMRIT, Rajam, 2015
2. Y. Aparna and K. Venkateswararao, Engineering Physics–I and II, VGS Techno series, 2010
3. S. Panigrahi and B. Mallick, Engineering Practical Physics, Cengage leaning, Delhi, 2015
6
Students shall opt any one of the Augmented Experiments in addition to the regular experiments
19
16CSX02 Problem Solving using C Lab

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Implement, compile and debug programs in C language for solving a problem
2. Design programs involving decision structures, loops for problem solving
3. Design programs to develop applications using array data structure
4. Apply functions to solve real world problems
5. Make use of pointers to design applications with efficientuse of memory
6. Design programs to create/update basic data files
COs – POs Mapping

COs PO4
1 3
2 3
3 3
4 3
5 3
6 3
List of Experiments
1. Algorithms and Flow charts design and evaluation (Minimum 2)
2. Write C Programs to demonstrate C-tokens and operators
3. Write C Programs to demonstrate Decision Making And Branching (Selection)
4. Write a C program to demonstrate different loops
5. Write a C program to demonstrate arrays
6. Write a C program to demonstrate functions
7. Write a C program to implement the following
A. To manipulate strings using string handling functions.
B. To manipulate strings without using string handling functions
8. Write a C program to demonstrate different library functions
9. Write a C program to implement the following
A. To exchange two values using call by value and reference
B. To multiply two matrices using pointers
10. Write a C program to demonstrate functions using pointers
11. Write a C program to implement the following operations using structure and functions:
i) Reading a complex number ii) Writing a complex number
12. Write a C program
A. To copy data from one file to another
B. To reverse the first n characters in a given file (Note: The file name and n are specified on the
command line)
1. Merging of two arrays
2. Arithmetic operations on two complex numbers
3. Employee's Management System
4. Library management
5. Department store system
6. Personal Dairy Management System
7. Telecom Billing Management System
8. Bank Management System
9. Contacts Management
10. Medical Store Management System

1. C Programming Lab manual–Department of CSE-GMRIT Rajam
7
20
16MEX02 Engineering Drawing

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Understand Principles of engineering drawing
2. Construct Conic sections using general methods and other methods
3. Construct Orthographic projections of Points, Lines and Planes
4. Construct Orthographic projections of Solids using basic drafting software
5. Construct Isometric projections using basic drafting software
6. Construct Orthographic projections from given isometric projections of an object and vice versa
COs – POs Mapping

COs PO4 PO9 PO10
1 3 3 3
2 3 3 3
3 3 3 3
4 3 3 3
5 3 3 3
6 3 3 3
List of Experiments
Unit I
Conic Sections-Introduction to Orthographic Projections
Construction of conics using general method and other special methods
Orthographic Projections of Points, Straight Lines parallel to both planes, parallel to one plane and inclined to
other plane
9 Hours
Unit II
Orthographic Projections of Straight Lines and Planes
Projections of Straight Lines inclined to both planes; Projections of Planes; Regular Planes Perpendicular
Parallel to one Reference Plane and inclined to other Reference Plane; inclined to both the Reference Planes
Practice the following topics by using any one 2D drafting software
9 Hours
Unit III
Projections of Solids &Isometric Projections
Projections of Prisms, Cylinders, Pyramids and Cones with the axis inclined to one Principal Plane and Parallel
to the other, Projections of Prisms, Cylinders, Pyramids and Cones inclined to both the Principal Planes
Introduction to Isometric Projections, Isometric axes, angles, Isometric views, Construction of Isometric views
of Simple planes and Solids in various positions
15 Hours
Unit IV
Conversion of Engineering Views
Conversion of Orthographic Views of Simple Solid objects into Isometric View, Conversion of Isometric View
of Simple Solid objects into Orthographic Views
9 Hours
Total: 42 Hours
List of Drawing Sheets
1. Conics by General Method
2. Conics by using Special Methods
3. Projections of Points and Straight lines in Simple Positions
4. Projections of Lines inclined to both planes
5. Projections of Planes in Simple positions
21
6. Projections of Planes inclined to both planes

7. Projections of Solids
8. Projections of Solids inclined to both planes
9. Isometric Projections
10. Conversion of Orthographic views into Isometric views
11. Conversion of Isometric views into Orthographic views

1. Draw the Knuckle Pin and fork end of the knuckle joint
2. Draw the Socket and spigot cotter joint
3. Draw the Tommy bar and body of the Screw jack
4. Draw the Cup and Big and Small screws of screw jack
5. Draw the Connecting rod of IC Engine using AutoCAD
6. Draw the Pipe spool with flanges and a valve
7. Draw a sample pipe line construction design in oil and gas industries using AutoCAD
8. Draw the Pipe truss design using AutoCAD
9. Draw a 3-D bolt and nut with Threads using AutoCAD
10. Draw a 3-D Cross head pattern using AutoCAD
11. Draw the sample Bridge using AutoCAD
12. Draw the pipe vice using AutoCAD
13. Draw the Ni-Cd Battery zapper circuit diagram using AutoCAD
14. Draw the circuit diagram of battery charger with automatic cutoff using AutoCAD
15. Draw the satellite dish and Antenna using AutoCAD

Textbook (s)
1. N.D. Bhatt, V. M. Panchal, Pramod R. Ingle, Engineering drawing, Charotar Publications, 54th Edition,
2014
2. D. M. Kulkarni, A.P. Rastogi, Ashoke K. Sarkar, Engineering Graphics with Auto CAD, Prentice Hall
of India, 2nd Edition, 2010
Reference (s)
1. K. C. John, Engineering Graphics for Degree, PHI Publications, 2nd Edition, 2009
2. M. B. Shah and B. C. Rana, Engineering Drawing, Pearson Publishers, 2nd Edition, 2009
3. D. A. Jolhe, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 1st Edition, 2008
8
22
16HSX03 English Communication Skills II

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Build new academic vocabulary & phrases and make use of them in different contexts
2. Construct clear, grammatically correct sentences using a variety of sentence structures
3. Analyze and Produce various types & formats of emails, letters in formal & informal ways to meet
particular purposes
4. Compose and present ideas logically in written form
5. Organize ideas effectively in spoken form
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO10
1 3
2 3
3 3
4 3
5 3
6 3
Unit I
The Knowledge Society by A. P. J. Abdul Kalam
Forming Negative words, Quantifiers, Letter Writing, Interviews, Scientific Terminology
Famous Indian Scientist Inventions
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Principles of Good Writing by L. A. Hill
Word definitions, Articles, e-mail writing, Debates, Noticing changes in English, Origin and meaning of
borrowed words
Effective writing tips
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Man’s Peril by Bertrand Russell
Deriving nouns, Prepositions, Phrasal verbs, Speeches, Report Writing, Problem solving
Bertrand Russell and Einstein Manifesto
12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Shooting an Elephant by George Orwell
Using an appropriate word, conjunctions, voices, Cover letters, Resume, Dialogue writing, Group Discussion
Abridged version of Animal Farm
11+4 Hours
Total :45+15Hours
Textbook (s)
1. M. S. Rama Murty and M. Hariprasad, Prose for Communication Skills, Ravindra Publishing House,
Hyderabad, 2012
23
Reference (s)
1. J. Seely, Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking, OUP, 2013
2. Quirk, Greenbaum, Leech and Svartvik, A Comprehensive Grammar of the English language, Pearson,
India, 2010
3. Raymond Murphy, English Grammar in Use, 4th Ed, CUP, Cambridge, 2012
4. http://www.famousscientists.org/15-famous-indian-scientists-inventions/
5. http://www.grammarbook.com/grammar/effWrite.asp
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russell%E2%80%93Einstein_Manifesto)
7. http://cbhs.portlandschools.org/UserFiles/Servers/Server_1098483/File/Migration/Animal-Farm-
Abridged.pdf

Remember 25 25 -
Understand 25 25 -
Apply 50 50 40
Analyze 30
Evaluate -- - -
Create -- - 30
Total (%) 100 100 100
Sample question (s)

Remember
1. Write one synonym for each of the following words.
a) Generate (b) Vivid
2. Write an antonym for each of the following words.
a) Unique (b) Interesting
3. Fill in the blanks with some or any in the following sentences.
a) There isn’t ______ milk here.
b) She has _____ books and pens.
Understanding
1. Read the following passage
There is no dearth of fake patriotism in the world to disguise one’s weakness of failure in
administration and planning. It rather becomes an instrument in the hands of dictators and selfish rulers to keep
their position safe. One can hear the slogans of patriotism on both the sides of the line of demarcation in the
Indian sub-continent. When there is dissatisfaction among the masses these slogans would be raised—‘danger is
lurking on the borders’, ‘the enemy is making preparation to attack our country’. This is not patriotism but
perverse thinking for selfish motives. Patriotism does not require a whip to rouse the sentiments of the people—
if it is true patriotism. The unity achieved during war may be a result of apprehension of slavery, not necessarily
true emotion generated by patriotism. It is in the blood of the people to mould their life according to the needs of
the motherland. It is not in the expediency to create circumstances befitting one’s own interests. It is rather
regrettable that patriotism is the greatest casualty in almost all the fields in our country. Political expediency and
self-motives have become supreme, to the extent that even to talk of patriotism is labeled as puerile of
reactionary. Let us take inspiration from the young girl who wept and cried bitterly for she could not offer
flowers on the war memorial in London, for none of her forefathers had laid his life for the cause of the nation.
Let us inculcate this noble spirit among people if we have to bring back the glory that was India.
Answer the following question.
a) Show the effect of fake patriotism?
b) When are the slogans of patriotism raised?
c) Is this type of patriotism real patriotism? Whom does it benefit?
d) Is the unity during war real patriotism? Does true patriotism require any instigation?
e) What does the author regret?
f) Explain the result of political expediency and selfish motives?
9
24
g) Why did the little girl cry bitterly? Do we learn anything from her?
h) Locate the synonym of the word ‘conceal’ from the passage.
i) Find the antonym of the word ‘cheerful’ from the passage.
j) Suggest a suitable title to the passage.
2. Read the following passage and answer the questions on it:
Many matters, however, are less easily brought to the test of experience. If, like most of mankind, you have
passionate convictions on many such matters, there are ways in which you can make yourself aware of your own
bias. If an opinion contrary to your own makes you angry, that is a sign that you are subconsciously aware of
having no good reason for thinking as you do. If someone maintains that two and two are five, you feel pity
rather than anger, unless you know so little of arithmetic that his opinion shakes your own conviction. The most
savage controversies are those about matters as to which there is no good evidence either way. Persecution is
used in theology, not in arithmetic because in arithmetic there is knowledge, but in theology there is only
opinion. So, whenever you find yourself getting angry about your difference of opinion, be on your guard; you
will probably find, on examination, that your belief is going beyond what the evidence warrants.
Answer the following questions

a) Do you consider the content of the passage, legal or logical? Ans: logical
b) Is the author of the passage finally telling you about changing your opinion? Ans: No giving info.
c) According to the passage when do we feel pity? Ans: When someone knowledge so poorer then
minimum standards.
d) What is the meaning of the word ‘savage’ as used in the passage? Ans: uncivilized / unfair
e) What is the general reaction to an opinion contrary to your own? Ans: we get angry at first.
f) ‘In arithmetic there is no scope for opinion’-explain.
Apply
1. Develop an essay on the theme of “Digital India and its consequences” in about 200 words.
2. Write a letter to your friend who is exclusively occupied with his studies. Advise him to take part in
games
Analyze
1. Discuss the chief components of knowledge society with reference to India according to Dr. A. P. J.
Abdul Kalam.
2. Analyze L. A. Hill’s principles of good writing in achieving ‘vivid expression, simple and
conversational tone’ to make the writing interesting to the readers.
3. Explain how L.A. Hill’s principles of good writing are helpful to become a successful writer. (in about
250 words)
Create
1. Imagine yourself to be the instructor of a course in which 75 students have registered. Draft an email to
all your students asking them to prepare a presentation on the topic of their choice.
2. Build a model essay on impact of social media on youth.
25
16MAX02 Engineering Mathematics II

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Apply matrix knowledge to Engineering problems
2. Solve problems related to engineering applications using integral transform techniques
3. Make use of Laplace transforms in solving the differential equations with the initial and boundary
conditions
4. Apply the concept of Fourier series of periodic functions and expand a function in sine and cosine
series
5. Solve problems related to basic linear and non-linear partial differential equations
6. Formulate and solve some of the physical problems of engineering using partial differential equations
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2
1 3 3
2 3 2
3 3 2
4 3 2
5 3 2
6 3 2
Unit I
Matices
Linear systems of equations: Rank-Echelon form, Normal form–Solution of Linear Systems–Rank Method and
Gauss Seidal Method
Eigen values–Eigen vectors–Properties–Cayley-Hamilton Theorem (without proof)–Inverse and powers of a
matrix by using Cayley-Hamilton theorem, Quadratic forms-Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form–
Rank–Positive, negative, semi definite–index–signature
LU Decomposition Method
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Laplace Transforms
Laplace transforms of standard functions–Shifting Theorems, Transforms of derivatives and integrals–Unit step
function–Dirac delta function
Inverse Laplace transforms by Partial fractions–Convolution theorem (without proof)-Application of Laplace
transforms to ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients
Laplace Transform of Periodic Functions 11
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Fourier Series and Transformations
Fourier series–even and odd functions–Half-range sine and cosine series, Fourier integral theorem (without
proof)–Fourier transforms–sine and cosine transforms–properties–inverse transforms–Finite Fourier transforms
Fourier Transform of Convolution Products
12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Partial Differential Equations and Applications
Formation of partial differential equations-by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions–
solutions of first order linear (Lagrange) equations and nonlinear equations (standard types)–Method of
26
Separation of Variables-Applications to wave equation, heat conduction equation in one dimension and
homogeneous Laplace equation in Cartesian coordinates in two dimensions
Charpits Method
11+4 Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 42nd Ed., Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2012
2. S. R. K. Iyengar, R. K. Jain, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 4th Ed., Narosa Publishing House,
New Delhi, 2014
3. B. V. Ramana, Engineering Mathematics, 4th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009
Reference (s)
1. T. K. V. Iyengar, B. Krishna Ghandhi, S. Ranganathan and M. V. S. S. N. Prasad, Engineering
Mathematics, 12th Ed.,Volume–I, S. Chand Publishers, 2014
2. U. M. Swamy, P. Vijaya Laxmi, K. L. Sai Prasad and M. Phani Krishna Kishore, A Text Book of
Engineering Mathematics–II, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2010
3. D. S. Chandrashekharaiah, Engineering Mathematics, Vol–1, Prism Publishers, 2010
4. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Ed., Wiley, 2012

Remember 30 30 -
Understand 40 40 -
Apply 30 30 60
Analyze - - -
Evaluate -- -- 30
Create -- -- 10
Total (%) 100 100 100
Sample question (s)

Remember
1. Define rank of the matrix
2. Define unit step function
3. Write the Fourier sine transform of ( )
Understand
1. If ( ) = , ∈ ℕ in the interval −!, !", then for what values of the Fourier series of ( )
contains only sine terms
2. Form the partial differential equation by eliminating arbitrary constants#, $ from
z = ( x 2 + a )( y 2 + b)
3. Evaluate L 2t( )
Apply
Use Laplace transform technique to solve the differential equation y + 2 y − 3 y = sin t

'' '
1. if
y (0) = 0, y '(0) = 0.
(
2. Using Convolution theorem, find %&' (( ) *+) ))
"
3. A tightly stretched string with fixed end points x = 0 and x = l is initially in a position given by
πx
y = y0 Sin3 . If it is released from rest from this position, find the displacement y ( x, t )
l
10
27
Create
1. Compare the direct and iterative methods in solving system of equations.
2. Identifying the method to solve sparse systems.
3. What is the advantage of Fourier series over the Taylor’s series in some real time problems?
28
16CYX01 Engineering Chemistry

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Outline the fundamental chemistry with an applied perspective as future engineers with a focus on
engineering and industry
2. Analyze the quality of water and its treatment methods for domestic and industrial applications
3. Utilize the polymers, plastics, elastomers and advanced materials (Nano materials) as engineering
materials and apply them in domestic and industrial life
4. Infer the concepts of renewable & non-renewable energy sources, quality of fuels and apply a suitable
fuel as an energy source
5. Outline the corrosion factors and implement the prevention measures
6. Interpret the Nernst equation for electrode potentials and construction and working of various types of
energy storage devices
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2
1 3 2
2 3 2
3 3
4 3 2
5 3
6 3 2
Unit I
Water Technology & Advanced Materials
Water technology: sources of water–hardness of water–disadvantages of hard water–boiler troubles–internal
treatment methods, softening methods–lime soda, zeolite, ion exchange and reverse osmosis -specifications for
drinking water–BIS & WHO standards–municipal water treatment–analysis of water for hardness, chloride &
fluoride, numerical problems
Advanced materials–Nanomaterials–Introduction–Preparation by chemical methods–Characterization–SEM–
Applications in industry–solar, water purification and battery technology
Preparation of some important membranes for reverse osmosis process
12+3 Hours
Unit II
Polymers & Composites
Polymers: Introduction–Advantages of polymers over Metals and Alloys; Types of polymers–Types of
polymerization–Physical properties: viscosity, polydispersity, molecular weight distribution etc., and
mechanical properties–Plastics: Thermosetting & thermoplastics–Compounding of plastics–Moulding methods
(Compression, Injection, Transfer, Extrusion)–Preparation, Properties and Engineering applications of important
industrial polymers–Poly Ethylene, Poly Styrene, PVC, PTFE, Bakelite–Molecular Imprinting Polymers (MIP)
–Conducting Polymers–Biodegradable polymers-Fiber reinforced plastics-Glass fiber reinforced plastic–Bullet
Proof Plastics–Rubbers: processing of natural rubber–Vulcanization and compounding of rubber–Engineering
applications of rubber
Inorganic rubbers-silicone rubbers
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Fuels & Energy Resources
Fuels–Introduction-Calorific value–determination of calorific value–Bomb calorimeter and Junker’s
calorimeters-Classification of fuels–characteristics of a good fuel–classification and analysis of coal-Extraction
of Crude Oils–refining of crude oil–Cracking-Thermal and Catalytic cracking–Synthetic petrol–Polymerization,
Fischer Tropsch and Bergius processes–Knocking–Anti Knocking–Octane &Cetanenumber–ASTM standards of
29
fuels–Energy Resources: Energy scenario in India–working of thermal power plants–advantages and

disadvantages–non Renewable energy–solar energy–harnessing of solar energy–solar heaters–photo voltaic
cells–bio energy–biodiesel
Rocket fuels
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Corrosion & Energy Systems
Introduction–process of corrosion–Dry corrosion–Wet corrosion–galvanic corrosion–concentration cell
corrosion–water line corrosion–pitting corrosion–stress corrosion–Factors influencing corrosion–Control of
corrosion–Proper designing–passivity–using alloys–modifying the environment–using corrosion inhibitors:
Inorganic and Organic inhibitors-Cathodic protection–Metallic coatings–galvanization and tinning-Industrial
examples of high corrosion
Electrochemical energy systems:Introduction–Electrode potential–Nernst equation–EMF of cell–Storage
devices–Batteries: primary cell–dry cell; secondary cells–Lead acid battery, Lithium ion battery, flow batteries–
H2–O2 fuel cell and Photo galvanic cell
Organic coatings
11+4 Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. P. C. Jain and Monica Jain, Engineering Chemistry, 16th Ed., Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company, New
Delhi, 2015
2. S. S. Dara, A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, S. Chand and Company Limited, New Delhi, 1994
3. C. N. R. Rao, A. Muller and A. K. Cheetham, Nanomaterials Chemistry: Recent Developments and
New Directions, 2010
Reference (s)
1. S. Chawla, A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, 3rd Ed., Dhanpat Rai& Co (Pvt) Ltd, New Delhi,
2012
2. P. Murthy, C. V. Agarwal, A. Naidu, Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, B. S. Publications,
Hyderabad, 2006
3. T. Pradeep, Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, McGraw Hill Education,India,
Pvt.Limited, 2013

Remember 30 30 -
Understand 40 40 -
Apply 30 30 80
Analyze - - 20
Evaluate -- - -
Create -- - -
Total (%) 100 100 100
Sample question (s)

Remember
1. Define hardness. Which salts are responsible for different types of hard nesses?
2. Differentiate between polymer and plastic? List out the differences between thermoplastics and
thermosetting plastics?
3. Define calorific value, HCV and LCV
11
30
Understand
1. What is meant by desalination? Explain the procedure for softening of water by Reverse osmosis
process?
2. What is compounding of plastics? Explain the role of Fillers and Stabilizers with examples
in compounding of plastics?
3. How a photo-voltaic cell constructed and what is is the working mechanism of it?
Apply
1. Water contains the constituents like CO2 , HCO3- , Mg(HCO3)2 , H+, CaSO4 , NaCl and Na2SO4 and
this water is subjected to Lime and Soda softening, which type of chemical reactions are involved
between these constituents with Lime and Soda?
2. Which moulding technique is involved in making a plastic ball in toys industry? Explain the process in
detail with neat sketch?
3. By which methods, the underground pipelines are protected from corrosion? Explain the involved
mechanisms?
Analyze
1. The Boiler fed water contains the following compositions: CaSO4, CaCl2, MgCl2, SiO2 &
Na2CO3.Suggest the suitable methods and involved principle to prevent the formation of scale and
sludge by these constituents?
2. When a metal X (of reduction potential = 0.337V at 250C) is connected to another
metal Y (of reduction potential = -0.140V at 250C) and this structure is exposed
continuously to sea water, which type of corrosion would take place? Explain with
suitable mechanism.
3. Which type of corrosion is involved in the following jointed pipeline and why? Explain the involved
mechanism in detail
Iron pipe Copper pipe
Sea water inlet Sea water outlet
31
16EEX01 Basic Electrical Engineering

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Demonstrate the basic principles of electrical components
2. Outline electric circuits using network laws and reduction techniques
3. Illustrate the behavior of basic circuit elements for an AC excitation
4. Relate the laws of electro-magnetism and select a machine for practical applications
5. Outline the working principle and construction of the measuring instruments
6. Choose appropriate safety measures and wiring schemes
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2
1 3 1
2 3 1
3 2 1
4 3 1
5 3 1
6 2 3
Unit I
Basic Electrical Components
Definition of charge, electric potential, electric field, voltage, current, power and energy, Ohm’s law, Faraday’s
Law of Electromagnetic Induction, Classification of network elements, Basic circuit elements–R, L and C,
Types of energy sources-Dependent and independent sources, Kirchhoff’s laws, Resistive, inductive and
capacitive networks–series, parallel circuits, Self Inductance, mutual inductance, Types of induced emfs, Dot
Convention, Coefficient of coupling
Types of resistors–inductors and capacitors
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Fundamentals of Electrical Circuits
DC Circuits:Voltage and current division rule, Source transformation, mesh and nodal analysis, Star-delta
transformation. AC Circuits:Generation of alternating current, periodic waveforms and basic definitions, RMS
and average values of periodic and non-periodic waveforms, form factor and peak factor, AC through pure R
and L, Phasor representation, J-operator, Power in ac circuits
AC through pure capacitor
12+4 Hours
Unit III
Electrical Machines & Measuring Instruments
Electrical Machines:Principle of operation, Construction and Applications-DC Machines, 1-phase Transformers,
1-Phase Induction Motors, Stepper motors. Measuring Instruments: Classification of Measuring Instruments,
Construction and basic working principle of Voltmeter, Ammeter, Wattmeter
Working principle of Energy meter
12+4 Hours
Unit IV
Electrical Safety, Wiring and Introduction to Power System
Indian electricity safety rules, Electric shock- effects, protective measures and first aid, Earthling-Basic
principles and types.Electrical wiring-wiring accessories, staircase, tube light.Single line diagram of power
system
Design of corridor wiring 10+3Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
32
Textbook (s)
1. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Theory and Problems of Basic Electrical Engineering, 4th Ed., PHI
Learning Private limited, 2013
2. S. Ghosh, Fundamentals of Electrical & Electronics Engineering, 2nd Ed., PHI, 2010
3. V. K. Mehta and Rohit Mehta, Basic Electrical Engineering, S Chand and company Ltd, New Delhi,
India, Revised Edition, 2012
Reference (s)
1. K. Alice Mary, P.Ramana and Preethi Thekkath , Basics of Electrical Engineering, 1st Ed., S. Chand &
Company Ltd, 2016
2. J. B. Gupta, Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, 3rd Ed., S. K. Kataria & Sons, 2009
3. B. L. Theraja, Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics, 5th Ed., S. Chand & Company
Ltd, 2013

Remember 40 40 -
Understand 60 60 -
Apply - - 50
Analyze - - 50
Evaluate - - -
Create - - -
Total (%) 100 100 100
Sample question (s)

Remember
1. State Faradays laws of Electro-magnetic Induction.
2. Define
i. Charge ii. Power
iii. Energy iv. Potential
3. State any five Indian electricity safety rules
4. Define coefficient of coupling
Understand
1. Explain the principle of operation of transformer.
2. Describe the working of DC generator.
3. Explain the construction and working of Wattmeter.
4. Illustrate the emf equation of a transformer
12
33
16CHX01 Environmental Studies

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Translate the learner’s attitude to think globally and act locally
2. Motivate environmental organizaions to create a concern about our present state of Environment.
3. Find solutions for conservation of natural resources
4. Identify the benefits of ecosystem conservation, biodiversity protection, implement pollution
prevention and control measures
5. Illustrate social issues of environmental protection and adopt sustainable developmental practices
6. Perceives the basic structure of environmental policy and law pertaining to specific environmental
issues (water quality, air quality, biodiversity protection, Forest, etc.)
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO3 PO6 PO7
1 - - 3 3
2 - - - 3
3 3 3 - 3
4 - - 3 3
5 - - 3 3
6 - - - 3
Unit I
Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies & Natural Resources
Definition, Scope and Importance, Multidisciplinary nature of Environmental Studies, Value of Nature-
Productive, Aesthetic/Recreation, Option, Need for Public Awareness, Institutions (BNHS, BVIEER, ZSI, BSI)
and People in Environment (MedhaPatkar, Sundarlal Bahuguna, Indira Gandhi, Rachael Carson)
Natural Resources: Renewable and Non–renewable resources–Importance, uses, overexploitation/threats, and
conservation of (i) forest (ii) water (iii) mineral (iv) food and (v) energy resources, role of an individual in
conservation of natural resources
Biotic and abiotic components–Case studies of forest-water-mineral-food-energy resources
12+4 Hours
Unit II
Ecosystem & Biodiversity
Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem, Structure and function of an ecosystem, Biogeological cycles (Energy
flow, Carbon and Nitrogen Cycles), Ecological succession, Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids,
Introduction, types, characteristic features, structures and functions of the following ecosystems: a. Forest
Ecosystem b. Aquatic Ecosystem Biodiversity and its Conservation: Definition and levels of biodiversity, Bio–
geographical classification of India, hot spots of biodiversity–India as a mega diversity nation, Threats to
biodiversity, Endangered and endemic species of India, Conservation of biodiversity: In–situ and Ex–situ
conservation
Phosphorus cycle–Desert ecosystems–Grassland ecosystem–Case studies on conservation of biodiversity
12+4 Hours
Unit III
Environmental Pollution & Social Issues
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects, control measures and case studies of: Air pollution b. Water
pollution c. Soil pollution Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
industrial wastes. Disaster management (floods and cyclones) Social Issues and the Environment: Sustainability,
Urban problems related to energy, Water conservation and watershed management, Resettlement and
rehabilitation of people; Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions, global warming, ozone layer
depletion, Consumerism and waste products
Noise pollution–Case studies on pollution–Wasteland reclamation 11+4 Hours
34
Unit IV
Human Population and the Environmental Acts
Human Population and the Environment: Population growth, Affluence, Technology and Environmental Impact
(Master Equation), Population explosion and Family Welfare Programme, Value Education, HIV/AIDS,
Women and Child Welfare, Role of information Technology in Environment and human health, Environment
Protection Acts: Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act,
Wildlife Protection Act and Forest Conservation Act. Issues involved in enforcement of environmental
legislation
Human Rights–The environment (Protection) Act, 1986
10+3 Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. E. Bharucha, Textbook of Environmental Studies, 1st Ed., University Press (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2005
Reference (s)
1. W. P. Cunningham, M. A. Cunningham, Principles of Environmental Science, 6th Ed., Tata McGraw
Hill, 2008
2. A. Kaushik, C. P. Kaushik, Perspectives in Environmental Studies, 4th Ed., New Age International
Publishers, 2008
3. H. S. Peavy, D. R. Rowe, G. Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering, 1st Ed., McGraw Hill, 1984
4. T. E. Graedel, B. R. Allenby, Industrial Ecology and Sustainable Engineering, 1st Ed., Pearson
Publications, 2009

Remember 40 35 15
Understand 45 50 50
Apply 15 15 35
Analyze -- -- --
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Sample question (s)

Remember
1. List important natural resources & important institutions related to the environment.
2. Recall a simple food chain.
3. List important acts in environment.
Understand
1. Money deposited in a bank- identify under which environment value.
2. Summarize the methods for creating public awareness regarding environment.
3. Explain the consequences of over utilization of water resources.
Apply
1. Select the economic method of conservation of biodiversity and describe it.
2. Predict the effects and control methods of water pollution.
3. Find the urban problems related to energy and suggest suitable alternatives.
4. Assess why women and children need special care and what are all the supports that our Government is
extending to them?
13
35
16HSX02 English Communication Skills Lab

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Develop the pronunciation ability by using their gained knowledge of the English sound system
2. Improve the articulation of sounds and pronunciation of words for intelligible English
3. Recognize the use of language in conversational style with focus on communication in English
4. Organize ideas effectively in spoken form
6. Develop the pronunciation abilityby using their gained knowledge of the English sound system
COs – POs Mapping
COs P010
1 3
2 3
3 3
4 3
5 3
6 3
List of Experiments
Module 1–Sounds of English-Consonants

Module 2–Interaction-1: Greeting and taking leave, introducing oneself to others.
Module 3–Sounds of English-Vowels
Module 4–Interaction-2: Making request and response to them ask for and give/refuse permission, Ask for and
give directions, thank and respond
Module 5–Some rules of Pronunciation
Module 6–Interaction-3: Invite, accept, and declining invitations, Make complaints and respond to them,
Express sympathy
Module 7–Word Stress and Sentence stress
Module 8–Interaction-4: Apologize and respond, advise and suggest, Telephone Skills
Module 9–Presentation Skills: Oral and PPT Presentations
Module 10 Group Discussion
Extra Module
Module 11–Debate

1. Common Errors in English
2. Listening Skills
3. Speaking Skills
4. Writing Skills
5. Presentation Skills–observations
6. Reading Skills
7. Public Speaking
8. Interview Skills
9. Office Communication
10. Telephone Skills
11. Report Writing
12. Vocabulary
13. Body Language
14. Resume Writing
15. Functional English
14
36

1. K. Nirupa Rani, Jayashree Mohanraj and B. Indira, Strengthen Your Steps-Maruthi publications, 2012
2. K. Nirupa Rani, Jayashree Mohan Raj, B. Indira, (Ed) Speak Well (C.D) Orient Black Swan Pvt Ltd,
Hyderabad, 2012
3. D. Jones, English Pronouncing Dictionary (Software)CUP, Ver.1.0, 2003
4. J. Sethi, S. Kamlesh, D. V. Jindal. A Practical Course in English Pronunciation, Prentice-hall of India,
New Delhi, 2007
5. T. Balasubramanian, A Textbook of English Phonetics for Indian students, McMillan, 1981
6. K. Mohan and M. Raman, Effective English Communication, 1st Ed., Tata McGraHills, 2000
7. R. K. Bansal and J. B. Harrison, Spoken English, 3rd Ed., Orient Black Swan, Hyderabad, 1983
37
16CYX02 Engineering Chemistry Lab

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Utilize different Analytical tools and develop the necessary skills in executing experiments involving
estimation of metals in alloys, raw materials, finished products and environmental samples etc.
2. Utilize modern instruments like flame photometer, ion analyzer, UV Vis spectrophotometer, Atomic
Absorption Spectrophotometer for characterization of materials used in industry & environmental
monitoring
3. Determine the amount of hardness, chloride, fluoride, nitrite, DO of water for its quality and know its
utility in domestic and industry
4. Summarize the characteristics of lubricants and able to choose/modify lubricants according to purpose
5. Compose some cross-linked polymers like Bakelite, Nylon etc.
6. Identify the adulteration of food items such as milk, honey, tea, coffee & fertility of soil to increase
crop production
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO4
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 3
CO5 3
CO6 3
List of Experiments
Introduction to Quantitative Analysis
1. Assessment of Quality of water
i) Hardness ii) Chloride iii) Fluoride iv) Dissolved Oxygen v) Nitrite
2. Testing quality of lubricants
i) Viscosity Index ii) Flash & Fire point iii) Acid Number
3. Quality Analysis of engineering materials
i) Cement ii) Al/Cu wire iii) Steel
4. Preparation of Engineering and Nano materials
i) Bakelite ii) Nylon iii) Silver nano particles
5. Estimation of Purity of Iron in Ingot
6. Analysis of fertility of soil
i) Sodium & Potassium ii) Micro Nutrients
7. Determination of acid strength (for a citrus fruit) by Conductometr
8. Detection of adulteration of Food in Honey/ Milk/ Tea
9. Estimation of heavy metals in fast food items by AAS.
10. Testing of corrosion of metal
Note: Student should perform minimum of 12 experiments at least one form each head.

1. Assessment of ground water quality of your village/Mandal
2. Preparation of desired Viscosity Index lubricating oil
3. Studies on the effect of various factors on corrosion
15
38

1. K. Gouru Naidu, Engineering Chemistry Lab Manual, 1st Ed., 2014
2. G. Svehla, Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, 7th Ed., Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2003
3. Standard methods for the examination of water and waste waters, American Public Health Association,
21st Ed., EPA, Washington, 2005
4. Metcalf and Eddy, Waste Water Engineering Treatment and Reuse, 4th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2003
5. D. Srinivasulu, Engineering Chemistry laboratory manual & Record, Parshva publications, 2010
39
16MEX03 Engineering Workshop

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Utilize basic carpentry tools for the preparation of wooden joints
2. Make use of basic hand tools for the preparation of mild steel joints
3. Build simple house hold items with GI sheet using tin smithy tools
4. Make use of house wiring accessories to build simple electrical circuits
5. Build simple components with hand tools for making experimental setups
6. Build simple components with hand tools as per the drawing specifications
COs - POs Mapping

COs PO1 PO2 PO10 PO12
1 3 2 2 2
2 3 2 1 2
3 3 2 2 1
4 3 2 3 2
5 3 3 1 3
6 3 2 1 3
List of experiments
Trades
Carpentry : 1. Cross Lap joint
2. T-Lap joint
3. Dovetail Joint
4. Mortise and Tennon Joint
Fitting : 1. Square Fit
2. V- Fit
3. Half Round Fit
4. Dovetail Fit
Tin Smithy : 1. Square Box without lid
2. Taper Tray
3. Open Scoop
4. Funnel
House Wiring : 1. Parallel/Series Connection of three bulbs
2. Florescent Lamp Wiring
3. Stair Case Wiring
4. Godown Wiring
Total: 45 Hours
16
List of Augmented Experiments
1. Prepare Tee–bridle joint
2. Prepare Corner dovetail joint
3. Make Corner bridge joint
4. Make Dovetail lap joint
5. Prepare 900 round elbow pipe
6. Prepare Ellipse using GI sheet
7. Make cylindrical pipe
8. Make Round T-pipe
9. Prepare hexagonal fitting
10. Prepare diagonal dovetail fitting
11. Prepare universal fitting
16
40
12. Make square fitting

13. Set the general house wring
14. Set the dim & bright lighting
15. Set the test lamping

1. Engineering workshop Lab manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering, GMRIT Rajam
41
16MA303 Engineering Mathematics III
3024
Course Outcomes
1. Utilize numerical techniques to find approximate solutions of non-linear Algebraic equations

2. Understand the concepts of interpolation, extrapolation to estimate the unknown
functional values
3. Make use of method of least squares to fit a best curve for the given data
4. Find approximate values of derivatives and finite integrals using numerical techniques
5. Understand basic probability axioms and apply Baye’s theorem related to engineering problems
6. Identify the suitable distribution among Binomial, Poisson, normal to compute probabilities
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2

1 3 2
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 2 3
5 3 2
6 3 3
3–Strongly linked | 2–Moderately linked| 1–Weakly linked
Unit I
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations
Introduction , Bisection Method , Method of False Position, Newton-Raphson Method.
Curve fitting: Fitting a straight line , Second degree curve, exponential curve, power curve by method of least
squares.
Geometrical interpretation of Bisection Method, Method of False Position, Newton-Raphson Method.
Practical components
1. The Bisection method
2. Newton-Raphson Method
3. Linear Regression (Fitting of a straight line)
11 + 10 Hours
Unit II
Interpolation, Numerical Integration and Numerical solution of Ordinary differential equations
Introduction- Finite differences- Newton’s- forward Differences- Backward differences, Symbolic relations.
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 Rule.
Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution by Taylor’s series. Euler’s, Modified Euler’s
Method, Runge-Kutta Method
Predictor-Corrector Method-Milne’s Method.
1. Trapezoidal rule
2. Simpson’s 1/3 Rule
3. Solution of Initial Value Problem using Taylor’s series method
4. Solution of Initial Value Problem using Runge-Kutta Method of order four
12 + 10 Hours
Unit III
Probability and Random variable
Probability, The axioms of probability, Conditional probability, Baye’s theorem.
Random variables, Discrete and continuous Distributions and properties, Mathematical expectation, MGFs.
42
Addition, Multiplication theorems of probability.

1. Baye’s Rule
11 + 4 Hours
Unit IV
Probability Distributions, Correlation and Regression
Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution – related properties.
Correlation, Pearson’s correlation coefficient and Spearman’s Rank correlation coefficient, linear Regression
(construction of Regression lines)
Self study topics: Correlation of grouped data, curvilinear regression.
1. Normal Distribution
2. Correlation related problems
11 + 6 Hours
Total: 45+30 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 42nd ed., New Delhi, 2012
2. B.V.Ramana, Engineering Mathematics, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 4th ed., 2009
Reference(s)
1. T.K.V Iyengar et. al, Mathematical Methods, S.Chand Co., 2nd ed.,New Delhi, 2006
2. T.K.V Iyengar et. al, Probability and Statistics, S.Chand Co., New Delhi, 2012
3. Ervin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 9th ed., 2012
4. S.S.Sastry, Introductory methods of Numerical Analysis, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 4th ed., 2006
Sample Question (s)
Cognitive Level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Laboratory Test (%)
Remember 25 25 ---
Understand 45 35 --
Apply 30 40 100
Analyze -- -- --
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List out the different methods to solve Algebraic and Transcendental Equations
2. List out the different methods for interpolation
3. Define axioms of probability
4. Write the importance of Normal distribution
5. Define Moment Generating function
Understand
1. Explain the procedure involved in Newton’s forward, back word and central difference interpolation
formulas to interpolate the data.
2. Describe mathematical principle involved in Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 Rule & Simpson’s 3/8
Rule
3. Illustrate the difference between discrete and continuous distributions and mention some examples
4. Compare Binomial, Poisson, Normal distributions
43
Apply
1. Apply Newton’s iterative method find the real root of the equation 3x = cosx + 1
2. A solid of revolution is formed by rotating about the x-axis, the area between the x-axis, the lines x = 0
and x = 1 and a curve through the points with the following co-ordinates
X 0.00 0.25 0.5 0.75 1
Y 1.0 0.9896 0.9589 0.9589 0.8415
Estimate the volume of the solid formed using Simson’s rule
3. If three cars are drawn from a lot of 6 cars containing 2 defective cars, find (i) the probability
distribution of the number of defective cars, (ii) the expected number of defective cars
4. Two machines A,B produces 60% and 40% of items from the total output. 6% and 8% are the defective
items produced by machines A and B respectively. An item is chosen from the total output and found
to be defective. Find the probability that the defective item is produced by machine A.
5. Write a MATLAB program for method of false position.
6. Write a MATLAB program for fitting a second degree curve
44
16PE302 Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the thermodynamic systems, Boyel’s Law , Charles law and Avogadro’s law
2. Exemplify typical flow processes
3. Explain the non-flow thermodynamic processes
4. Apply the zeroth , first and second law of thermodynamics to various thermodynamic systems
5. Illustrate the concept of entropy and to analyze the mixtures of perfect gases
6. Evaluate the properties of the steam and performance of Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles
COs – POs Mapping

1 3 2 1 1
2 3 2 1 1
3 2 3 1 1
4 2 3 2 2
5 3 3 2 2
6 3 3 2 2
Unit I
Introduction-Thermodynamic Processes
Types of thermodynamic Systems, State, Property, Process,- Reversible Irreversible Process, Cycle – Quasi –
static Process,– Energy in State and in Transition, Work and Heat, Point and Path function.Perfect Gas –
Boyel’s Law ,Charless law Avogadro’s law -Equation of State–– Deviations from perfect Gas Model – Vander
Waals Equation of State – Compressibility charts . Flow process , Non-flow processes, Specific heat, enthalpy,
Internal energy. Heat and Work Transfer, changes in Internal Energy in various flow and Non – flow processes
Throttling and Free Expansion Processes
12+4 Hours
Unit II
Zeroth Law and First Law of Thermodynamics-Second Law of Thermodynamics
Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics- Basis for temperature measurement- Two point, triple point and Ideal gas
temperature scales. Const. Volume gas Thermometer –- Joule’s Experiments – First law of Thermodynamics –
Steady flow process – SFEE – SFEE applied to a flow system – PMM- I, Limitations of the First Law –
Thermal Reservoir, Heat Engine, Heat pump, Parameters of performance, Kelvin-Planck and Clausius
Statements of Second Law of Thermodynamics and their Equivalence, PMM- II of Second kind, Irreversibility ,
Causes of Irreversibility –Carnot cycle
Carnot’s principle
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Entropy and Availability-Mixtures of perfect Gases
Entropy- Entropy a point function – Change of entropy in various Non-flow processes, Clausius Inequality,
Principle of Entropy Increase –Availability in closed and open system – Max well relations, Terminology of
gaseous mixtures Mole Fraction, Mass friction Volume fraction, Partial pressure- Daltons Law of Partial
pressures- Amagati’s Law of additive volumes. Gravimetric and volumetric Analysis
Molecular Internal Energy, Enthalpy. sp. Heats and Entropy of Mixture of perfect Gases
11+3 Hours
Unit IV
Steam Properties-Air standard Cycles
Phase transformation – Properties of the steam in phase transformation- P-V-T surface, Triple point at critical
state properties during change of phase – Entropy of steam at various stages of phase transformation – Steam
tables – Mollier Chart.
Otto, Diesel, Dual Combustion cycles, Description and representation on P–V and T-S diagram, Thermal
Efficiency. Mean Effective Pressures on Air standard basis – end properties.
45
Throttling calorimeter, Separation and throttling calorimeter, Comparison of Cycles

11+4 Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. PK Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics,5th Ed., TMH, 2013

2. Fundamentals of Thermodynamics – Sonntag, Borgnakke and van wylen , 7th Ed., John Wiley & sons
(ASIA) Pvt Ltd.2008
Reference(s)
1. Yunus Cengel & Boles, Thermodynamics – An Engineering Approach, 8th Ed., TMH,2014
2. JP Holman, Thermodynamics, 10th Ed., McGrawHill.2010
3. YVC Rao, An Introduction to Thermodynamics, New Age Publications,2009
4. K.Ramakrishna, Engineering Thermodymics, Anuradha Publishers,2008
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 15 --
Understand 35 35 --
Apply 40 50 50
Analyze -- -- 30
Evaluate -- -- 20
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List three types of thermodynamic systems

2. List five types of thermodynamic processes
3. State thermodynamic laws
4. Define heat engine
5. Define heat pump
Understand
1. Illustrate the principle of PMM1

2. Explain the various processes of a Carnot cycle
3. Explain the principle involved in the heat engine, heat pump, refrigerator
4. Represent the processes involved in Otto Cycle
5. Represent the processes involved in diesel Cycle
Apply
1. A gas undergoes a reversible non-flow process according to the relation p= (-3V+15) where V is the
volume in m3 and p is the pressure in bar. Determine the work done when the volume changes from 3
to 6 m3
2. Demonstrate the applications of Second law of thermodynamics
3. Heat is transferred to a heat engine from a furnace at a rate of 80 MW. If the rate of waste heat
rejection to a nearby river is 50 MW, determine the net power output and the thermal efficiency for this
heat engine
1
Comprehensive test should contain only questions related to Higher Order Thinking (HOT) Skills
46
4. Gas from a cylinder of compressed helium is used to inflate an inelastic flexible balloon, originally
folded completely flat, to a volume 0.6 m3. If the barometer reads760 mm Hg, what is the amount of
work done upon the atmosphere by the balloon? Sketch the system before and after the process
5. In one of the sections of the heating plant in which there are no pumps enters a steady flow of water at
a temperature of 50°C and a pressure of 3 bar (h = 240 kJ/kg). The water leaves the section at a
temperature of 35°C and at a pressure of 2.5 bar (h = 192 kJ/kg). The exit pipe is 20 m above the entry
pipe. Determine the heat transfer
Analyze
1. Compare and Contrast between otto cycle and a diesel cycle

2. Identify different ways of increasing the efficiency of a petrol engine by giving appropriate justification
3. Identify different ways of increasing the efficiency of a diesel engine by giving appropriate justification
4. Attribute the suitability of a power plant (steam or gas) of 50 MW capacities to be installed in a process
industry
5. Differentiate the processes of an otto cycle
Evaluate
1. Determine the performance of carnot cycle

2. Determine the performance of a heat engine
3. Determine the performance of otto cycle
4. Petrol engine works on otto cycle and it is thermally less efficient than diesel engine. Is the above
statement true or false. Justify your answer
47
16PE303 Mechanics of Fluids and Hydraulic Machines

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Define the fluid properties, specific gravity, viscosity, surface tension, vapor pressure and their
influences on fluid motion
2. Determine the Hydro static forces on submerged bodies
3. Explain the types of flows, equation of continuity, the energy equation and Momentum equation.
4. Compare the coefficient of discharges for various flow measurement systems
5. Analyze the performance Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine
6. Evaluate the performances of reciprocating and centrifugal pumps
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO13

1 3 2 2 1 1
2 3 3 3 2 2
3 2 3 3 2 2
4 2 3 3 3 2
5 3 3 3 3 3
6 3 3 3 3 3
UNIT I
Fluid Statics, Hydro Static Forces On Surfaces: properties of fluids specific gravity, viscosity, surface
tension, vapor pressure etc -pressure at a point, Pascal’s law, Hydrostatic law - atmospheric, gauge and vacuum
pressure- measurement of pressure. Pressure gauges, Manometers: differential Manometers.
Hydro Static Forces On Surfaces: Hydrostatic forces on submerged plane-Horizontal, Vertical, inclined– Center
of pressure-problems- Buoyancy and flotation
Micro Manometers, Hydrostatic forces on curved surfaces
11 + 4 Hours
UNIT II
Fluid Kinematics: Stream line, path line and streak lines and stream tube. Classification of flows:– Equation of
continuity for one, two, three dimensional flows – stream and velocity potential functions-Bernoulli’s equation.
Boundary Layer Flow: Boundary layer –concepts, Characteristics of boundary layer along a thin flat plate-
displacement thickness, momentum thickness, energy thickness, laminar and turbulent Boundary layers,
Characteristics of Laminar & Turbulent flows.
Closed Conduit Flow: Major losses– Darcy Weisbach equation, Minor losses – pipes in series – pipes in parallel
Measurement Of Flow: Pitot-tube, Venturi meter and orifice meter; flow over notches weirs.
Reynolds experiment, Chezy’s formula, broad crested weirs
11+4 Hours
UNIT III
Hydraulic Turbines: Classification- Pelton Wheel-work done and working proportions, Francis, Kaplan
turbines-work done and working proportions-draft tubes
Performance of Turbines: Performance under unit quantities- specific speed- performance characteristics
curves
Governing of turbines-surge tanks, model testing of turbines, cavitation
12 + 3 Hours
UNIT IV
Reciprocating Pumps: Main components and working -types -power required to drive the pump, coefficient of
discharge and slip indicator diagram- effect of acceleration head in suction and delivery pipes- maximum
vacuum pressure, effect of friction
Centrifugal Pumps: Classification, working, work done- Manometric head-losses and efficiencies-specific
speed-pumps in series and parallel- performance characteristic curves,
Work saved by air vessels, NPSH
11 + 4 Hours
48
Total: 45 + 15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. Modi & Seth, Fluid Mechanics and hydraulic Machinery, 4th Ed., Standard book house, 2014
2. S.K Som & Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Machines,3rd Ed., TMH, 2010
3. Edward J. Shaughnessy, Jr, Ira M. Katz and James P.Schaffer, Introduction to Fluid Machines, 4th Ed,
Oxford press, 2012
Reference (s)
1. J.F.Douglas, J.M. Gaserek and J.A.Swaffirld , Fluid Mechanics, 3rd Ed, Longman, 2013
2. Frank.M. White, Fluid Mechanics, 4th Ed, TMH, 2012
3. A.K.Mohanty, Fluid Mechanics, 3rd Ed., PHI,2011
4. R.K.Bansal, A text of Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines, 7th Ed, Laxmi Publications (P) ltd.,
New Delhi
Sample Question (s)
Assessment Pattern
Remember 25 15 --
Understand 35 35 --
Apply 40 55 50
Analyze -- -- 25
Evaluate -- -- 25
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define the terms specific gravity, weight density

2. Define surface tension
3. State pascal’s law
4. List any four types of turbines
5. Define a pump
6. Classify the types of pumps
Understand
1. Illustrate the working principle of bourdon pressure gauge

2. Explain the different types of flows
3. Explain the phenomena of surface tension by taking an example
4. State the working principle of pelton wheel
5. State the working principle of francis turine
Apply
1. A plate 0.026 mm distant from a fixed plate, moves at 63 cm/sec and requires a force of 0.3 Kg
(f)/m2 to maintain this speed. Compute the dynamic viscosity of the fluid between the plates
2. Compute the capillary rise in a glass tube of 3.2 mm diameter when immersed vertically in
mercury. Take surface tension for mercury is 0.073 N/m
3. Carbon-tetra chloride has a mass density of 1594 kg/m3. Calculate its mass density, specific
volume in the metric, and the English gravitational system of units. Also, compute its specific
gravity
2
49
4. A Pelton turbine running at 720 rpm uses 300 kg of water per second. If the head available is 425
m determine the hydraulic efficiency. The bucket deflects the jet by 165°. Also find the diameter
of the runner and jet, Assume Cv = 0.97, φ = 0.46 and there is a single jet only
5. A single acting reciprocating pump has a bore of 200 mm and a stroke of 350 mm and runs at 45
rpm. The suction head is 8 m and the delivery head is 20 m. Determine the theoretical discharge of
water and power required. If slip is 10%, Compute the actual flow rate
6. A centrifugal pump is to discharge 0.118 m3/s at a speed of 1450 rpm against a head of 25 m. The
impeller diameter is 250 mm, its width at outlet is 50 mm and manometric efficiency is 75%.
Determine the vane angle at the outer periphery of the impeller
Analyze
1. Compare and Contrast between differential manometer and micro manometer

2. Analyze the performance of measuring pressure is best for pressure gauge or manometer and why
3. Analyze the performance of pelton wheel
4. Analyze performance of reciprocating pump
5. Examine the suitability of a pump(reciprocating) of to a given discharge and head conditions
6. Analyze the performance of centrifugal pump
Evaluate
1. Criticize the performance of a venturimeter for a given flow rate and geometry conditions
2. Support the losses of major and minor losses flowing through a pipe
3. Select the suitable turbine for the given conditions of discharge, head
4. Determine the performance of a reciprocating pump
5. Determine the efficiencies of a centrifugal pump
6. Estimate the water flow rate of required proportion to a turbine
50
16PE304 Materials and Manufacturing Processes
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the structure of metals and alloys, atomic bonding and crystallography
2. Infer the importance of the motion of dislocation defects as the major mechanism of plastic
deformation and an understanding of their effect on the strength of the material
3. Exemplify the processes of heat treatment of steels
4. Illutrate various manufacturing processes such as casting, joining and metal forming processes
5. Summarise various sheet metal forming processes and its operations
6. Explain machining operations
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO13

1 3 2 3
2 3 2 3
3 2 2 3
4 2 2 3
5 3 2 3
6 3 2 3
UNIT I
Structure of Metals and Mechanical Behavior of Materials
Structure of Metals: Bonds in solids-metallic bond-crystal structure-BCC, FCC, HCP, unit cells, packing factor,
crystallization of metals, grains and grain boundaries, effect of grain boundaries on properties of metals, crystal
imperfections.
Mechanical Behavior of Materials: Stress strain curves, Theories of failure, Elastic deformation, Plastic
deformation- twinning, fracture.
Griffith Theory of Fracture, Dislocation theory
10+3 Hours
UNIT II
Heat treatment of steel Non-Ferrous Metals and Alloys Electronic materials
Heat treatment of steel: Classification of steels, structure and properties of plain carbon steels. Heat treatment of
steels- annealing, normalizing, hardening, TTT diagrams, tempering, hardenability.
Non-Ferrous Metals and Alloys: Structure and properties of copper and its alloys, aluminum and its alloys and
titanium and its alloys.
Electronic materials. Material standards – Indian and other major International standards.
Age Hardening, Composite materials, Powder Metallurgy
10+4 Hours
UNIT III
Casting, Welding and Metal Forming
Casting: Pattern,types,materials and allowances, different types of casting and cast products, gating system, sand
casting defects.
Welding: Different types of welding- arc welding, gas welding, MIG and TIG welding, Electron beam welding
and Friction welding - Weld defects - Brazing and soldering.
Metal forming: Hot and cold working, forging, rolling, extrusion, drawing and press working.
Investment casting, Resistance welding, Weld defects
12+4 Hours
UNIT IV
Machine Tools
Introduction to turning, milling, drilling, boring, shaping, tool geometry and tool angles, tool life and cutting
force calculations. Introduction to some nonconventional machinery processes and their applications.
51
Introduction to Layered Manufacturing. Cost of manufacturing process and selection of proper process-brief
concept.
Tool Life, Taylor’s equation, Cutting Force Calculation, Mohr’s Circle.
13+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. Sidney H Avner, Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, TMH, 2013

2. Kodgire, Materials Science and Metallurgy, Everest Publishing House, 2010
3. Donald Askeland, Essentials of Material Science, Cengage Learning, SI Version, 2010
4. P. N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology vol. I, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2010
5. P.C. Sharma, Manufacturing Technology - I, S Chand and Company Private Limited, New Delhi, 2010
Reference Book(s)
1. V.Raghavan, Elements of Materials Science, Pearson Education, 2014

2. Rajput, Engineering Materials & Metallurgy, S.Chand Publicatons, 2014
3. R.Srinivasan, Engineering Materials & Metallurgy, TMH, 2011
4. George E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, TMH, 1998
5. Serope Kalpakjian, Steven R. Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, Pearson Education
Limited, New Delhi, 2013
6. S K Hajra Choudhury, Elements of Workshop Technology - Vol. I, Media Promoters & Publishers
Private Limited, Mumbai, 2013
7. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107144/1
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 15 --
Understand 35 35 --
Apply 40 50 60
Analyze -- -- 40
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define solid solution

2. Define polymer
3. State any two objectives behind the heat treatment of steels
4. Define Hooke’s law of elastic limit
5. Define elastic and plastic deformation
6. State the causes fatigue failure
7. Draw a completely reversed stress cycle
8. Define casting
9. List any four types of patterns
10. State principle of resistance welding
Understand
1. Identify the reactions that occur in an iron-iron carbide phase diagram

2. The solubility of carbon is more in austenite. Justify
3
52
3. Identify the significance of C-curve during heat treatment of steels

4. State the reason for using nickel alloys used in aircraft engines
5. State the reaon for having aluminium, magnesium and PMC to replace cast iron and steel in automobile
and aircraft industries
6. Explain the reason that stainless steel is to be ‘stainless’
7. Interpret the strain-strain curve of an elastomer and a thermosetting plastic
8. Compare the stress-strain behavior of brittle and ductile materials using a stress-strain curve.
9. Compare slip and twinning
10. Distinguish between hardness and hardenability
Apply
1. An aluminium test piece has a gauge length of 40 mm. The test piece is strained in tension, so that the
gauge length becomes 47 mm. Find the strain
2. (a) A steel rod of 6 mm in diameter is under the action of a tensile force of 400 N. Calculate the tensile
stress in the rod. If the rod’s length is 40 mm and is extended elastically to 42.3 mm. What is the strain
experienced by the rod? Find the elastic modulus of the rod at 400 N
(b) With further loading, it was observed that the tensile force increased to 650 N and the material
fractured at the extension of 57.5 mm. Find the ultimate tensile strength and the strain to fracture of the
material.
3. A steel wire of 0.5 mm² cross-sectional area and 10 meters long is extended elastically 1.68 mm by a
force of 17.24 N. Calculate the modulus of elasticity
4. If the elastic modulus of pure titanium is 100 GPa. Find the theoretical strength of the material
5. Select suitable methods, tools and procedures to make cylindrical component with a hole
Analyze
1. Identify, why low carbon steel in the normalized condition is stronger than the same steel in the
annealed condition
2. Identify how creep-fatigue interaction occurs in steam generators or nuclear reactor pipelines where no
external fatigue loads are involved
3. Compare the structures, properties and applications of grey cast iron and white cast iron
4. Justify why metals like lead and tin creep at room temperatures
53
16EE303 DC Machines
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Identify Constructional details, principle of operation and Performance of DC Machine

2. Illustrate armature reaction, commutation which helps in investigating the performance of DC machines
3. Assess the DC Machine to meet various load requirements by analyzing Load characteristics and parallel
operation of dc machine
4. Analyze principle of operation, performance characteristics of DC motors and enumerate its applications
5. Compare starters and speed control methods of DC motors
6. Outline the performance of a given machine through testing
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2

1 2 2
2 3 3
3 3 3
4 3 3
5 3 3
6 3 3
UNIT I
Introduction to D.C. Machines
D.C. Machine- constructional features, armature windings - lap and wave windings - simplex winding, D.C
Generator-Principle of operation, E.M.F Equation, Constant & Variable losses, Power flow diagram, Methods of
Excitation, Armature reaction - effects of armature reaction, Cross magnetizing and de-magnetizing AT/pole -
Methods of limiting the effects of armature reaction, function of the commutator for generating and motoring
action, methods of improving commutation.
Purpose of equalizer rings and dummy coils
13+5 Hours
UNIT II
Characteristics and application of D.C Generators
Build-up of E.M.F, Causes for failure to self-excite and remedial measures, Load characteristics of shunt, series
and compound generators - parallel operation of D.C. shunt, series and compound generators - use of equalizer
bar and cross connection of field windings - load sharing.
Applications of DC generators
9+3 Hours
UNIT III
D.C. Motors & Speed control of D.C. Motors
D.C Motors - Principle of operation - Back E.M.F., Methods of Excitation, power flow diagram, Torque
equation, characteristics and application of shunt, series and compound motors - Armature reaction and
commutation. Speed control of D.C. Motors- Armature voltage and field flux control methods, Principle of 3
point, 4 point and 2 point starters - protective devices.
Self-governing properties of DC motors
11+3 Hours
UNIT IV
Testing of D.C. Machines
Losses - Constant & Variable losses - calculation of efficiency - condition for maximum efficiency
Methods of Testing - direct, indirect and regenerative testing - brake test – Swinburne’s test – Hopkinson’s test
– Field’s test - Retardation test - separation of stray losses in a D.C. motor test.
54
Temperature raise test 12+4 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. P. S. Bimbra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 7th Edition Color Reprint 2014
2. I.J. Nagrath & D.P. Kothari, Electric Machines, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishers, 4th edition, 2010
Reference Book(s)
1. A. E. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley and S. Umans, Electric Machinery, Mc. Graw-Hill Companies, New
Delhi, 5th edition, 2002
2. J. B. Gupta, Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines, S. K. Kataria & Sons publishers, New
Delhi, 14th edition, 2009
3. Dr. S K Bhattacharya, Electrical Engineering Drawing, New Age International Publishers, 2nd Ed, 2007
4. Samarjit Ghosh, Electric Machines, Pearson Publications, 2nd edition, 2008
Sample Question (s)
Cognitive level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test4 (%)
Remember 10 20 ---
Understand 50 40 ---
Apply 40 40 60
Analyze -- -- 40
Evaluate --- --- ---
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remeber
1. Define faraday's law of electromagnetic induction
2. Label different parts of a DC machine
3. List any 4 applications of DC generator
4. Define armature reaction
5. List any four types of DC generators and motors
6. List any 4 applications of DC motor
7. Define armature torque of a DC motor
8. List any two disadvantages of Swinburne’s test
9. Write e.m.f. equation of a DC generator
10. State Lenz’s Law
Understand
1. Classify different types of DC motors
2. Compare dc generator and DC motor
3. Explain the principle of operation of DC motor
4. Justify the condition for maximum efficiency for a DC machine
5. Draw electrical circuit diagram of a DC motor
6. Illustrate the operation of DC motor
7. Explain the armature reaction in a DC generator on no load and load
8. Select a particular generator for charging battery
Apply
1. A separately excited D.C. Generator, when running at 1200 r.p.m. supplies 200 A at 125 V to a
circuit of constant resistance. What will be the current when the speed is dropped to 1000 r.p.m. and
4
55
the field current is reduced to 80% ? Armature resistance is 0.04 Ω and total drop at brushes, 2 V.
Ignore saturation and armature reaction.
2. A 4 pole dc generator supplies a current of 148A. It has 492 armature conductors lap connected.
The brushes are given lead of 100 when the machines delivers full load. Calculate the
demagnetizing ATs per pole. If the shunt field winding takes 6 A. Solve the number of extra shunt
field turns necessary to neutralize this demagnetization.
3. An 8 pole DC generator has per pole flux of 40mWb and winding is connected in lap with 960
conductors. Calculate the generated EMF on open circuit When it runs at 400 rpm. If the
armature is wave wound at what speed must the machine be driven to generate the same
voltage.?
4. Predict the efficiency of a D.C Machine by using suitable test.
5. Select a suitable generator for electric welding.
6. Find the materials and functions of the following parts of a DC machine:
i. Field poles ii. Yoke iii. Commutator v. Armature
Analyze
1. Differentiate between dc motor and generator

2. Identify the reasons for failure of dc motors in detail
3. Justify the need of starter in dc motor
4. Compare the operation of Compensating Windings and Inter poles in DC Generator
5. Identify parts of a D.C. Machine
56
16PE306 Electrical Circuit Analysis
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Describe circuit elements in time domain and Perform sinusoidal steady-state analysis for various
circuits
2. Analyze the series and parallel resonant circuits
3. Explain 3 phase AC circuits for designing and analysis of power system networks
4. Explain network theorems to simplify the complex networks
5. Evaluate the Transient and steady state response of basic circuits excited by AC & DC
6. Evaluate the parameters of two port networks to analyze the performance of transmission lines
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO 2 PO3

1 3 2 2
2 3 3 3
3 2 3 3
4 2 3 3
5 3 3 3
6 3 3 3
Unit I
Sinusoidal Steady State Analysis
Concept of Phasor and J notation, Impedance and Admittance – Time domain and frequency domain Response
of R,L,C series, parallel and series- parallel circuits to sinusoidal excitation, computation of
active, reactive, complex, power and power factor, Series and parallel resonance of RLC circuits- bandwidth
and quality factor.
Selectivity 11+4 hours
Unit II
3-Phase Circuits And Network Theorems
Three Phase Circuits: Advantages of 3-phase systems, phase sequence, star and delta connections, Analysis of
balanced and unbalanced 3-Phase circuits, Measurement of active and reactive power.
Network Theorems: Source transformation, Superposition, Thevinin’s, Norton’s, Maximum power transfer,
Reciprocity, Millman’s and Compensation theorems for DC excitation only.
Tellegen’s threorem 12+4 hours
Unit III
Network Parameters
Two port network, Impedance parameters, Admittance parameters, Transmission parameters, hybrid parameters
– Inter relationship between parameters – Concept of transformed network – two port network parameters using
transformed variables – Interconnection of two port networks, Impedance function, admittance function.
Network Functions
10+3 hours
Unit IV
Transient Analysis
DC Transients: Transient response of R-L, R-C, R-L-C circuits for d.c excitation – initial conditions – solution
using differential equations.
AC Transients: Transient response of R-L, R-C, R-L-C series circuits for sinusoidal excitation – initial
conditions – Solution using Laplace transform approach only.
Transient response of R-L, R-C, R-L-C parallel circuits for AC excitation
12+4 hours
Total:45+15 hours
57
Text Book (s)
1. W.H.Hayt, J.E.Kimmerly, and S.M.Durbin, Engineering circuit analysis, McGraw Hill Education
private limited, 7th Ed.
2. Mathew N.O Sadiku, Electromagnetic Field, Tata McGraw Hill
Reference Book (s)
1. A.Sudhakar and S.P Shyam Mohan, Electrical Circuit Analysis, , TMH

2. Charles K Alexander, Mathew N.O Sadiku, Fundamentals of Electric circuits, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Mahmood Nahvi and Joselph Edminister, Electric Circuits, Schaum’s Outline series, TMH- 2004
Sample Question (s)
Remember 35 25 ---
Apply 20 20 55
Analyse 20 20 45
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List the properties of Resistance, Capacitance & Inductance

2. State Thevenin’s theorem
3. Define Impedance
4. List the types of network parameters
5. Recall the theorem used to measure the maximum power
Understand
1. Draw the Impedance diagram

2. Draw the circuit which is used to find the ABCD parameters
3. Contrast between ABCD and h-parameters
4. Compare Z and Y parameters
5. Classify network theorems
Apply
1. Find the ABCD parameters of a basic circuit

2. Choose a circuit to measure the three phase active power for balanced load
3. Choose a circuit to measure the three phase reactive power for balanced load
4. Find the voltage and current relation in Resistance, Capacitance & Inductance when it is excited by
sinusoidal voltage
5. Implement a circuit which is used to measure maximum power
Analyze
1. Compare and Contrast between Z and Y parameters

2. Differentiate Impedance and Admittance
3. Contrast between active and reactive power
5
58
16PE307 Mechanics of Fluids and Hydraulic Machines Lab

0 0 3 2
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the theoretical concepts by doing experiments

2. Identify co-efficient of discharge for the venturimeter, orifice meter, v-notch etc
3. Analyze the performance Pelton wheel, Fancis turbine and Kaplan turbine
4. Evaluate the performance of the turbine with the help of characteristic curves
5. Design and analyse the performances of reciprocating and centrifugal pumps
List of Experiments
1. Determination of Coefficient of discharge of Venturimeter

2. Determination of Coefficient of discharge of Orifice meter
3. Determination of Coefficient of discharge for a small orifice
4. Determination of Coefficient of discharge Rectangular Notch and Triangular Notch
5. Determination of the Friction factor in the Pipe flow
6. Verification of Bernoulli’s equation
7. Estimation of efficiency of the Pelton turbines
8. Estimation of efficiency of the Kaplan turbines
9. Estimation of efficiency of the Francis turbines
10. Estimation of efficiency of the Centrifugal pumps
11. Estimation of efficiency of the reciprocating pump
1. Study of working and constructional details of Hydro Power Plant (H.P.P.)

2. Study of constructional details of Pelton Turbine and Draw its fluid flow circuit
3. Study of constructional details of Kaplan Turbine and Draw its fluid flow circuit
4. Study of constructional details and working of Turbine flow meter (OR To the calibrate the given
Turbine flow meter )
5. Determination of force required to Keep a flat plate normal to impact of jet of water when the jet strike
the plate
6. Determination of force required to Keep a flat plate inclined to impact of jet of water when the jet
strike the plate
7. Water wheel pump
8. Small water turbine system
9. Preparation of bottle submarine by using Archimedes principle
10. Hydraulic lift working on Pascal’s law
11. Treatment of rainwater
12. Design of auto water sprinkler
13. Study of Different types of valves used in flow control
Reading Material(s)
1. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Lab manual, GMR Institute of Technology, Rajam
2. Dr. Modi & Dr. Sethi, Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines , 2010 edition, Rajsons Publications,
New Delhi
3. R.K.Bansal, Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines, 2010 edition, Laxmi Publications, NewDelhi
6
Students shall opt any one of the Augmented experiments in addition to the regular experiments
59
16EE409 DC Machines Lab

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Identify the practical methods to find the performance of DC shunt machines

2. Apply various methods to find the efficiency of DC series machines
3. Find the efficiency of DC compound machine at different loads
4. Analyze various losses of DC machine by performing different tests
5. Find stray losses of a dc shunt machines using two similar machines
6. Apply speed control techniques of DC motors to industrial applications
List of Experiments
1. Magnetization characteristics of DC Shunt Generator
2. Load test on DC Shunt Generator.
3. Load test on DC Series Generator.
4. Load test on DC Compound Generator.
5. Hopkinson’s test on DC Shunt Machines
6. Fields test on DC Series Machines.
7. Swinburne’s test
8. Speed control of DC Shunt Motor.
9. Brake test on DC Shunt Motor.
10. Retardation test on DC Shunt Motor
11. Separation of losses in DC Shunt Motor
12. Brake test on DC Compound Motor.
13. Brake test on DC Series Motor

1. Simulation of Brake Test on a DC Shunt Motor
2. Simulation of Swinburne’s Test
3. Simulation of Separation Of Losses In A D.C. Shunt Motor
4. Simulation of Open Circuit Characteristics of a D.C. Shunt Generator
5. Simulation of Speed Control of a D.C Shunt Motor
Reading Material(s)
1. R. K. Rajput, Electrical Machines, 4th Edition, Lakshmi Publishers, 2012
2. J. B. Gupta, Electrical Machines, 5th Edition, Katson Publishers, 2012
7
60
16PE309 Circuits and Simulation lab

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Analyze various theorems for linear DC electrical circuits

2. Evaluate two port network parameters for various electrical circuit
3. Analyze the transient and steady state behavior of a circuit using MATLAB / PSPICE software
4. Perform experiments and analyze basic gates using different IC’s
5. Explain the Parameters of consideration while designing
6. Perform and analyze the experiments using the simulation software (Multi Sim Software)
List of Experiments
PART-A: ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
1. Verification of Thevenin’s and Norton’s Theorems

2. Verification of Superposition theorem
3. Verification of Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
4. Determination of Self, Mutual Inductances and Coefficient of coupling
5. Z and Y Parameters
6. Transmission and hybrid parameters
7. Series and Parallel Resonance using simulation
8. Determination of Self, Mutual Inductances and Coefficient of coupling
9. Measurement of 3-phase Reactive Power for balanced loads
PART-B: SIMULATION OF ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
1. Simulation of DC Circuits (Mesh and Nodal Analysis)

2. Verification of Network Theorems
3. DC Transient response
1. Mesh and Nodal Analysis

2. Verification of Network Theorems
3. Simulation of CE Amplifier
4. Simulation of Op-Amp based Integrator and differentiator
Reading Material(s):
1. Lab manual prepared by department of EEE & ECE

2. W.H.Hayt, J.E.Kimmerly, and S.M.Durbin, Engineering circuit analysis, McGraw Hill Education
private limited, 7th Ed
3. Charles K Alexander, Mathew N.O Sadiku , Fundamentals of Electric circuits, Tata McGraw Hill
4. A.Sudhakar and S.P Shyam Mohan , Electrical Circuit Analysis, TMH
5. Mahmood Nahvi and Joselph Edminister , Electric Circuits, Schaum’s Outline series, TMH- 2004
8
61
16ESX1A Employability Skills I

0200
Soft Skills: Communication Skills & Confidence: How Communication Skills affect
Confidence? How to communicate effectively.(with Examples) ; Listening: Listening? ,
Listening Vs Hearing, Possible reasons for why people do not Listen at times, Active
Listening Vs Passive Listening, How Listening can affect our relationships? How Listening
helps in Campus Placements also? (with Examples);Goal Setting: Vision Vs Mission Vs
Goals, Why Goal Setting? SMART Technique to Goal Setting, Putting First things First,
SWOT Analysis and Time Management; Attitude & Confidence: Attitude Vs Skills Vs
Knowledge, Attitude Vs Behaviour, How to develop Positive Attitude? Confidence? Fear?
Steps to Overcoming the Fear of Public Speaking? Public Speaking: JAM, J2M,
Presentations by Students on General Topics.
62
16PE401 Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Recognize different loads, stresses and strains

2. Interpret stresses and strains at any point in a member
3. Compute stresses and strains at any point in a member
4. Identify shear force and bending moment in different beams under different loads and slope
5. Determine the deflection of beams
6. Analyze stresses in thin and thick cylindrical shells
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO3

1 3 2 2
2 3 3 3
3 2 3 3
4 2 3 3
5 3 3 3
6 3 3 3
Unit I
Simple Stresses & Strains, Shear Force and Bending Moment:
Elasticity and plasticity - Types of stresses & strains-Hooke’s law - stress - strain diagram for mild steel -
Working stress - Factor of safety - Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio & volumetric strain - Elastic moduli & the
relationship between them - Bars of varying section - composite bars - Temperature stresses.
Shear Force and Bending Moment: Definition of beam - Types of beams - Concept of shear force and bending
moment - S.F and B.M diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams subjected to point
loads, u.d.l., uniformly varying loads and combination of these loads - Point of contra flexure
Shear force and bending moment diagram for continuous beam
11 + 4 Hours
Unit II
Flexural Stresses, Shear Stresses:
Theory of simple bending - Assumptions - Derivation of bending equation: M/I = f/y = E/R Neutral axis -
Determination bending stresses - section modulus of rectangular and circular sections (Solid and Hollow), I,T,
Angle and Channel sections - Design of simple beam sections.
Shear Stresses: Derivation of formula - Shear stress distribution across various beams sections like rectangular,
circular, triangular, I, T angle sections.
Flexural and shear stresses in non-circular beam
11 +4 Hours
Unit III
Principal Stresses, Torsion ,Deflection of Beams:
Transformation of plane stress into normal and shear stresses on inclined plane, principal planes, Mohr’s circle,
Maximum shearing stress.
Torsion:
Torsional Stresses in Shafts, Analysis of torsional stresses, Power transmitted, Combined bending and torsion.
Bending into a circular arc - slope, deflection and radius of curvature - Differential equation for the elastic line
of a beam - Double integration method - Determination of slope and deflection for cantilever and simply
supported beams subjected to point loads, - U.D.L uniformly varying load. Mohr’s theorems - Moment area
method - application to simple cases.
Cornish boiler
12 + 3 Hours
Unit IV
Thin Cylinders, Thick Cylinders:
63
Thin seamless cylindrical shells - Derivation of formula for longitudinal and circumferential stresses - hoop,
longitudinal and Volumetric strains - changes in dia, and volume of thin cylinders - Riveted boiler shells - Thin
spherical shells.
Thick Cylinders
Lame’s equations - cylinders subjected to inside & outside pressures - compound cylinders.
Cornish boiler
11 + 4 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. Dr.R.K.Bansal, Strength of materials, 4th ed., Lakshmi Publications (P) Limited, 2015
2. Bhavikatti, Strength of materials, 5th ed., Lakshmi publications (P) Limited, 2015
Reference (s)
1. U.C Jindal, Strength of Materials, 5th ed., Galgotia Publications, 2010
2. S.Ramamrutham, Strength of Materials, 9rd ed, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2017
3. Timoshenko, Gere, Mechanics of Materials, CBS Publishers, 3rd ed, 2010
4. B.C Punmia, Ashok kumar Jain, Mechanics of Materials, Lakshmi Publications, 3rd ed, 2017
Sample Question (s)
Assessment Pattern
Remember 15 15 ---
Understand 35 25 --
Apply 50 60 45
Analyze -- -- 35
Evaluate -- -- 20
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define stress and strain

2. Define following terms:a.Poissons ratio, b.Factor of safety, c.Elasticity, d. Fatigue and e.Creep
3. List any two types of stresses and strains
4. State Hook’s law
5. Write the applications of composite bars
6. Draw the shear stress distribution diagram for rectangular, circular and isosceles triangular sections
7. Define the term ‘Polar modulus’. Write the expressions for polar modulus for a solid shaft and for a
hollow shaft
Understand
1. Draw the stress-strain diagram and describe different regions by indicating salient points
2. What is point of contraflexure. How many point of contraflexure will normally be there in a double
overhanging beam
3. What do you understand by neutral axis and represent the location with diagram for rectangular,
circular and isosceles triangle traigular sections
4. What do you mean by section modulus? Give the expression for section modulus for circular and
hollow circular sections
5. Derive the flexural formula. Where M-Bending moment, I-Moment of inertia, σb-Bending stress, y-
Distance from neutral axis, E-Young’s modulus and R-Radius of curvature
6. Sketch a Mohr’s circle for the analysis of principal stresses for a component when it is subjected to
loads in two mutually perpendicular directions?
9
64
7. Derive an expression for circumferential stress, longitudinal stress and maximum shear stress for a thin
cylinder subjected to an internal pressure
Apply
1. Draw the shear force and bending moment diagram for the double overhanging beam of length 5m
between supports and 1m overhang on each end carrying uniformly distributed load of 2kN/m over the
entire 7m length and a point load of 2kN is acting at the right overhang end. Also locate the point of
contraflexure.
2. The shear stress is not maximum at the N.A. in case of a triangular section. Prove this statement.
3. A simply supported beam of length 3 m carries a point load of 12 kN at a distance of 2 m from left
support. The cross-section of the beam is shown in Figure. Determine the maximum tensile and
compressive stresses.
4. For the I-section beam 350 mm x 150 mm has a web thickness of 10 mm and a flange thickness of 20
mm as shown in Figure if the shear force acting on the section is 40 kN, find the maximum shear stress
developed in the I-section.
5. Determine the maximum and minimum hoop stress across the section of a pipe of 400 mm internal
diameter and 100 mm thick, when the pipe contains a fluid at a pressure of 8 N/mm2. Also sketch the
radial pressure distribution and hoop stress distribution across the section.
Analyze
1. A reinforced concrete column 500 mm x 500 mm in section is reinforced with 4 steel bars of 30 mm
diameter, one in each corner. The column is carrying a load of 850kN. Find the stresses in the concrete
and steel bars. Take E for steel = 2.04GPa and E for concrete = 0.136GPa..
2. A simply supported beam of 12m length carrying uniformly distributed load of 5kN/m over its entire
length and concentrated loads of 1kN, 2kN and 3kN are acting from left support at a distance of 3m,
6m and 9m respectively. Draw the shear force and bending moment diagram and identify the location
of point of contraflexure.
3. A point in a strained material is subjected to stresses shown in Fig. Using Mohr's circle method,
determine the normal and tangential stresses across the oblique plane. Check the answer analytically.
4. The intensity of resultant stress on a plane AB at a point in a material under stress is 800 N/cm2 and it
is inclined at 300 to the normal to that plane. The normal component of stress on another plane BC at
right angles to plane AB is 600 N/cm2.
65
5. A cylindrical vessel whose ends are closed by means of rigid flange plates, is made of steel plate 3 mm
thick. The length and the internal diameter of the vessel are 50 cm and 25 cm respectively. Determine
the longitudinal and hoop stresses in the cylindrical shell due to an internal fluid pressure of 3 N/mm2.
Also calculate the increase in length, diameter and volume of the vessel. Take E = 2 x 105 N/mm2 and
µ= 0.3.ratio = 0.8, Speed of rotor = 3000 rpm, Diameter of rotor = 150cm
66
16ME401 Applied Thermal Engineering
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain automobile engine working, valve timing and associated systems such as lubricating
system, cooling system, fuel feed system, ignition system etc., their necessity, requirements,
construction details, different types and their working
2. Explain concept of combustion in Spark ignition engine, Pressure Vs crank angle diagrams, and
pre-ignition
3. Explain the concept of combustion in Compression ignition engine, Pressure Vs crank angle
diagrams, Knocking, Detonation
4. Analyze the performance of I.C. Engine
5. Examine the performance of axial flow air compressors
6. Determine the performance of reciprocating air compressors
COs – POs Mapping

1 3 2 2 3 3
2 3 2 2 3 3
3 2 2 2 3 3
4 2 2 3 3 3
5 3 2 3 3 3
6 3 2 3 3 3
Unit I
I.C. Engines-Engine Systems
Heat engine – IC engines Classification - Working principles two stroke and four stroke SI and CI engines,
Valve and Port Timing Diagrams, principle of Wankel engine. Principle of super charging.Fuel, Simple
Carburetor, Fuel Injection System, Ignition.Cooling and Lubrication systems.
Zenith Carburetor
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Combustion in S.I. Engines-Combustion in C.I. Engines
Normal Combustion and abnormal combustion – Importance of flame speed and effect of engine variables –
Type of Abnormal combustion, pre-ignition and knocking (explanation of ) – Fuel requirements and fuel rating,
anti knock additives – combustion chamber – requirements, types. Four stages of combustion – Delay period
and its importance – Effect of engine variables – Diesel Knock– Need for air movement, suction, compression
and combustion induced turbulence – open and divided combustion chambers and nozzles used.Fuel
requirements and fuel rating.
Air squish
12+4 Hours
Unit III
Testing and Performance-Emission and Pollution
Parameters of performance - measurement of cylinder pressure, fuel consumption, air intake, exhaust gas
composition, Brake power – Determination of frictional losses and indicated power – Performance test – Heat
balance sheet and chart. SI Engine and CI Engine emissions and its control and comparison.Effect of pollution
on Human health and bio sphere.
Motoring test
11+3 Hours
Unit IV
Compressors-Rotary and Axial Flow Compressors
Classification – Reciprocating compressors: Principle of operation, work required, Isothermal efficiency
volumetric efficiency and effect of clearance, stage compression, saving of work, minimum work condition for
67
stage compression. Roots Blower, vane sealed compressor, screw compressor – mechanical details and principle
of working – efficiency considerations. -Mechanical details and principle of operation of Axial Flow
Compressors – velocity triangles and energy transfer per stage degree of reaction, work done factor - isentropic
efficiency- pressure rise calculations.
Polytropic efficiency
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. V. Ganesan, Internal Combustion Engines, 4th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, 2016
2. VP vasandan& DS Kumar , Heat engineering , 3rd Ed., MPSSB co.Ltd 2012
Reference book(s)
1. M.L.Mathur and R.P. Sharma, Internal Combustion Engines, DhanpatRai, 2012

2. Rudramoorthy,Thermal Engineering , 4th Ed., TMH ,2014
3. PS Gill and Smith, IC engines, 3rd Ed., TMH,2012
4. John B. Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamental, 1st Ed., Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2011
Sample Question(s)
Remember 20 10 --
Understand 50 40 --
Apply 30 50 40
Analyse -- -- 40
Evaluate -- -- 20
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define heat engine

2. Define ignition lag for petrol and diesel engines
3. List any four parameters considered for evaluating performance of your vehicle
4. List any three different losses in a IC engine
5. Define following terms with respect to reciprocating compressors, a) Mechanical efficiency b)
Volumetric efficiency c) Isothermal efficiency
Understand
1. Explain 4-stroke engine with the help of neat sketch

2. Explain working of cooling system of Maruthi 800 car
3. With the help of P-θ diagram explain the stages of combustion in diesel engine
4. Interpret the factors that affect knocking tendency in a petrol engine
5. Explain the principle involved in the lubrication system
6. Classify compressors
7. Exemplify applications of compressors in your day to day life
Apply
1. Demonstrate working of 2 wheeler in line with Otto cycle
10
68
2. Show that IC engine is a heat engine

3. For a particular engine swept volume is 10000 cm and clearance volume is 2000 cm . Predict
3 3
whether it is petrol engine or diesel engine

4. Compression ratios of 2 diesel engines are found to be 18:1 and 20:1, which engine would you
select for better power
5. Apply the basic knowledge of compressors and predict which compressor is best suitable for gas
turbine power plant of 80 MW. Justify
6. Formulate generalized procedure for estimating performance of a petrol engine
Analyze
1. Compare ideal and actual valve timing diagram

2. Differentiate Diesel engine from petrol engine
3. Criticize knocking in diesel engine
4. Overhead piston arrangement is widely used nowadays due to its specific advantages. Justify
above statement with appropriate reasoning
5. Analyze the results of morse test and an draw conclusions
6. Contrast advantages of reciprocating compressor and rotary compressor
Evaluate
1. Choose which engine (petrol or diesel) you would select for better mechanical efficiency
2. Assess the performance of a reciprocating compressor
3. Determine air standard efficiency of a diesel whose compression ratio is 18:1 and cutoff ratio is
1.2
4. Combustion process of diesel engine is more efficient than petrol engine. Judge the above
statement with critical thinking
5. Evaluate performance of a Maruti swift desire car (diesel) with reference to fuel properties
Create
1. Generate valve timing diagram for Honda amaze car (VVTI- Variable valve timing diagram)
2. Relate air standard efficiency and thermal efficiency of a diesel engine
3. Restate assumptions of air standard cycle with reference to practical approach
69
16PE304 Analog and Digital Electronics
3024
Course Outcomes
1. Apply the diode for various applications like rectifier, switch

2. Distinguish the constructional features and operation of FET and MOSFET and their applications
3. Acquaint with a wide variety of op-amp and linear IC applications and design different signal
conditioning circuits like low signal amplifiers, rectifiers, etc
4. Use Boolean algebra tool to simplify and design logic circuits
5. Construct and analyze the operation of Combinational and Converter Circuits
6. Design & Implement different types of Counters and Programmable logic devices
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO3

1 3 2 -
2 3 2 -
3 2 2 -
4 2 2 -
5 3 2 -
6 3 2 2
UNIT I
Transistors-Special Semiconductor Devices
Diode as Rectifier, Comparison between HWR, FWR, BWR. Junction Transistor, Transistor as an Amplifier,
JFET Characteristics, MOSFET characteristics, characteristics of tunnel Diode, with the help of energy band
diagrams, LED, Zener diode, Photo diode
Switching characteristics of transistor
Practical Components
1. PN Junction characteristics a) Forward bias b) Reverse Bias

2. Zener Diode Characteristics
3. Transistor Common Emitter characteristics
12 +8 Hours
UNIT II
OP-AMPs
Basic information of Op-amps, Op-amps -characteristics, mode of operations-inverting, non-inverting, basic
applications of Op-amp, introduction to 555 timer, introduction to PLL.
Active filters using op-Amp
1. Op-Amps- Inverting Amplifier

2. Op-Amps- Non Inverting Amplifiers
3. Ic 555 Timer – Astable Multivibrator
10 +8 Hours
UNIT III
Number System and Boolean Algebra
Review of Number systems, conversion of number from one radix to another radix, complement representation
of negative numbers- binary arithmetic, 4-bit codes: BCD, Excess-3, Gray code, Digital logic gates, and
Universal gates, Half adder, Full adder, Full subtractor, multiplexer, De-multiplexer, Encoder and Decoder.
Realization of switching functions by using MUX and DE-MUX
70
1. Logic Gates
12+6 Hours
UNIT IV
Converters and Sequential Logic Circuits
Introduction to D-A & A-D Converters, basic DAC techniques, weighted resistor DAC, R-2R ladder DAC,
inverted R-2R DAC, Different types of ADCs - parallel comparator type ADC, counter type ADC, successive
approximation ADC and dual slope ADC. Design and Analysis procedures of sequential logic - Flip-flops,
Counters – synchronous and asynchronous, Shift Registers, Modes of operation of Shift Registers
Ring Counter, Johnson Counter
1. Inverted R-2R DAC

2. D-Flip Flop
3. Mod-10 / Up and Down Counter
11+8 Hours
Total: 45+30 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. J..Millman and C.C. Halkias, Electronics devices and Circuits, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd edition,1991
2. Morris Mano ,Digital Design 3rd Edition, PHI,2001
3. Ramakanth A Gayakward, Op-Amps and Linear ICs-, PHI, 1987
Reference(s)
1. Zvi Kohavi , Switching & Finite Automata theory , 2nd Edition TMH, 2014.
2. RP Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 3rd ed, TMH,. 2013
3. Stephen Brown, ZvonkoVranesic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design, TMH,2013
4. Charles H. Roth Fundamentals of Logic Design , 3rd Edition, Thomson Publications,2014
Sample Question(s)
Cognitive Level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Laboratory Test (%)
Remember 45 25 --
Understand 40 45 --
Apply 15 30 100
Analyze -- -- --
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Write short notes on photo diode.

2. Recall the block diagram of Op-Amp.
3. Recall the logic diagram of 4x1 Multiplexer.
4. List the SCR turn-on methods.
5. Recognize any two major differences between FWR with center tap and bridge
6. Define tunneling and draw the characteristics of tunnel diode
71
7. Show r’s and (r-1)’s complement for different number systems along with an example of each
8. Recall the pin diagram of 555 timer
9. Recall the block diagram and circuit symbol of SCR
10. Define latching current and holding current
Understand
1. Explain how transistor acts as an amplifier? Draw BJT’s characteristics

2. Illustrate the binary coded representation of Decimal number system
3. Implement Full Adder using NAND gate logic and write its truth table
4. Explain Integrator amplifier along necessary equations.
5. Explain the operation of a 555 timer with the help of its internal circuit
6. Explain the five different types of turning-on methods of SCR
7. Explain the input and output characteristics of a MOSFET
8. Explain the block diagram of Phased Looped Lock with help of necessary waveforms
9.
10. Explain DC and AC characteristics of an OP-Amp
11. Explain how PN junction diode works as a rectifier
Apply
1. Demonstrate addition and subtraction operations on the following

a) b)
2. Execute radix conversion to following number series
a) b)
c) d)
e)
3. Implement 4x16 decoder using 2x4 decoder and write its truth table
4. Implement Full Adder using NAND gate logic and write its truth table
5. Implement 16 x 1 mux using 4 x 1 mux along with the truth table and logic diagram of 16 x 1 Mux
72
16EE404 Transformers and Induction Machines
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Identify the losses, efficiency and parameters of the transformers

2. Outline parallel operation of transformer to improve the load sharing capabilities and reliability
3. Analyze the basic principles and equivalent circuits of single phase transformers and induction motors
4. Assess different speed control methods of three phase induction motors essential for industrial drives
5. Apply the induction motor for the industrial needs like electrical drives and agricultural pumps
6. Exemplify the application of single phase machines for different industrial needs
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO3

1 3 2
2 3 2
3 2 2
4 2 2
5 3 2
6 3 2
UNIT I
Construction, Operation & Performance of single Phase Transformers
Single phase transformers- types-constructional details-Ideal Transformer-e.m.f equation - operation on no-load
and load, Practical Transformer, phasor diagrams, Equivalent circuit, Losses - effect of supply voltage &
frequency on iron losses-efficiency-regulation-All day efficiency, Predetermination of efficiency and regulation
- OC and SC tests, separation of losses, applications.
Parallel operation of transformers with equal and unequal voltage ratios.
Sumpner’s test
12+4 Hours
UNIT II
Auto-Transformers and Poly phase Transformers
Auto-Transformers: Auto transformers-equivalent circuit-comparison with two winding transformers.
Poly phase Transformers: Poly-phase connections - Y/Y, Y/∆, ∆ /Y, ∆/∆ and open ∆, Three winding
transformers, vector groups, Scott connection.
Tap changing transformer 11+3 Hours
UNIT III
Three-Phase Induction Machines
Three-phase induction motors-constructional details of cage and wound rotor machines-production of rotating
magnetic field - principle of operation - rotor e.m.f and rotor frequency - rotor reactance, rotor current and p.f at
standstill and during operation, torque equation- expressions for maximum torque and starting torque, torque-slip
characteristics, equivalent circuit, Power stages, Circle diagram, Crawling and cogging..
Double cage Induction motor 11+4 Hours
UNIT IV
Speed Control and starting Methods
Speed control-change of frequency, pole changing methods, rotor resistance control and cascade connection.
Voltage injection into rotor circuit, Starting methods.
Single phase Induction motors: Single phase induction motors-Double revolving field theory, Equivalent
circuit, Starting methods and applications.
Universal motor & Schrage motor. 11+4 Hours
73
Total: 60 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. P.S. Bimbra, Electrical Machines, Khanna Publishers, 4th Edition, 2010
2. I.J. Nagrath & D.P. Kothari, Electric Machines, Tata Mc Graw – Hill Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2012
Reference (s)
1. A.E. Fitzgerald, C.Kingsley and S.Umans, Electric Machinery, TMH, 6th edition, 2010
2. Stephen J.Chapman, Electric Machinery Fundamentals, TMH Publishers, 4th edition, 2009
3. M.G.Say, Performance and design of Alternating Current Machines electrical machines, 3rd edition,
CBS publishers, 2008
Sample Question (s)
Remember 30 25 ---
Apply 40 45 60
Analyze --- --- 40
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remeber
1. Define Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction
2. List any 4 applications of transformer
3. Relate slip ring and squirrel cage induction motor
4. Define cogging and crawling
5. Define voltage regulation
Understand
1. Represent e.m.f. equation of a transformer
2. Explain why transformer rating will be given in kVA but not in kW
3. Explain various types of material used in construction of core of a transformer
4. Explain why the rotor of induction motor can never attain synchronous speed
5. Explain the power flow diagram of an induction motor
6. Prove the condition P2:Pm: Pc=1:(1-s):s for an induction motor
Application
1. Show how a 2-winding transformer can be converted into an auto-transformer
2. Describe on-load tap-changer with proper sequence of operation
3. Compute equivalent circuit parameter of transformer by conducting OC and SC tests
4. Demonstrate the speed control of an induction motor using voltage injection method
5. Develop an equivalent circuit of single phase transformer from fundamentals
Analysis
1. Discuss whether the winding should be tapped on H.V. side or L.V. side
2. Derive the equation for saving in copper in using auto transformer when compared to 2-winding
transformer
3. Identify the equivalent circuit parameters of 3-phase induction motor from the no-load and blocked
rotor tests
4. Explain the effect of slip on the performance of 3-phase induction motor
5. Calculate the voltage regulation of a transformer in which ohmic drop is 2% and the reactance drop in
5% of the voltage at 0.8 lagging power factor
11
74
16PE405 Electrical Measurements and Power Plant Instrumentation
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Outline the basic working principles of various Analog metering instruments

2. Recognize and identify electrical instruments and justify their operating conditions
3. Compare different metering techniques based on their performance and justify their usage
4. Judge a suitable instrument to obtain accurate readings
5. Demonstrate the design considerations and suitable method of measuring non electrical parameters in
various applications
6. Explain the working of various digital instruments
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO6

1 3 2 -
2 3 2 1
3 2 2 1
4 2 2 1
5 3 2 1
6 3 2 1
Unit I
Measuring Instruments
Classification of measuring instruments, Different torques in an instrument, Ammeters and Voltmeters –
PMMC, moving iron type instruments – expression for the deflecting torque and control torque – Errors and
Compensations, extension of instrument range using shunts and multipliers.
CT and PT – Ratio and phase angle errors – design considerations.
Frequency meters, electrostatic voltmeters
11+3 hours
Unit II
Measurement of Power and Energy
Single phase dynamometer wattmeter, LPF and UPF watt meters, Expression for deflecting and control torques
– Extension of range of wattmeter.
Single phase induction type energy meter – driving and braking torques – errors and compensations –testing by
phantom loading. Three phase energy meter (Elementary treatment).
Measurement of active and reactive powers in balanced and unbalanced systems
11+4 hours
Unit III
D.C and A.C Bridges
Principle and operation of D.C. Crompton’s potentiometer – standardization – Measurement of unknown
resistance, current, voltage. – Applications. Method of measuring low, medium and high resistance – sensitivity
of Wheat stone’s bridge – Carey Foster’s bridge, Kelvin’s double bridge for measuring low resistance,
measurement of high resistance – loss of charge method.
Measurement of inductance, Quality Factor -Maxwell’s bridge, Hay’s bridge, Anderson’s bridge, Owen’s
bridge. Measurement of capacitance and loss angle – Desauty bridge.Wien’s bridge – Schering Bridge.
A.C. Potentiometers: polar and coordinate types standardization – applications
12+5 hours
Unit IV
Transducers and Measurement of Non Electrical Quantities
Classification of transducers – Resistive, capacitive & inductive transducers, active and passive transducers,
Piezoelectric transducers – strain gauges – LVDT – thermocouple, Transducers for measurement of
displacement and pressure.
Digital Voltmeters and CRO
75
Digital voltmeters- Successive approximation, ramp, dual slope integration continuous balance type, DVM
digital frequency meter, Calibration of a CRO, measurement of different quantities using CRO.
Continuous balance type DVM
11+3 hours
Text Book (s)
1. Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments by E.W. Golding and F.C. Widdis, Fifth Edition,
A.H Wheeler & Co. Pvt. Ltd. India, 2003
2. Electrical & Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation by A.K.Sawhney. Dhanpat Rai & Co. Pvt.
Ltd, India, 2000
Reference Book (s)
1. Electrical Measurements by Buckingham and Price, Prentice-Hall India Pvt. Ltd, 2001
2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques – A.D. Helfrick and W.D. Cooper,
PHI, 5th Edition, 2002
3. Measurement & Instrumentation Principles by Alan S Morris, 3rd edition, Oxford University press,
2001
4. Electronic Instrumentation by H. S. Kalsi, Tata Mc Grawhill Mc, 3rd Edition, 2000
Sample Question (s)
Remember 35 25 ---
Apply 30 30 55
Analyse --- --- 45
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List out any two torques of indicating instruments

2. List out any two types MI Instruments
3. Define Current Transformer
4. Recall the bridge used for the measurement of resistance
5. Recall the circuit used for analog to digital conversion
Understand
1. Explain the operation of PMMC Instrument

2. Explain the operation of Single phase Energy meter
3. Describe principle involved in the PMMC Instrument
4. Illustrate the working principle dynamometer type Wattmeter
5. Compare PMMC and MI instruments
Apply
1. Classify digital voltmeters and with the help of neat sketch write the working of each voltmeter
2. Interpret the application of piezoelectric transducers
3. Classify DC Bridges
4. Classify Transducers
12
76
5. Implement a circuit which is used to measure an unknown resistance
Analyze
1. Compare and Contrast between AC and DC Bridges

2. Analyze different ways of increasing the efficiency of MI Instruments
3. Analyze different ways of increasing the efficiency of MC Instruments
4. Differentiate Maxwell’s Bridge and Hays Bridge
5. Contrast between Successive approximation method and Ramp method of DVM
77
16PE406 Power Generation Engineering

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Identify the sources of energy and power generation scenario in India
2. Demonstrate regarding Equipment, Plant layout
3. Interpret the principle of working of diesel and gas turbine plants
4. Identify and demonstrate the combustion systems
5. Interpret the working principle of hydro power plant
6. Demonstrate the working principles of nuclear reactors
COs – POs Mapping

1 3 2 2 3
2 3 2 2 3
3 2 2 2 3
4 2 2 3 3
5 3 2 2 3
6 3 2 2 3
Unit I
Steam Power Plant & Combustion Process
Introduction to the Sources of Energy –Power generation scenario in India.
Steam Power Plant: Plant Layout, Working of different Circuits, Fuel and handling equipments, types of coals,
coal handling, choice of handling equipment, coal storage, Ash handling systems.
Combustion Process: Properties of coal – overfeed and underfeed fuel beds, traveling grate stokers, spreader
stokers, retort stokers, pulverized fuel burning system and its components, combustion needs and draught
system, cyclone furnace, design and construction, Dust collectors-Electro static Precipitators.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis of fuel, Combustion analysis
12+4 Hours
Unit II
Internal combustion engine plant: Diesel Power Plant &Gas turbine Plant
Diesel Power Plant: Introduction – IC Engines, types, construction– Plant layout with auxiliaries – fuel supply
system, air starting equipment, lubrication and cooling system – super charging.
Gas turbine Plant: Introduction – classification - construction – Layout with auxiliaries – Principles of working
of closed and open cycle gas turbines. Combined Cycle Power Plants and comparison.
Performance analysis of diesel and gas turbine power plant.
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Hydro Electric Power Plant& Hydro Projects and Plant
Hydro Electric Power Plant: Water power – Hydrological cycle / flow measurement – drainage area
characteristics – Hydrographs – storage and Pondage – classification of dams and spill ways.
Hydro Projects and Plant: Classification – Typical layouts – plant auxiliaries – plant operation pumped storage
plants.
Performance of hydroelectric power plant, small hydro plants
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Nuclear Power Station &Types of Reactors
Nuclear Power Station: Nuclear fuel – breeding and fertile materials – Nuclear reactor – reactor operation.
Types of Reactors: Pressurized water reactor, Boiling water reactor, sodium-graphite reactor, fast Breeder
Reactor, Homogeneous Reactor, Gas cooled Reactor, Radiation hazards and shielding – radioactive waste
disposal. .
Heat transfer and fluid flow in nuclear reactor
11+3 Hours
78
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. Cohen & Rogers, Gas Turbine Theory -Pearson Education-5th Ed, 2013
2. P. K. Nag, Power Plant Engineering.-TMH-3rd Ed, 2014
Reference (s)
1. Khajuria&Dubey, Gas Turbine & Jet Propulsion- DhanpatRai& Sons-3rd Ed, 2012
2. Arora and Domakundwar ,Power plant Engineering -DhanpatRai& Sons-3rd Ed, 2013
3. P L Ballaney ,Thermal Engineering -Khanna Publishers, 2012
Sample Question (s)
Remember 35 25 --
Understand 35 45 --
Apply 30 30 60
Analyse -- -- 40
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Reproduce electric power system

2. Recall coal handling equipment’s with neat sketches
3. Recall multi retort stoker with working and detailed working and sketches
4. What is field of use of diesel power plant
5. Reproduce Various components of Diesel electric plant
6. Recall the layout of diesel power plant, brief air supply system
7. Recall layout and working of closed cycle gas turbine power plant
8. Recall layout of hydrological cycle and brief drainage and pondage
Understand
1. Interpret Fire tube boiler

2. Summarise formation of coal
3. Infer ecomomiser, Reaction turbine
4. Justify Tuyers,Ram cycle
5. Draw and explain high velocity and pneumatic ash handling system
6. List Various components of Diesel electric plant
7. Define Hydrology
Apply
1. Demonstrate masonary Dams

2. Demonstrate working and operation of pumped storage hydro power dam (with sketches)
3. Show NA-GR reactor with working and operation with sketches
4. Demonstrate Spillways working and operation with sketches
5. Select combined cycle power plant with necessary operation details
6. Demonstrate fuel storage/supply system and lubricating system
7. Implement the concept of hydropower generation with equation
13
79
Analyse
1. Differentiate Hydrographs in detail with sketches

2. Differentiate over feed stokers with neat sketch
3. Contrast hhydropower plants and hydropower plant auxiliaries (with sketches)
4. Contrast pulverized fuel burner with neat sketches
80
16PE407 Solid Mechanics Lab

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Demonstrate the stress-strain diagram for a given specimen
2. Compute hardness for a given specimen
3. Identify slope and deflection for a given beam
4. Determine torsional strength for a given shaft
5. Identify impact strength for a given specimen
List of Experiments
1. To determine the tensile strength of a given specimen by conducting tension test
2. To determine the compressive strength of wood / concrete / brick by conducting compression test
3. To determine the shear strength of a given specimen by conducting shear test
4. To determine the hardness of a given specimen by conducting hardness test
5. To determine the shear force and bending moments at different locations on (steel / wood) cantilever
beam by conducting bending test
6. To determine the shear force and bending moments at different locations on simple support beam by
conducting bending test
7. To determine the deflection at different locations on continuous beam by conducting deflection test
8. To determine torsional strength of a given shat by conducting torsion test
9. To determine spring rate of a given spring by conducting spring test
10. To determine the energy absorbed by a given specimen by conducting impact test
11. To verify Maxwell’s Reciprocal theorem on beams
12. To study the use of electrical resistance strain gauges
1. To compare the stress-strain curve for two materials

2. To obtain Poisson’s ratio fwo materials
3. To estimate the change in dimensions of a hexagonal bar
4. To draw the shear for and bending moment diagrams for continuous beam
5. To estimate the angle of twist of a noncircular bar
6. To study the welded boiler shell
7. To design thick shell for boiler
Reading Material(s)
1. Dr.R.K.Bansal, Strength of materials, 4th ed., Lakshmi Publications (P) Limited, 2009
2. Bhavikatti, Strength of materials, 5th ed., Lakshmi publications (P) Limited, 2013
3. Jindal, Strength of Materials, 5th ed., Umesh Publications, 2010
14
81
16ME407 Thermal Engineering Lab
Course Outcomes 0032
1. Demonstrate the valve timing diagram of SI engine & CI engine

2. Evaluate IP,BP, brake thermal efficiency
3. Compare the performance characteristics
4. Analyze the efficiency of reciprocating air compressor
5. Determine the principle of various parameters in boilers
6. Evaluate the performance of refrigeration and air conditioning systems
List of Experiments
1. I.C. Engines valve / port timing diagrams

2. I.C. Engines performance test (4 - Stroke diesel engines)
3. Performance test on VCR engine
4. I.C. Engines heat balance
5. Optimum cooling water temperature
6. Measure quality of steam by using throttling and separating calorimeter.
7. Performance test on reciprocating air compressor Unit
8. COP of Refrigeration Unit
9. Performance of A/C System
10. Study of boiler
11. Team work on survey of commercial Two and Four wheelers including compilation of technical
specification and presentation
12. Dis-assembly / assembly of engines
1. An experimental study on the yielding of two different bio diesel

2. Fabrication of a demonstration model of fuel pump
3. A comparative experimental study on the viscosity of two different biodiesel at different temperatures
4. Fabrication of a cut section model of fuel injector
5. Fabrication of battery ignition system
6. An assembled model of hermetically sealed compressor used in vapour compression system
7. Thermoelectric power generation
8. Portable wind mill for cell phone charging
9. A comparative experimental study on the fire and flash points of two different biodiesel.
10. Experimental investigations on stirring time on the properties of bio diesel blends
11. Experimental study on the lift and drag forces of a selected object using wind mill
12. Fabrication of demonstrative model of solar water purifier
13. Preparation of PVT surface with wood or thermo-coal
14. Fabrication of vacuum pump from cycle pump
15. A poster presentation on the automobile chassis with all mountings
Reading Material(s)
1. Thermal Engineering Manual, GMR Institute of Technology, Rajam

2. V. Ganesan, “Internal Combustion Engines”, 4th Ed, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012
3. VP Vasandan& DS Kumar “Heat engineering “ 3rd MPSSB Co.Ltd 2008
15
82
16PE409 Electrical Measurements Lab

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Outline the basic working principles of various metering instruments

2. Recognize and identify electrical instruments and justify their operating conditions
3. Compare different metering techniques based on their performance and justify their usage
4. Judge a suitable instrument to obtain accurate readings
5. Demonstrate the design considerations in basic instruments
6. Select suitable method of measuring R, L and C parameters in an electric network
List of Experiments
1. Calibration of single phase Energy Meter

2. Measurement of Inductance by Maxwell’s Bridge
3. Measurement of Inductance by Andersons Bridge
4. Measurement of Capacitance by Schering Bridge
5. Measurement Resistance by wheat stone Bridge
6. Measurement of choke coil Parameters by using 3-ammeter and 3- Voltmeter method
7. Calibration of Dynamo type wattmeter by using Phantomloading
8. Measurement of reactive power by using single wattmeter for balanced loads
9. Measure the Linear displacement into Electrical signal using LVDT
10. Strain measurement and Calibration by using Resistance strain gauge
11. Measurement of Iron loss by using Maxwell’s Bridge
12. Calibration of Voltmeter and Ammeter by using D.C Crompton’s potentiometer
13. Di-Electric strength of Transformer oil by using motorized oil test kit
1. Development of level measurement system using proximity sensor

2. Development of automatic door opening system using sensors
3. Development of illumination system using sensors
4. Development of soil resistance measurement system
1. E.W. Golding and F.C. Widdis, Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments, 5th Ed, A.H
Wheeler & Co. Pvt. Ltd. India, 4th Edition, 2007
2. A. K. Sawhney, Electrical & Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation, DhanpatRai& Co. Pvt. Ltd,
India, 19th edition, 2011
3. Patranabis. D, Sensors and Transducers, Prentice Hall of India, 1999
16
83
16ESX1B Employability Skills II

0201
Soft Skills: Communication Skills (An Overview): Communication? Elements of

Communication, Communication Skills and Role of Feedback, Cross-Checking, Detail
Orientation and Follow-up in our Interactions (with Examples); Building Vocabulary:
Reading Articles, Exploring New Words, Meanings and the usage with examples; Self
Esteem: Definition? Types of Self Esteem, Causes of Low Self Esteem, Merits of Positive
Self Esteem and Steps to build a positive Self Esteem; Group Discussions (Practice): GD?
GD Vs Debate, Overview of a GD , Skills assessed in a GD, Dos & Don’ts, & Conducting
practice sessions (Simple Topics); Brain Storming Sessions (on Current affairs) ; Case Study
(on Problem Solving) ; Motivational Talk: Team Work: Team Vs Group? Stages in Team
Building, Mistakes to avoid and Lessons to Learn (Through Stories); (Can be a Case Specific
also)
84
16PE501 Heat and Mass Transfer

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain basic modes of heat transfer and compute temperature distribution in steady state and unsteady
state heat conduction
2. Attribute heat transfer through extended surfaces
3. Interpret and analyze free & forced convection heat transfer
4. Infer the phenomena and flow regimes of boiling and condensation
5. Explain the principles of radiation heat transfer
6. Implement LMTD and NTU methods to design heat exchangers
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO3

1 3 2 2
2 2 3 2
3 3 3 2
4 3 3 2
5 3 2 2
6 2 3 2
Unit I
Conduction Heat Transfer-One Dimensional Steady State and Unsteady state heat transfer
Modes of heat transfer – Basic laws of heat transfer. General heat conduction equation in Cartesian, Cylindrical
and Spherical coordinates. Homogeneous slabs, hollow cylinders and spheres – overall heat transfer coefficient
– electrical analogy – Critical radius of insulation. Systems with variable Thermal conductivity – systems with
heat sources or Heat generation, extended surface (fins). Heat Transfer – Long Fin, Fin with insulated tip and
Short Fin.
Transient heat conduction: Systems with negligible internal resistance – Significance of Biot and Fourier
Numbers - Chart solutions of transient conduction systems.
Twisted fin
12+4 Hours
Unit II
Convective Heat Transfer – Forced and Free convection
Classification of systems based on causation of flow, condition of flow, configuration of flow and medium of
flow – Dimensional analysis as a tool for experimental investigation – Buckingham Pi Theorem and method,
application for developing semi – empirical non- dimensional correlation for convection heat transfer –
Concepts of Continuity, Momentum and Energy Equations
Forced Convection-Concepts about hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer and use of empirical correlations
for convective heat transfer -Flat plates and Cylinders.
Free Convection-Development of Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer along a vertical plate – Use of
empirical relations for Vertical plates and pipes.
Significance of non-dimensional numbers
12+4 Hours
Unit III
Radiation heat transfer
Emission characteristics and laws of black-body radiation – Irradiation– laws of Planck, Wien, Kirchoff,
Lambert, Stefan and Boltzmann– heat exchange between two black bodies – concepts of shape factor –
Emissivity, Heat exchange between grey bodies, radiation shields.
Electrical analogy
10+3 Hours
Unit IV
Heat Exchangers, Phase change and mass transfer Introduction
85
Classification of heat exchangers – overall heat transfer Coefficient and fouling factor – Concepts of LMTD and
NTU methods - Problems using LMTD and NTU methods.
Pool boiling – Regimes, Calculations on Nucleate boiling, Critical Heat flux and Film boiling. Film wise and
drop wise condensation. Film condensation on vertical flat surfaces.
Introduction to mass transfer, Fick’s law of diffusion (*Qualitative treatment only)
Introduction to shell and tube heat exchanger
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. Holman, J. P. Heat Transfer, 9th Ed., McGraw Hill, New York,2015

2. Frank p. Incropera, David p. Dewitt, Theodore, Bergman, Adrienne s. lavine, principles of heat and mass
transfer”, 7th Ed., Willey,2013
3. Y.Cengel, Introduction to Heat Transfer, 2nd Ed, 2014
4. S. Subramanyan, C P Kothandaraman, Heat and Mass Transfer Data Book, 8th Ed., 2014
Reference(s)
1. R. C. Sachdeva, Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer,4th Ed., 2015

2. Dr. M. L. Mathur & Prof. F. S. Mehta, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer,1st Ed., 2009
3. Welty, Wicks, Wilson, Rorrer, Fundamentals of Momentum, Heat, and Mass Transfer, 5th Ed, Willey,
2014
4. R. K. Rajput, Heat and Mass Transfer,6th Ed., S.Chand, 2015
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 20 --
Understand 35 30 --
Apply 40 50 50
Analyze -- -- 30
Evaluate -- -- 20
Create -- - --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List the three types of heat transfer modes

2. List the three practical examples for three modes of heat transfer
3. State the Fourier law of heat transfer
4. Define transient heat conduction
5. Define forced and free convection heat transfer
Understand
1. Explain the conduction heat transfer mechanism with an example

2. Explain the significance of extended surfaces
3. Explain the importance of dimensional analysis
4. Explain the concept of fouling in heat exchangers
5. Explain the concept of shape factor
Apply
1
Assignment Test should contain only questions related to Higher Order Thinking (HOT) Skills
86
1. A stainless steel rod of outer diameter 1 cm originally at a temperature of 3200C is suddenly immersed
in a liquid at 1200C for which the convective heat transfer coefficient is 100 W/m2K. Determine the
time required for the rod to reach the temperature of 2000C. Take density of steel is 7800 kg/m3, sp.heat
as 460 kJ/kg.K, K= 40 W/mK
2. In an experiment to determine the thermal conductivity of a long solid 2.5 cm diameter rod, its base is
placed in a furnace with a large portion of it projecting into the room at two points, 10 cm apart, are
found to be 110°C and 85°C respectively. The convective heat transfer coefficient between the rod
surface and the surrounding air is 28.4 W/m2K. Determine the thermal conductivity of the rod material
3. Air at 30°C, 0.2 m/s flows across a 120 W electric bulb at 130°C. Find heat transfer and power lost due
to convection if bulb diameter is 70 mm
4. Water is boiled at a rate of 30 kg/hr in a copper pan, 30 cm in diameter, at atmospheric pressure.
Estimate the temperature of the bottom surface of the pan assuming nucleate boiling conditions
5. In a double pipe heat exchanger, 10000 kg/hr of an oil having a sp.heat of 2095 J/kg.K is cooled from
800C to 500C by 8000 kg/hr of water entering at 250C. Determine the heat exchanger area for an overall
heat transfer coefficient of 300 W/m2 K. Take Cp for water is 4180 J/Kg.K
Analyze
1. Compare and Contrast between forced and free convection heat transfer
2. Outline different ways of increasing the heat transfer using fins with various geometries
3. Compare different ways of increasing the effectiveness of fin by giving appropriate justification
4. Differentiate among absorbitivity, Reflectivity, Transmissivity
Evaluate
1. A cylindrical resistor element on a circuit board dissipates 0.6 W of power. The resistor is 1.5 cm long,
and has a diameter of 0.4 cm. Assuming heat to be transferred uniformly from all surfaces, determine
(a) the amount of heat this resistor dissipates during a 24-hour period, (b) the heat flux, and (c) the
fraction of heat dissipated from the top and bottom surfaces.
2. Consider a 5-cm-diameter shaft rotating at 2500 rpm in a 10-cm-long bearing with a clearance of 0.5
mm. Determine the power required to rotate the shaft if the fluid in the gap is (a) air, (b) water, and (c)
oil at 40°C and 1 atm.
3. A 15-cm circuit board dissipating 15 W of power uniformly is cooled by air, which approaches the
circuit board at 20°C with a velocity of 5 m/s. Disregarding any heat transfer from the back surface of
the board, determine the surface temperature of the electronic components (a) at the leading edge and
(b) at the end of the board. Assume the flow to be turbulent since the electronic components are
expected to act as turbulators.
87
16PE502 Steam Generators and Prime Movers

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the concept of Rankine cycle

2. Recall the working of boilers including water tube, fire tube and high pressure boilers
3. Execute the efficiencies of different boilers
4. Attribute the flow of steam through nozzles
5. Check the performance of condensers and steam turbines
6. Compare the performance of open and closed cycle gas turbines
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO3

1 3 3 2
2 3 3 2
3 3 3 3
4 3 3 3
5 2 3 3
6 2 3 3
Unit I
Vapour power cycles-Steam Generators and Draft system
Thermodynamic analysis of simple Rankine cycle- performance improvement of simple Rankine cycle by
Reheating and Regeneration. Classification of Steam Generators, Basic construction and working details of
steam generators-Cochran, Bobcock & wilcock, La-mont, Loeffler and Benson boilers-HRSG, OTSG, Boiler
performance parameters-Equivalent evaporation and boiler efficiency-direct and indirect methods, Boiler
mountings and accessories. Draft System: Theory of Natural, Induced, Forced and Balance Draft
Cornish boiler
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Steam nozzles-Super saturated flow
Function of nozzle – applications - types, Flow through nozzles, thermodynamic analysis – assumptions -
velocity of nozzle at exit-Ideal and actual expansion in nozzle, velocity coefficient, condition for maximum
discharge, critical pressure ratio, criteria decide nozzle shape Its effects, degree of super saturation and degree of
under cooling
Wilson line
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Steam Turbines-Reaction Turbine
Classification – Impulse turbine; Mechanical details – Velocity diagram – effect of friction – power developed,
axial thrust, blade efficiency – condition for maximum efficiency. Velocity compounding, pressure
compounding, Pressure velocity compounding, Velocity and Pressure variation along the flow – combined
velocity diagram for a velocity compounded impulse turbine. Mechanical details – principle of operation,
thermodynamic analysis of a stage, degree of reaction –velocity diagram. Parson’s reaction turbine – condition
for maximum efficiency
Comparison of turbines, Erosion and maintenance of turbine blades
12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Steam Condensers-Gas turbines
Classification of condensers – working principle of different types – vacuum efficiency and condenser
efficiency
Introduction to Ideal Simple-Cycle Gas Turbine, Analysis of the Ideal Cycle, Analysis of the Open Simple-
Cycle Gas Turbine, Maximizing the Net Work of the Cycle, Regenerative Gas Turbines, Inter cooling and
Reheat, Combined Intercooling. Reheat, and Regeneration.
88
Introduction to jet engine

11+4 Hours
Total 45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. PK Nag ,Power Plant Engineering,3rd Ed.,TMH,2015

2. V.Ganesan ,Gas Turbines ,TMH, 3rd Ed, 2014
3. R.K. Rajput ,Thermal Engineering,7th Ed, Lakshmi Publications, 2013
Reference(s)
1. R. Yadav ,Thermodynamics and Heat Engines ,Central Publishing House, 4th Ed, 2012
2. P. Khajuria and S.P.Dubey ,Gas Turbines and Propulsive Systems, Dhanpat rai, 3rd Ed, 2012
3. Rogers and Saravana Muto, Gas Turbines, Addison Wesley – Longman, 3rd Ed, 2013
4. P.L.Ballaney, Thermal Engineering, khanna publishers, 4th Ed, 2014
5. M.L.Marthur and V.K Mehta, Thermal Engineering, 3rd Ed., Jain Bros, 2013
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 20 --
Understand 35 25 --
Apply 40 55 45
Analyze -- -- 30
Evaluate -- -- 25
Create -- -- -
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List the four processes of simple Rankine cycle

2. List the four components of thermal power plant
3. Define degree of super saturation and degree of under cooling
4. Define velocity compounding an pressure compounding
5. Define vacuum efficiency and condenser efficiency
Understand
1. Explain three types of draft systems

2. Explain the working principle of Benson boiler
3. Explain the concept of critical pressure ratio of nozzle
4. Explain the working principle of any surface condenser
5. Explain the concept of perfect intercooling
Apply
1. Consider a steam power plant operating on the ideal reheat Rankine cycle. Steam enters the high-
pressure turbine at 15 MPa and 600°C and is condensed in the condenser at a pressure of 10 kPa. If
the moisture content of the steam at the exit of the low-pressure turbine is not to exceed 10.4
percent, determine (a) the pressure at which the steam should be reheated and (b) the thermal
efficiency of the cycle. Assume the steam is reheated to the inlet temperature of the high-pressure
turbine.
2. Determine the height and diameter of the chimney to produce static draught of 18 mm of water if
mean flue gas temperature and flow rate are 3000C and 2100 Kg/min respectively, the atmospheric
2
89
temperature is 25 0C. The gas constant for air is 287 J/Kg K and for flue gases is 250 J/Kg K.
Assume no loss of draught in chimney and barometer reading is 760 mm of Hg.
3. Dry saturated steam enters a steam nozzle at a pressure of 15 bar and is discharged at a pressure of
2 bar. What is the final velocity if initial velocity is neglected
4. A De-laval turbine type impulse turbine is to develop 150 KW with a probable consumption of 7.5
kg of steam per KWH with initial pressure being 12 bar and the exhaust pressure being 0.15 bar.
Taking the diameter of the throat of each nozzle as 6 mm, find the number of nozzles required.
Assuming 10 % of total drop is lost in diverging part of the nozzle, find the diameter at the exit of
the nozzle
5. Steam enters a condenser at 360 0C and with a barometric reading 760 mm of Hg. If the vacuum of
695 mm of Hg is produced find the vacuum efficiency
Analyze
1. Attribute the minimum requirements of the steam boiler to be purchased, if you are the in charge
engineer GMR Energy Ltd is planned in the view of erection of a 100 MW thermal power plant in
Rajam
2. Compare different ways of increasing the efficiency of thermal power plant
3. Conclude different ways of increasing the efficiency of gas turbine power plant
4. Attribute the suitability of a given heat exchanger to a power plant (steam or gas)
5. Attribute the difference between jet condensers and surface condensers
Evaluate
1. Justify the statement” water tube boilers are different from fire tube boilers”
2. The following data refers to a particular stage of parson’s turbine:
a. Speed is 1500 rpm, mean diameter of the rotor is 1m, stage efficiency is 80 %, blade
outlet angle is 200 and speed ratio is 0.7. Determine the available isentropic enthalpy drop
in the stage
3. Consider a 5-cm-diameter shaft rotating at 2500 rpm in a 10-cm-long bearing with a clearance of
0.5 mm. Determine the power required to rotate the shaft if the fluid in the gap is (a) air, (b) water,
and (c) oil at 40°C and 1 atm
4. Differentiate jet and surface condensers
90
16PE503 Control Systems Engineering
3024
Course Outcomes
1. Interpret the engineering behind the concept of control systems in various engineering and non-
engineering fields
2. Summarize the block diagram reduction rules and signal flow graph techniques
3. Differentiate the transient and steady state performances of control systems
4. Execute the stability of a system using time domain and frequency domain techniques
5. Classify different compensators and controllers in time/frequency domain
6. Implement the controllability and observability of control systems
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO3 PO9

1 3 1 1
2 1 3 1
3 2 1 3
4 2 1 3
5 3 1 3
6 1 2 2
Unit I
Engineering in control systems
The control system, automobile steering control system, automatic tank level control system, synchros,
coordinated boiler generator control, general block diagram of automatic control systems, speed control
systems, servomechanism. Concepts of Control Systems-Open Loop and closed loop control systems.
Mathematical Models of Physical Systems
Differential equations of physical systems, Modeling of Electric systems, Translational and rotational
mechanical systems, Analogous quantities (Force/Torque – Voltage analogy and Force/Torque – Current
analogy), Definition of Transfer function, Derivations of transfer function of armature controlled DC Motor and
transfer function of field controlled DC Motor, Block diagram algebra and its reduction techniques – problems,
Signal flow graph and its construction – problems.
Missile launching and guidance system, automatic aircraft landing system, applications of control theory in
non-engineering fields.
1. Characteristics of Synchros
2. Determine the transfer function of armature controlled DC Motor
3. Determine the transfer function of field controlled DC Motor
12+6 Hours
Unit II
Time Response Analysis
Standard test signals, Time response of first and second order systems, time response specifications of second
order systems, characteristic Equation, Steady-State Errors and Error Constants, Effects of addition of zero on a
system, The concept of stability, Routh-Hurwitz stability criterion, Difficulties and limitations in RH stability
criterion, Root locus concepts, construction of root loci.
PID Controller
1. Write a MatLab program to determine the time response specifications of first order systems
2. Write a MatLab program to determine the time response specifications of second order systems
3. Write a MatLab program to determine the steady state error and error constants of a given series R, L,
C Circuit for all the standard test signals
4. Write a MatLab program to determine the stability of a given system using root locus technique.
11+8 Hours
91
Unit III
Frequency Response Analysis
Frequency response characteristics, Frequency domain specifications, Correlation between time and frequency
response specifications, Bode plot, transfer function from the Bode plot, Stability Analysis using Bode Plot, Polar
Plot and Nyquist’s stability criterion – stability analysis. Design of lag, lead and lag-lead compensators.
M & N circles, Nichol’s Chart
1. Write a MatLab program to determine the stability of any given system using Bode Plot
2. Write a MatLab program to determine the frequency response specifications of second order systems
3. Write a MatLab program to analyse the stability of any given system using Nyquist stability criterion
4. Write a MatLab program to determine the phase margin and gain margin of a system using bode plot
and nyquist plot
11+8 Hours
Unit IV
Introduction to State Space Analysis
Concepts of state, state space modeling of physical systems, Representation of state space model in different
canonical forms, Transfer function and state space model correlations, Solution of state equations, State
Transition Matrix and it’s Properties, Basic concepts of Controllability and Observability.
Diagonalization, principle of duality.
1. Write a MatLab program to convert transfer function to state space and vice-versa
2. Write a MatLab program to determine the state transition matrix of a given state model
3. Write a MatLab program to analyse whether the system given by the state model is controllable and/or
observable.
11+8 Hours
Total: 45+30 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. I.J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, Control Systems Engineering, New Age International (P) Limited, 5th Ed,
2008
2. Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 4th Ed, 2006
3. Derek.P.Atherton, Control Engineering, An Introduction with the use of MATLAB, 2nd Ed, 2013
Reference(s)
1. Benjamin C.Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, John Wiley & Sons, 8th Ed, 2012
2. K. Alice Mary and P.Ramana, Control Systems, Universities Press (India) Pvt. Ltd., 1st Ed, 2016
3. Smarajit Ghosh, Control Systems, Pearson education. 1st Ed, 2014
Sample Question(s)
Cognitive Level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Lab Examination (%)
Remember 30 20 --
Understand 50 30 --
Apply 20 50 70
Analyze -- -- 30
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define the transfer function in control system

2. Write the significance of a take off point
3. List the standard test signals used in control systems and why are they needed
4. State and explain the Mason’s gain formula
92
5. Write the differences between open and closed loop transfer functions
6. Define steady state error and error constants of different types of inputs
7. Define the transient response, and draw the time domain response of first order system
8. List different types of standard test signals used in time response analysis
Understand
1. Interpret the time constant of a system

2. Justify the preference of negative feedback in control systems
3. Compare in detail about Block diagram and signal flow graph methods
4. Explain the time response of under damped 2nd order system along with its transient response
specifications
5. Explain the construction rules for root locus technique
6. Draw the bode plot of unity feedback system having G(s)=10/s(1+0.02s)(1+0.2s) determine phase
margin and gain margin
7. Draw the electrical equivalent circuits of lead, lag and lag-lead compensators
8. Draw the Nyquist plot and examine the stability of the closed loop system having the open loop
transfer function G(s)H(s)= K/s(1+sT1)(1+sT2)
Apply
1. Compute the steady state error for an input r(t)=(1+t^2)U(t)

2. Demonstrate addition and subtraction operations on the following
3. Compute the state transition matrix for A=[-2 1 0; 0 -2 1; 0 0 -2]
4. Compute the following differential equation by converting it into state variable form
d2y/dt2+2dy/dt=5y=3u(t) where y(0)=dy/dt(0)=0 and u(t) is the unit step input
5. Find the state transition matrix for A=[-2 1 0; 0 -2 1; 0 0 -2]
Analyse
1. Identify the compensator in a given closed system to perform stability analysis

2. Organize steady state error constants and steady state errors for a unity feedback system has the
following open-loop transfer function G(s)=Ks(3s+1)/(s^2+2s+3)
3. Organize steady state error constants and steady state errors for a unity feed-back system whose open
loop transfer function is G(s)=50/(1+0.1s)(1+2s) find the position, velocity and acceleration error
constants
93
16PE404 Synchronous and Special Motors
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Interpret appropriate single phase induction motor for commercial needs

2. Infer operational characteristics and regulation methods of synchronous machine
3. Explain load performance or synchronization of a synchronous machine connected to an infinite bus
4. Classify starting methods of synchronous motors and the circle diagrams to analyses their
performances
5. Explain the synchronous condenser operation of synchronous machine
6. Implement a special electrical machine for commercial and industrial needs
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO3

1 3 2
2 3 2
3 2 2
4 2 2
5 3 2
6 3 2
UNIT I
Synchronous Generators
Constructional features of round rotor and salient pole machines – Armature windings – Integral slot and
fractional slot windings, Distributed and concentrated windings, Distribution, pitch and winding factors
E.M.F Equation, Harmonics in generated e.m.f. – suppression of harmonics – armature reaction - synchronous
impedance – phasor diagram – load characteristics. 11+3 hours
Comparison of armature reaction with D.C generators
UNIT II
Regulation & Parallel Operation of Synchronous Generators
Regulation by synchronous impedance method, M.M.F. method, Z.P.F. method – salient pole alternators – two
reaction analysis- Determination of Xd and Xq (Slip test), Phasor diagram– Regulation of salient pole alternator.
Synchronization of alternators with infinite bus– synchronizing power and torque – Parallel operation and load
sharing 12+4 Hours
Voltage regulation by American slandered method
UNIT III
Synchronous Motors
Principle of operation-Phasor diagram, Variation of current and power factor with excitation, Power and torque
characteristics, losses and efficiency calculations, synchronous condenser, Power factor improvement, hunting
and its suppression, methods of starting. 12+3 Hours
Synchronous coil
UNIT IV
Special Machines
Single phase induction motors – Constructional features-Double field revolving theory –Starting methods.
Special Machines-Principle & performance of A.C. Series motor, Universal motor, Permanent magnet and
switched reluctance motors, Stepper motor, Hysteresis motor, Servo motors, Schrage motors
94
12+3 Hours
Applications of BLDC motor
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. Bimbra P.S., “Electrical Machines”,7th Ed, Khanna Publishers, 2016

2. Stephen J. Chapman, “Electric Machinery Fundamentals” 4th Ed, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 2014
3. Nagarath and Kothari D.P., “Electrical machines”, 3rd Ed, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012
Reference(s)
1. M.G. Say, “Performance and design of AC machines”, ELBS & Pitman sons, 2010
2. Alexander S Langsdorf, “Theory of alternating current machinery”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2nd Ed, 2012
Sample Question (s)
Cognitive Level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test (%)
Remember 30 20 ---
Apply 40 45 100
Analyze --- --- ---
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction
2. List 4 applications of synchronous machines
3. Relate salient pole and cylindrical pole synchronous machines
4. Define armature reaction
5. Define voltage regulation
Understand
1. Represent e.m.f. equation of a synchronous machine
2. Explain how synchronous condenser improves the power factor
3. Explain various types of material used in construction of cylindrical pole synchronous generator
4. Explain why synchronous machine runs at synchronous speed
5. Explain the power flow diagram of an induction motor
6. Explain the operation of brush less D.C motor
Apply
1. Develop cylindrical pole Synchronous generator
2. Develop armature windings in Synchronous generator
3. Develop armature reaction for zero leading power factor load in synchronous generator
4. Apply synchronous impedance, m.m.f method and z.p.f methods for the calculation of voltage
regulation in synchronous generators
5. Develop two reaction theory in salient pole synchronous machines
95
16PE505 Electrical Power Transmission and Distribution
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Recognize the transmissions line models and finding their parameters

2. Implement the transmission lines as standard two port networks
3. Interpret the performance of transmission lines under various loading conditions
4. Summarize the effects of corona, sag and proximity on transmission system
5. Explain the performance of DC distribution
6. Implement the economic aspects of power generation, tariff methods and substations and suggest the
suitable tariff methods for different loads
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO7 PO13

1 2 1 1
2 3 1 1
3 2 3 2
4 3 2 2
5 3 1 1
6 3 3 3
Unit I
Transmission line parameters
Types of conductors - calculation of resistance for solid conductors - Calculation of inductance for single phase
and three phase, single and double circuit lines with transposition, concept of GMR & GMD- Calculation of
capacitance for 2 wire and 3 wire systems.
Performance of Short and Medium Length Transmission Lines
Classification of Transmission Lines and their model representations -Nominal-T, Nominal-π and A, B, C, D
Constants for symmetrical & Asymmetrical Networks, Estimation of regulation and efficiency for transmission
lines, Long Transmission Line representation only.
Long transmission line rigorous solution 13+4 Hours
Unit II
Various Factors Governing the Performance of Transmission line
Skin, Proximity and Ferranti effects, Corona - Description of the phenomenon, factors affecting corona, critical
voltages and power loss.
Sag and Tension Calculations
Sag and Tension calculations with equal and unequal heights of towers, effect of Wind and Ice on weight of
Conductor, numerical Problems
Overhead Line Insulators
Types of Insulators, String efficiency and Methods for improvement, Numerical Problems – voltage
distribution, calculation of string efficiency, Capacitance grading and Static Shielding
Methods of reducing corona effects –Mechanical design parameters of transmission lines 12+4 Hours
Unit III
Distribution Systems
Classification of distribution systems, design features of distribution systems, radial distribution, and ring main
distribution. Voltage drop calculations-DC distributors - radial DC distributor fed at one end and at two ends
(equal / unequal voltages) and ring distributor (Concentrated loading only). Elementary treatment of AC
distribution.
3-wire dc System-Balancers in dc 3-wire system-Boosters 10+4 Hours
96
Unit IV
Economic Aspects of Power Generation
Load curve, load duration and integrated load duration curves, discussion on economic aspects- connected load,
maximum demand, demand factor, load factor, diversity factor, capacity factor, utilization factor, plant use
factors- Numerical Problems.
Tariff Methods
Costs of Generation - Fixed, Semi-fixed and Running Costs, Desirable Characteristics of a tariff, Tariff
Methods- Simple rate, Flat Rate, Block-Rate, two-part, three-part, Time of Day, Multi Layer and power factor
tariff methods
Substations
Classification of substations- Air insulated substations - Indoor & Outdoor substations
Gas Insulated substation 10+3 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. C.L.Wadhawa,Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electric Energy, New Age International (P)
Limited, Publishers 2012
2. C.L.Wadhwa,Electrical power systems, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers,2011
Reference(s)
1. M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S.Bhatnagar, A.Chakrabarthy, A Text Book on Power System Engineering, by

Dhanpat Rai & Co Pvt. Ltd, 2014
Sample Question (s)
Remember 35 25 ---
Apply 30 30 55
Analyze -- -- 45
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List four properties of Resistance, Capacitance & Inductance

2. Define Corona
3. Define Voltage Regulation
4. List the types of insulators
5. Define Sag
Understand
1. Explain various methods of improving string efficiency

2. Draw the circuit diagram of T-network
3. Contrast between ABCD and h-parameters
4. Compare Z and Y parameters
5. Classify transmission lines
Apply
3
97
1. Find the ABCD parameters of a short transmission lines

2. Find the voltage and current relation in Resistance, Capacitance & Inductance when it is excited by
sinusoidal voltage
3. Implement a circuit which is used to find the ABCD parameters for a medium transmission lines
Analyze
1. Compare overhead system with underground system of transmission line

2. Differentiate between load factor and demand factor
98
16PE001 Non-Conventional Energy Resources (Elective I)
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the need and role of Non-Conventional Energy sources particularly when the conventional
sources are scarce in nature
2. Classify various renewable energy technologies and systems
3. Infer the knowledge of Storage technologies form the autonomous renewable energy sources
4. Explain various mechanisms about renewable energy projects
5. Recognize the need and ability to engage in lifelong learning for further developments in this field
6. Recognize the latest trends in Non-Conventional Energy sources
COs – POs Mapping

1 3 3 3 3
2 3 2 2 2
3 3 2 2 2
4 3 2 2 2
5 2 2 2 2
6 1 2 2 2
UNIT – I
Principles of Solar Radiation
Introduction to Non-Conventional Energy Sources, Global and National Energy Scenario, Importance, Types-
Solar Radiation: Role and potential of new and renewable source, the solar energy option, Environmental impact
of solar power, physics of the sun, the solar constant, solar radiation, instruments for measuring solar radiation
and sun shine, solar radiation data.
Solar Energy Collection, Storage and Applications
Flat plate and concentrating collectors, classification of concentrating
collectors, advanced collectors. Storage: Different methods, Sensible, latent heat and
stratified storage, solar ponds. Solar Applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and drying,
photovoltaic energy conversion.
Earth sun angles, attenuation
12+4 Hours
UNIT – II
Wind Energy
Wind Power Generation, its history, Principles of wind power, Maximum & Actual Power, Wind Turbine
operation Small and Large Wind Turbines, recent developments.
Aerodynamic forces acting on wind mill
10+4 Hours
UNIT – III
Ocean Energy
OTEC, Principles utilization, setting of OTEC plants, thermodynamic cycles.
Tidal and wave energy: Potential and conversion techniques, mini-hydel power plants, and their economics.
Single basin and double basin tidal power plants
11+4 Hours
UNIT-IV
Bio-Mass Energy
Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, types of Bio-gas digesters, gas yield, combustion
characteristics of bio-gas, utilization for cooking, I.C.Engine operation and economic aspects.
Geothermal Energy: Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy, potential in India.
Hybrid Systems
Need for Hybrid Systems. Range and type of Hybrid systems. Case studies of Diesel-PV, Wind-PV,
Microhydel-PV, Biomass-Diesel systems, electric and hybrid electric vehicles
99
Fuel properties of bio gas, utilization of biogas
12+3 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. G. D. Rai, Non-conventional Energy Sources, 4th ed, Khanna Publishers, 2015

2. Ramesh & Kumar, Renewable Energy Technologies, Narosa Publication House, 2011
3. G.N Tiwari and M.K Ghosal ,Renewable energy resources, Narosa Publishing House-2011
Reference(s)
1. Twidell& Weir, Renewable Energy Sources,Taylor & Francis Group,2011

2. Frank Krieth& John F Kreider, Principles of Solar Energy, McGraw-Hill, 2005
3. Ashok V Desai &Wiley Eastern, Non-Conventional Energy, New International (P) Limited, 2013
4. K Mittal “Non-Conventional Energy Systems, Wheeler Publishing, 2007
Assessment Pattern
Sample Question (s)
Remember 15 15 --
Understand 55 45 --
Apply 30 40 50
Analyze -- -- 35
Evaluate -- -- 15
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define Solar Constant

2. Define Beam and Diffuse radiation
3. Define a Geothermal Source
4. Define solar radiation and solar irradiance
5. State the empirical equation for estimating the monthly average of daily global radiation on a tilted
surface
6. List any two types of Concentrating Solar Power (CSP) systems and main components of CSP
7. List any two important components of a tidal power plant
8. List any two civil works design considerations for mini-hydel power plants
9. List any two materials used for biogas generation
Understand
1. Explain the principle of conversion of solar energy in to heat.

2. Explain the following terms: i) Altitude Angle ii) Incident Angle iii) Zenith Angle iv) Solar Azimuth
Angle v) Hour Angle
3. a) Explain the difference between active and passive solar heating systems
b) Explain the working principle of a Photovoltaic cell
4. Summarize the salient features of different types of ocean thermal energy conversion systems for
power Generation
5. Explain with neat sketch, wind energy conversion systems and classify wind mills
6. Explain the method of power tracking system in PV system. Explain its advantages.
7. Briefly explain critical criteria in the design of ocean thermal energy conversion plants
8. a) Explain in detail about anaerobic digestion and the different phases and the processes involved in it
b) Explain the gas yield process in the bio gas plant operation
100
9. a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of bio-mass energy? Explain the process of anaerobic
digestion.
b) Discuss combustion characteristics of bio-gas in brief
10. Explain the construction and working principle of fuel cell with neat sketch. Draw the performance
characteristics of hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell.
11. a) Discuss briefly the types of bio-gas plant. How bio-energy may be useful for rural application. Justify
your answer.
b) Explain the process of anaerobic fermentation. List the advantages
Apply
1. a) Differentiate between extra-terrestrial and terrestrial solar radiation.

b) Calculate the hour angle at the sunrise and the sunset on March 22 for a surface inclined at an angle
200 facing south at New Delhi (280 35’ N, 770 12’ E).
2. Deduce the expression for useful energy gain and collection efficiency for flatplate collectors
3. Derive an expression for maximum output fraction from horizontal axis wind power.
4. Derive the relation for transmission coefficient for series of glass covers in flat plate collectors
Analyze
1. a) Justify the importance of earthquakes and volcanoes in the formation of geothermal resources
b) Outline the status of India in geothermal energy sector
2. a) Describe the structure of earth’s interior with reference to geothermal energy.
b) Does developing geothermal resources widely have any environmental effects? Justify
3. Resolve the parameters “tip-speed ratio” and “coefficient of performance” which characterize a wind
mill rotor.
4. Compare the performance of various types of solar collectors. How is focusing accomplished in
paraboloid dish collector?
5. Compare solar PV system with solar thermal system with reference to i. Future prospects ii.
Application
Evaluate
1. Wind at one atmosphere pressure and 100C temperature has a velocity of 10 m/s. Determine the total
power density in the wind stream and the maximum obtainable power density. Given that R = 0.287
kJ/kgK. Assume any missing data.
2. Derive an expression for energy available in the wind
101
16PE002 Advanced Fluid Dynamics (Elective-I)
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Interpret the knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering

2. Generate the governing equations of fluid flow and applying them to simple flow problems
3. Implement the mathematical formulation of various flow problems
4. Infer the boundary layer concept to the fluid flow problems
5. Implement the continuity equation to the compressible flows
6. Attribute the isothermal compressible flows
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO3

1 3 2 1
2 3 2 1
3 2 3 1
4 2 3 2
5 3 3 2
6 3 3 2
UNIT I
Non – viscous flow of incompressible Fluids &Potential Flow Theory
Introduction to inviscid incompressible flow, Elementary plane flow solutions-uniform stream, source or sink,
Vortex, Doublet, Rankine half body, Rankine oval
Potential flow theory: Condition for irrotationality, circulation & vorticity Accelerations in Cartesian systems
normal and tangential accelerations.
Kelven Oval
12+4 Hours
UNIT II
Principles of Viscous Flow
Derivation of Navier-Stoke’s Equations for viscous compressible flow – Exact solutions to certain simple cases:
Plain Poisoulle flow - Coutte flow with and without pressure gradient -Hagen Poisoulle flow equation
turbulent flow, Reynolds zero flow
11+3 Hours
UNIT III
Boundary Layer Concepts
Prandtl’s contribution to real fluid flows – Prandtl’s boundary layer theory - Boundary layer thickness for flow
over a flat plate – Approximate solutions – Creeping motion (Stokes) –Oseen’s approximation - Von-Karman
momentum integral equation for laminar boundary layer. Blasius solution
Expressions for local and mean drag coefficients for different velocity profiles
11+4 Hours
UNIT IV
Compressible Fluid Flow
Thermodynamic basics – Equations of continuity, Momentum and Energy - Acoustic Velocity Derivation of
Equation for Mach Number – Flow Regimes – Mach Angle – Mach Cone – Stagnation State Area Variation,
Property Relationships in terms of Mach number, Nozzles, Diffusers – Isothermal Flow in Long Ducts –
Normal Compressible Shock, Oblique Shock
Expansion and Compressible Shocks – Supersonic
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
102
Textbook(s)
1. Schlichting H – Boundary Layer Theory, Springer Publications, 2017

2. W.M. Kays, M.E. Crawford,Convective Heat and Mass Transfer –, McGrawhill, 3rd Ed, 2016
3. F.M.White, Fluid Mechanics, 7th Ed, Mc Graw Hill, 2011
4. F.M.White, Viscous Fluid Flow, 4th Ed, McGraw Hill, 2012
Reference(s)
1. Yuman S.W – Foundations of Fluid Mechanics, McGrawHill, 2014

2. Pai, An Introduction to Compressible Flow, TMH, 2012
3. D. Rama Durgaiah, Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, New Age Pub,2014
4. William F. Hughes & John A. Brighton, Fluid Dynamics, Tata McGrawHill, 2013
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 15 --
Understand 35 35 --
Apply 40 50 40
Analyze -- -- 30
Evaluate -- -- 20
Create -- -- 10
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define stream lines in fluid flow

2. Define streak lines in fluid flow
3. Define path lines in fluid flow
4. Write the expression for Bernoulli’s equation
Understand
1. Formulate the expression for continuity equation in three dimensions

2. Illustrate the importance of Prandtl’s boundary layer theory
3. Represent the expression of Boundary layer thickness for flow over a flat plate
4. Identify the importance of Equations of continuity
Apply
1. Consider steady flow of air through the diffuser portion of a wind tunnel (Fig.). Along the centerline of
the diffuser, the air speed decreases from entrance to exit as sketched. Measurements reveal that the
centerline air speed decreases parabolically through the diffuser. Write an equation for centerline speed
u(x), based on the parameters given here, from x = 0 to x = L.
2. A steady, incompressible, two-dimensional velocity field is given by the following components in the
xy-plane: u = 0.205 + 0.97x + 0.851y
v =- 20.509 + 0.953x + 0.97y
4
103
Calculate the acceleration field (find expressions for acceleration components ax and a y) and calculate
the acceleration at the point (x, y) = (2, 1.5).
3. A garden hose attached with a nozzle is used to fill a 20-gal bucket. The inner diameter of the hose is 1
in and it reduces to 0.5 in at the nozzle exit. If the average velocity in the hose is 8 ft/s, determine (a)
the volume and mass flow rates of water through the hose, (b) how long it will take to fill the bucket
with water, and (c) the average velocity of water at the nozzle exit.
Evaluate
1. Determine the importance of Mach number

2. Determine the performance of a heat engine
3. Determine relation between stream function and velocity potential function
Create
1. Derive the expression for Navier-Stoke’s Equations for viscous compressible flow
2. Derive an Equation for Mach Number for Acoustic Velocity
3. Derive the Von-Karman momentum integral equation for laminar boundary layer
104
16PE003 Power Plant Pollution and Control (Elective I)

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain different types of pollution and apply knowledge for the protection and improvement of the
environment
2. Select and use suitable wastewater treatment technique
3. Identify suitable sampling, analysis and equipment for air pollutants
4. Explain the disposal methods of solid waste
5. Implement the methods to Control the pollution in thermal power plant
6. Identify various characteristics of effluents and their treatment methods
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO6 PO7 PO13

1 3 3 2
2 3 3 2
3 3 3 2
4 3 3 2
5 3 3 2
6 3 3 2
UNIT I
Pollution:
Introduction to Pollutants and Characterization of effluent streams. Type of pollution and their sources, Types of
emissions from Power plants and transmission system and effects on environment, Environment Legislation,
Pollution norms and Environmental regulations related to power plant & Transmission system. Characterization
of effluent streams, Oxygen demands and their determination (BOD, COD, and TOC), Oxygen sag curve, Self
purification of running streams, Noise Pollution-importance.
Mathematical controlling of BOD curve 11+3 Hours
UNIT II
Waste water treatment Process-
Methods of primary treatment; Screening, sedimentation, flotation, neutralization, secondary treatment:
Biological treatment of wastewater and bacterial growth curve, suspended growth processes (activated sludge,
aerated lagoon and stabilization pond), attached growth processes, trickling filter and rotating biological
contactor); tertiary treatment methods -carbon adsorption, membrane separation, chlorination, and ozonation.
Other primary, secondary and tertiary methods 12+4 Hours
UNIT III
Air pollution control methods and equipments:
Criteria and toxic air pollutants, Air pollution sampling and measurement: Ambient air sampling: collection of
gaseous air pollutants, Collection of particulate air pollutants, Stack sampling: Sampling system, particulate and
gaseous sampling.
Air pollution control methods and equipments: Source correction methods: raw material changes, process
changes and equipment modification, Particulate emission control: collection efficiency, Control equipments
like gravity settling chambers, Cyclone separators, Fabric filters, Electrostatic precipitator, Scrubbers (spray
towers and venture scrubbers), Gaseous emission control (SOx, NOx and organic vapor): absorption by liquids
and adsorption by solids.
Other types of collection equipment like scrubbers, filters etc 12+4 Hours
UNIT IV
Solid waste management:
Sources and classification, Methods of collection (HCS and SCS), Disposal methods (Landfill and incineration)
Pollution control in Thermal power plant (coal, gas and Naptha): Introduction, sources and characteristics of
effluents and Treatment methods, Nuclear waste disposal.
105
Glass, metal and plastic separation methods 10+4 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. C. S. Rao, Environmental Pollution and Control Engineering, 2nd Ed.,New Age., India, 2006
2. M. N. Rao and H. V. N. Rao, Air Pollution, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited., India,2010
Reference (s)
1. M. NarayanaRao and A. K. Datta, Waste water treatment, 3rd Ed., Oxford and IHB, 2008
2. 3. H.S.Peavy, P.R. Rowe, G. Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering, 3rd Ed., McGraw Hill, 2010
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 15 --
Understand 45 35 --
Apply 30 45 45
Analyze -- -- 40
Evaluate -- -- 15
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List the five types of pollution

2. Recall the need for environmental legislation
3. Write down the aspects of environmental legislation
4. State and explain two latest techniques to treat the solid waste
Understand
1. Explain the following primary treatment methods a) Sedimentation b) Flotation c) Neutralization

2. Illustrate the term BOD? Describe the oxygen sag curve
3. Explain the working of the following scrubbers with help of neat sketch a) Venturi scrubbers b)
Centrifugal scrubbers
4. Explain the working of scrubbers to remove gaseous pollutants with the help of a neat schematic
diagram
5. Explain the effects of power plant emissions on environment
Apply
1. The following BOD results are observed for a sample of raw sewage at 200C:
T, days 0 1 2 3 4 5
BOD mg/l 0 65 109 138 158 172
Find the reaction rate constant k1 and ultimate BOD, Lu.
2. The BOD results given below are observed on a sample of waste water
t, days 0 1 2 4 6 8 10
BOD mg/l 0 6.5 11 18 22 24 26
Plot the BOD curve ii) Find the reaction rate constant k1 and ultimate BOD, Lu
3. Find the proportion of total BOD of a wastewater would be utilized in five days with rate constant
values of 0.05, 0.1, 0.15 and 0.25
5
106
4. The ultimate BOD for some waste is 300mg/l. For values of rate constant equal to 0.1, 0.15, 0.2
and 0.3, plot BOD utilized curve as a function of time. Find the 5 day BOD in each case
Analyze
1. Compare attached growth processes -Trickling filters and Rotary drum filters
2. Justify the “self cleaning” of running streams
3. Differentiate disposal methods-Landfill and incineration
4. Differentiate between Activated sludge system and trickling filter
Evaluate
1. Identify metrological parameters which are important in air pollution
2. Judge the need for the ‘Environmental legislation’
107
16EE507 AC Machines Lab

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Check various methods of finding voltage regulation in alternators at different load power factors for
finding their performance
2. Explain the efficiencies of single phase transformer and induction motors through various tests
3. Attribute the performance of synchronous motors through V and inverted V curves
4. Generate three phase system from two phase system and vice versa using Scott connection of
transformers
5. Investigate the direct axis and quadrature axis reactance of a salient pole synchronous machine
6. Execute the speed control of slip ring induction motor using rotor resistance method
List of Experiments
1. Circle Diagram, No-load & Blocked rotor tests on three phase Induction motor
2. Regulation of a three –phase alternator by synchronous impedance method
3. Regulation of a three –phase alternator by m.m.f. methods
4. V and Inverted V curves of a three—phase synchronous motor
5. Equivalent Circuit of a single phase induction motor
6. Determination of Xd and Xq of a salient pole synchronous machine
7. Parallel operation of Single phase Transformers
8. Separation of core losses of a single phase transformer
9. Brake test on three phase Induction Motor
10. Regulation of three-phase alternator by Z.P.F. method
11. Determination of sequence impedances of an alternator
12. Rotor resistance starter for starting and speed controlling
1. Development of synchronous condenser and analyse the power factor correction

2. Regulation of a three –phase alternator by ASA method
3. Development of phasor diagrams with variable excitation on synchronous machine
4. Determination of losses of a capacitor start single phase induction motor
5. Parallel operation of Alternators. (Synchronization of Alternator)
6. Speed control of induction motor using variable frequency method
1. AC Machines Laboratory manual

2. Bimbra P.S., “Electrical Machines”,7th Ed, Khanna Publication, 2014
6
108
16ESX2A Employability Skills III

0200
Soft Skills: Introduction to Campus Placements: Stages of Campus Placement, Skills

assessed in Campus Placements & How to get ready? ; Building Vocabulary: Through
reading Articles, Exploring New Words, Meanings and the usage with examples;
Motivational Talks on Positive Thinking: Beliefs, Thoughts, Actions, Habits & Results
(Success) ; Resume Preparation: Resume? Templates? Mistakes to be avoided in a Resume,
Steps to be followed in preparing it.(with examples); Group Discussions (Recap): GD?
Stages of a GD, Skills assessed in a GD, Blunders to be avoided, How to excel in a GD?
(through Practice Sessions); Psychometric Tests: Definition, Types of Psychometric Tests:
Numerical Computation, Data Interpretation, Verbal Comprehension, Verbal Critical
Reasoning and Personality Questionnaires ; Exercises related to Communication: JAMs, Case
Studies, Video Synthesis, Story Writing, TAT etc.
109
16CS307 Object Oriented Programming
3024
Course Outcomes
1. Implement object oriented concepts to real world problems

2. Plan applications using different types of inheritances
3. Produce and use user defined packages
4. Attribute and recover runtime exceptions arise in the applications
5. Execute parallel processing applications using threads
6. Generate internet based interactive applications using peripheral functions
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO11 PO12

1 3 2 3 2 1 2
2 3 3 3 2 1 2
3 2 3 3 2 1 2
4 2 3 3 2 1 2
5 3 3 3 2 1 2
6 3 3 3 2 1 3
Unit I
Introduction to Java
Overview of Object Oriented Programming principles, Importance of Java to the Internet, Byte code, Data
types, arrays, control statements, Classes and Objects– constructors, methods, access control, this keyword,
overloading methods and constructors, garbage collection
Features of object oriented programming–Java History–Computer Programming Hierarchy–Role of Java
Programmer in Industry
1. Write a Java program that prints all real solutions to the quadratic equation ax2 + bx +c = 0.
2. Write a Java program that uses both recursive and non recursive functions to print the nth value in the
Fibonacci sequence.
3. Write a Java program to demonstrate String handling methods and tokenizing given string/text using
StringTokenizer class
4. Write a Java program to implement matrix operations using multidimensional arrays.
10+9 Hours
Unit II
Inheritance, Packages & Interface
Inheritance: Hierarchical abstractions, Base class and subclass, Benefits of inheritance, super keyword, final
keyword with inheritance, polymorphism, abstract classes
Packages: Defining, Creating and Accessing a Package, Understanding CLASSPATH, importing packages,
Member access rules
Interface: Defining an interface, differences between classes and interfaces, implementing interface, variables in
interface and extending interfaces
Nested–Inner Class & Anonymous Classes–Generic Class Types
1. Write a Java program for creating one base class for student personal details and inherit those details
into the sub class of student Educational details to display complete student information.
2. Write a Java program that illustrates runtime polymorphism.
3. Write a Java program to create a package which has classes and methods to read Student admission
details.
12+6 Hours
110
Unit III
Exception Handling & Multithreading
Exception handling: Concepts and benefits of exception handling, exception hierarchy, usage of try, catch,
throw, throws and finally, built-in and User Defined Exceptions
Multithreading: Definition thread, thread life cycle, creating threads, synchronizing threads
Control Flow in Exceptions– JVM reaction to Exceptions– Inter Communication of Threads– Critical Factor in
Thread–Deadlock
1. Write a Java program to define and handle User Defined Exceptions (make use of throw - throws).
2. Introduction to Eclipse Environment
11+6 Hours
Unit IV
Applets & Event Handling
Applets: Concepts of Applets, differences between applets and applications, life cycle of an applet, types of
applets, creating applets
Event Handling: Events, Delegation event model, handling mouse and keyboard events, Compare basic AWT
components with swing components, user interface components(Swings)-JLabel, JButton, JText components
More user interface components-JCanvas, JScrollBar, JCheckBox, JChoice, JListsPanel–JScrollPane, JDialog,
JMenuBar, Layout managers.
Adapter classes, inner classes, Anonymous Inner classes
1. Write a Java program for handling mouse events
2. Write a Java Program to design a Job Application/ Student Admission Form and store the values in a
file
12+9 Hours
Total: 45+30 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. H. Schildt, Java: The complete reference, 7th Ed., TMH, 2016
2. T. A. Budd, An Introduction to Object–Oriented Programming, 3rd Ed., Addison Wesley Longman,
2012
Reference(s)
1. Dietal & Dietal, Java: How to Program, 8th Ed., PHI, 2010
2. E. Balaguruswamy, Programming with Java A Primer, 4th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill Companies, 2009
3. C. S. Horstmann and G. Cornell, Core Java, Vol 1. Fundamentals, 7th Ed., Pearson Education, 2014
4. C. Horstmann, BIG JAVA Compatible with Java 5 & 6, 3rd Ed., Wiley Publishers, 2008
Sample Question(s)
Cognitive Level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Lab Examination (%)
Remember 25 15 --
Understand 35 35 --
Apply 40 50 70
Analyze -- -- 30
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List out 6 different java buzz words

2. List the three OOP principles
111
3. Define Inheritance
4. List the 5 keywords used in exception handling
Understand
1. Summarize the OOP principles

2. Illustrate the procedure for creating a user defined package
3. Interpret the Thread Life cycle
4. Interpret the Applet Life cycle
5. Define Encapsulation
Apply
1. Implement a java program that read an integer between 0 and 1000 and adds all the digits in the
integer
2. Implement an abstract base class shape with two members base and height, a member function for
initialization and a function to compute area ( ). Derive two specific classes Triangle and
Rectangle which override the function area ( ). Use these classes in a main function and display the
area of a triangle and a rectangle.
3. Demonstrate an applet that receives two numerical values as input from the user and then displays
the sum of these numbers on the screen
4. Given are two one dimensional arrays A and B which are sorted in ascending order. Develop a
program to merge them into a single sorted array C that contains every item from arrays A and B,
in ascending order
5. Implement a Java program for creating one base class for student personal details and inherit those
details into the sub class of student Educational details to display complete student information
Analyse
1. Compare and Contrast between procedure oriented and object oriented programming
2. Analyze the concurrent programming using threads
3. Differentiate method overloading and method overriding
4. Differentiate sleep and suspend
5. Analyze platform independency of java with the help of JVM
Evaluate
1. Judge whether AWT or Swings is better for internet programming

2. Asses the performance of threads
3. Determine the importance of run time polymorphism
4. Defend why pointer were removed in JAVA
5. Judge why do you java to develop a web based application
112
16PE602 Power Plant Instrumentation and Control

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Recall any particular transducer for various non-electrical measurements

2. Summarize the working principles of specified transducers
3. Differentiate the measuring instruments used for measurement of basic non-electrical quantities like
pressure, temperature, flow and level measurements
4. Explain the measuring instruments used to measure the extended non-electrical quantities
5. Infer the concepts of signal conditioning, telemetry and data acquisition systems in the layout of
control and instrumentation in thermal power plants
6. Implement the control loops, protection and interlocks in thermal power plants
COs – POs Mapping

1 3 1 1 2
2 3 1 1 2
3 3 1 1 2
4 3 1 1 2
5 3 3 2 2
6 3 3 2 2
Unit I
Transducers – Mechanical detector transducer elements, electrical transducers, transducers classification,
transducer sensitivity, selection of an instrument transducer, variable resistance transducers, variable inductance
transducers - LVDT, capacitive transducers, Piezoelectric and Hall-effect transducers, Strain gauges –
Resistance strain gauge, Gauge Factor, Ballast circuit for dynamic strain measurement.
Potentiometer and Wheatstone bridge circuit
12 +4 Hours
Unit II
Pressure Measurement – Terminology, Manometers – U-tube double column, U-tube differential, Inclined
Manometers, Mechanical gauges – Bourdon gauge, Diaphragm gauge, Bellow gauge, Low Pressure gauges –
McLeod Gauge, Thermocouple vacuum gauge, Pirani Vacuum gauge, Temperature Measurement – temperature
scales, classification of temperature measurement instruments, thermocouples, resistance thermometers,
thermistors, Flow measurement – hot wire anemometer, Allen salt velocity method, electromagnetic flow
meters, ultrasonic flow meters.
Measurement of velocity – drag cup tachometer, Measurement of acceleration – Piezo electric accelerometer
15 +5 Hours
Unit III
Signal conditioning and Data transmission – Functions of signal conditioning – amplification, modulation,
signal filtering, and signal transmission, Display units – analog and digital displays, mechanical pointers, digital
read-out devices, cathode ray oscilloscopes (CRO), Concept and layout of Control and Instrumentation in
Thermal Power Plant.
A/D and D/A converters
09+03 Hours
Unit IV
Introduction to Data acquisition systems and auto control, Auto control loops used in thermal power stations,
Protection and interlocks of Boiler, Turbine and their auxiliaries, Turbovisory instrumentation (Parameters
limits, Basic concepts of measuring devices) Commissioning of control loops.
PID Control action
09 +03 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Book (s)
1. A.K.Sawhney, “Electrical & Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
Reprint 2013
113
2. Dr. D. S. Kumar, “Mechanical Measurements & Control”, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt Ltd. 4th Revised
and Enlarged Edition, Reprint 2012
3. “Modern Power Station Practice”, Volume F, British Electricity International Ltd., Central Electricity
Generating Board, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 2001
Reference(s)
1. Control & Instrumentation, NPTI Manuals Volumes I, II, III

2. Control & Instrumentation, Manufacturer’s Manuals
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 25 --
Understand 45 45 --
Apply 30 30 100
Analyze -- -- --
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define transducer and explain in brief its basic components

2. List different criteria for selection of transducers for a particular application
3. List different materials in which the piezo-electric properties are found and list out the advantages and
disadvantages
4. Define PID Controller
5. List four controls required in a boiler
6. List two rate of flow measuring instruments
Understand
1. Demonstrate the working principle of thermocouples and describe the construction

2. Explain in short the three basic principles used in a variable inductance transducer
3. Explain the construction and principle of working of a linear variable differential transformer (LVDT).
Explain how the magnitude and direction of the displacement of core of an LVDT detected
4. Illustrate the different methods for measurement of temperature with use of (i) RTDs (ii) Thermistors
and (iii) Themocouples. Describe their advantages and limitations
5. Classify and illustrate the methods used for measurement of low pressures
6. Outline the different electrical methods for measurements of velocity
Apply
1. Explain the use of a suitable device that is used for low pressure measurement using water mercury and
other liquids of known density in a thermal power station
2. Develop an equation to show that the height of column of liquid is proportional to the pressure exerted
by the liquid
3. Choose any of the two methods used to measure the thermo emf, calibrated in terms of temperature and
explain its principle of operation
4. Select any one method based on the principle of operation of ultrasonic flow meters and write its
advantages over the other
7
114
16PE603 Switch Gear and Protective Devices

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Recognize the circuit breakers for a particular application

2. Implement the electromechanical energy conversion principles for the protection of power system
through relay and breakers
3. Classify the protection schemes for Generators and Transformers used in the power system
4. Classify the protection schemes for Lines and Bus-bars used in the power system
5. Compare the electromagnetic, static and microprocessor based relays
6. Exemplify the various process applications in real time platform
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO3 PO7 PO13

1 3 1 2
2 2 1 1
3 3 3 3
4 3 3 3
5 2 1 1
6 2 3 3
Unit I
Circuit Breakers
Basics of Protection & its significance, Circuit Breakers: Elementary principles of arc interruption, Restriking
and Recovery voltages - Restriking Phenomenon, Average and Max. RRRV- Current Chopping and Resistance
Switching - CB ratings and Specifications, Auto reclosures, Description and Operation of Oil Circuit breakers,
Air Blast Circuit Breakers, Vacuum Circuit Breakers and SF6 circuit breakers, MCB and MCCBs, Isolators.
Difference between a Fuse, an Isolator and a Circuit breaker
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Electromagnetic Relays
Principle of Operation and Construction of Attracted armature, Balanced Beam, induction Disc and Induction
Cup relays. Instantaneous, DMT and IDMT relays.
Over current/ Under voltage relays, Directional relays, Differential Relays and Percentage Differential Relays.
Universal torque equation,
Distance relays- Impedance, Reactance and Mho relays, Characteristics of Distance Relays and Comparison.
Elementary treatment of Static and Numerical Relays
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Power system components protection
Generator Protection-Protection of generators against Stator faults, Rotor faults, and Abnormal Conditions.
Restricted Earth fault and Inter-turn fault Protection.
Transformer Protection - Percentage Differential Protection, Buchholtz relay Protection.
Line Protection -Over Current, Carrier Current and Three-zone distance relay protection using Impedance
relays. Translay Relay
Bus bar Protection – Differential protection.
Applications of different relays for generator, transformer, Line and bus bar protection
12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Protection against over voltages and Neutral Grounding
Generation of Over Voltages in Power Systems.-Protection against Lightning Over Voltages - Valve type and
Zinc Oxide Lighting Arresters.
115
Insulation Coordination -BIL, Impulse Ratio, Standard Impulse Test Wave, Volt-Time characteristics.
Grounded and Ungrounded Neutral Systems- Effects of Ungrounded Neutral on system performance. Methods
of Neutral Grounding- Solid, Resistance, Reactance.
Arcing Grounds and Grounding Practices
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 hours
Textbook (s)
1. Badri Ram, D.R.Viswakarma, Power System Protection and Switchgear, 2nd Ed, Tata McGraw Hill
Education, Private Limited, 2014
2. J.B.Gupta, Switchgear and Protection, S. K..Kataria& Sons, 2013
3. C.L.Wadhwa,Electrical power systems, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers,2014
Reference (s)
1. V.K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta “Principles of Power Systems”, S.Chand& Company Ltd., 2015
2. Ravindra. P.Singh, “Switchgear and Power System Protection”, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, 2011
Sample Question (s)
Remember 35 25 ---
Apply 40 40 60
Analyze --- --- 40
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List any two advantages of vacuum circuit breaker

2. Define arc voltage and Explain about power factor of arc
3. List any four types of circuit breakers
4. List any two advantages and disadvantages of SF6 circuit breaker
5. List the similarity and dissimilarity between voltage balance differential relay and transverse relay
Understand
1. Draw the basic circuit diagram of relay

2. Formulate the expression for restriking voltage
3. Explain attracted armature type relay
4. Illustrate the SF6 circuit breaker with neat diagram
5. Illustrate the construction and operation of Balanced Beam relay
Apply
1. A 3 phase, 2 pole, 11kv, 10000 kVA alternator has neutral earthed through a resistance of 8 ohms. The
machine has current balance protection which operates up on out of balance current exceed 20% of full
load. Find the percentage of winding protected against earth fault
2. A 11kv three phase alternator has full load rated current of 200A. Reactance of armature winding is
17%. The differential protection system is set to operate an earth fault currents of more than 200A.
Find the neutral earthing resistance which gives earth fault protection to 90% of stator winding
8
116
3. A generator is provided with a restricted earth fault protection. The ratings are 11kv, 5000 kVA. The
percentage of winding protected against phase to ground fault is 80%. The relay setting is such that it
trips for 30% out of balance. Calculate the resistance to be added in the neutral to ground connection
Analyze
1. Compare and Contrast between SF6 and Oil circuit breaker

2. Differentiate re striking and recovery voltage
3. Contrast between impedance and mho relay
117
16PE604 Power Electronics and Drives

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Summarize the various switches and justify their application
2. Infer the operation of AC to DC converters for various loads
3. Interpret the performance of converter fed DC drives
4. Illustrate the operation of DC choppers and design duty ratio for chopper control
5. Illustrate the operation of DC to AC converters for various loads
6. Interpret the performance of converter fed AC drives
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO3

1 2 3 3
2 2 3 3
3 2 3 3
4 2 3 3
5 2 3 3
6 2 3 3
UNIT I
Power semiconductor devices and single phase controlled converters
Thyristors – Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR’s) – BJT – Power MOSFET – Power IGBT and their
characteristics – Basic theory of operation of SCR – Static characteristics – Turn on methods -UJT firing circuit
– Snubber circuit –Commutation circuits.
Phase control technique – Single phase Line commutated converters – Midpoint and Bridge connections – Semi
controlled converters with Resistive, RL loads – Derivation of average load voltage and current. Fully controlled
converters, Midpoint and Bridge connections with Resistive, RL loads – Derivation of average load voltage and
current. 13+4 Hours
Rectifier Bridge connections with RLE load- Derivation of average load voltage and current.
UNIT II
Three phase controlled converters and converter –fed dc separately excited motor
Three phase converters – Three pulse and six pulse converters – average load voltage With R and RL loads.
Introduction to Thyristor controlled drives, Single Phase semi and fully controlled converters connected to
separately excited DC motor– continuous current operation – output voltage and Current waveforms. Speed and
Torque expressions – Speed – Torque characteristics. 11+3 Hours
Three phase converter operation for discontinuous current mode with RL Load
UNIT III
Dc chopper, chopper fed dc separately excited motor
Choppers – Time ratio control and Current limit control strategies – Step down choppers Derivation of load
voltage and currents with R, RL and RLE loads- Step up Chopper – load voltage expression
Chopper fed dc Motors, Single quadrant, Two –quadrant and four quadrant chopper fed dc separately excited
and series excited Motors – Continuous current operation – Output voltage and current wave forms – Speed
torque expressions – speed torque characteristics. Electric Braking – Plugging, Dynamic and Regenerative
braking operations. 11+4 Hours
Real time applications of Choppers at industrial and domestic platforms
UNIT IV
Inverters and control of induction motor& synchronous motor
Inverters –single phase bridge inverter – Waveforms - Pulse width modulation techniques
Speed torque characteristics- Control of Induction Motor from stator side - Control of Induction Motor by AC
Voltage Controllers – Variable frequency and voltage - Control of Induction Motor from rotor side - Static rotor
resistance control - Slip power recovery - Static Scherbius drive - Separate control & self-control of
synchronous motors.
118
Single phase AC Voltage controller- operation and derivation for RMS output voltage
10+5 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. G K Dubey, Fundamentals of Electric Drives, Narosa Publications, 2nd Ed, 2017
2. M.H.Rashid, Power Electronic Circuits, Devices and applications, PHI, 4th Ed, 2014
3. P.S.Bimbhra, Power Electronics, Khanna Pulishers, 3rd Ed, 2012
4. P.C. Sen, Power Electronics, TMH, 2010
Reference (s)
1. MD Singh and K B Khanchandani, Power Electronics, Tata – McGraw-Hill Publishing company,2nd
Ed, 2010
2. B.K.Bose, Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, PHI, 2010
3. VedamSubramanyam, Thyristor Control of Electric drives,Tata McGraw Hill Publilcations, 2015
Sample Question (s)
Cognitive level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test9(%)
Remember 20 20 ---
Apply 35 40 65
Analyze -- -- 35
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define latching current and holding current

2. Label different parts of a Thyristor operating regions
3. List four applications of Thyristor
4. List four applications of MOSFET
5. List four applications of rectifier fed drives
6. List two configurations of single phase converters
7. Recall classes of dc-dc converter classifications
8. List three braking methods for DC-DC converter fed drives
9. List three Pulse width modulation techniques used for inverters
10. List any three methods of three speed control for induction drives
Understand
1. Classify turning–on methods for SCR

2. Compare IGBT and MOSFET
3. Explain the principle of operation of single phase converter fed DC separately excited motor
4. Illustrate the operation of DC-DC converter fed DC separately excited motor
5. Explain the operation of three phase full bridge rectifier
6. Classify the voltage control techniques for Inverter and explain any one technique
7. Explain the stator voltage control technique for speed control of induction motor drive
8. Explain closed loop control of DC drive
9. Explain the two transistor analogy with appropriate derivation
10. Explain the operation of single phase semi-converter with RLE LOAD with freewheeling diode
9
119
Apply
1. 100A SCR is to be used in parallel with a 150A SCR. The ON state voltage drops of the SCRs are
2.1V and 1.75V, respectively. Calculate the series resistance that should be connected with each SCR
if the two SCRs have to share the total current 250A in a proportion to their ratings
2. A DC separately excited motor is running at 800 rpm driving a load at constant torque. Armature
current is 500A. The armature resistance drop and rotational losses are neglected. Magnetic circuit is
assumed to be linear. Calculate motor speed and armature current if terminal voltage is reduced to 50%
and field current is reduced to 80%? Derive the necessary equations?
3. A three phase full converter is connected to supply voltage of 230V per phase and a frequency of
50Hz. The source Inductance is 4mH. The load current on DC side is constant at 50A. If the load
consists of 600V dc source having an internal resistance of 2Ω, then calculate the firing angle delay for
the converter?
4. A single phase semi converter delivers power to RLE load with R=5ohms, L=10mH, and E=80V. the
source voltage is 230V, 50Hz. For a continuous conduction, find the average value of output current
for a firing angle delay of 50deg. If main SCR T2 is damaged and open circuited, find the new value of
average output current on the assumption of continuous conduction
5. A 220V, 970rpm, 100A Dc separately excited motor as an armature resistance of 0.05ohms. It is
braked by plugging from an initial speed of 1000rpm. Calculate resistance to be placed in the armature
circuit to limit braking current to twice the full load value, braking torque and torque when the speed
falling to zero
Analyze
1. Differentiate between IGBT and MOSFET

2. Justify the operation of single phase full bridge rectifier with RL load for delay angle of 15 degrees
with the help of its waveforms
3. Justify the operation of single phase semi converter with RLE load for delay angle of 45 degrees with
the help of its waveforms
4. Justify the operation of three phase full bridge rectifier with RL load for delay angle of 15 degrees
with the help of its waveforms
5. Justify the operation of three phase semi converter with RLE load for delay angle of 45 degrees with
the help of its waveforms
120
16PE004 Solar Energy (Elective-II)
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain basic principles of solar radiation and its measurement

2. Illustrate the working principles of solar collectors
3. Classify the types of solar collectors
4. Apply the concept of solar energy concentration to thermal applications
5. Explain the principle of photovoltaic energy conversion
6. Apply the concept of PV energy conversion to industrial and house hold applications
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO13

1 3 3
2 3 3
3 3 3
4 3 3
5 3 3
6 3 3
Unit I
Introduction to Solar Energy
Basics of solar energy – Sun as a source of energy, geometry of earth-sun relationship, sun-earth radiation
spectrums, Extraterrestrial and terrestrial radiations, spectral energy distribution of solar radiation, depletion of
solar radiation- absorption, scattering, measurement of solar radiation- pyranometer, pyrhelliometer, sunshine
recorder. Solar radiation geometry.
Solar day length, solar radiation on an inclined surface
10+4 Hours
Unit II
Solar Thermal systems
Solar collectors-classification, concentrating and non-concentrating type collectors, comparison, Performance
indices, liquid flat plate collector, Liquid flat plate collector efficiency, Effect of various parameters on
performance, Collector types, Flat plate air heating collector, Evacuated tube collector, Modified flat plate
collector, compound parabolic concentrator, cylindrical parabolic concentrator, fixed mirror solar concentrator,
linear Fresnel lens concentrator, parabolic dish collector, hemispherical bowl mirror concentrator.
Circular Fresnel lens concentrator, central tower receiver
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Applications of solar thermal systems
Solar water heater, solar passive space heating and cooling systems, solar industrial heating systems, solar
refrigeration and air conditioning systems, lithium bromide water absorption cooling system, aqua ammonia
absorption cooling system. Solar cookers-box type solar cooker, parabolic dish type solar cooker, community
solar cooker, advanced solar cooker, solar furnaces, solar green house, solar thermo mechanical systems-solar
thermal water pump, solar vapor compression refrigeration.
Solar pond electric power plant, solar chimney plant
12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Solar photovoltaic systems
Solar cell fundamentals, P-N Junction, generation of electron hole pair y photon absorption, photoconduction,
solar cell characteristics, effect of variation of insolation and temperature, energy losses and efficiency, energy
payback period, solar classification, Solar cell, solar module, panel and array construction, maximizing solar PV
output and load matching, maximizing the solar PV output and load matching, maximum power point tracker.
Solar PV applications-water pumping, lighting, medical refrigeration, village power, telecommunication and
signaling. Solar PV systems.
121
Stand-alone solar PV system, grid interactive solar PV system, hybrid system.

12+4 Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. Sukhatme, S.P., Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi., 4th ed, 2014
2. G.D.Rai, Non-Conventional Energy Sources, Khanna publishers, 4th Ed, 2013
3. B.H Khan, Non-Conventional Energy Sources, MGH, 2nd Ed, 2014
Reference(s)
1. Kishore VVN, Renewable Energy Engineering and Technology, Teri Press, New Delhi, 2012
2. A.K Raja, Amit, Manish, Power Plant Engineering, New Age International, 2014
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 20 --
Understand 45 35 --
Apply 30 45 100
Analyze -- -- --
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define Direct and Diffused solar radiation
2. List any four advantages and disadvantages of solar energy
3. Define solar irradiation
4. Define solar constant
Understand
1. Illustrate any one instruments used for measuring the solar radiation
2. Explain the working principle of sunshine recorder
3. Explain the working principle of pyranometer
4. Explain the working principle of pyrhelliometer
Apply

b) Calculate the hour angle at the sunrise and the sunset on March 22 for a surface inclined at an angle
200 facing south at New Delhi (280 35’ N, 770 12’ E).
2. Deduce the expression for useful energy gain and collection efficiency for flatplate collectors
3. Calculate the number of daylight hours at bangalore on 21 june and 21 december in a leap year. The
latitude of Bangalore is 12o 58’.
4. The band gap for GaAs is 1.43 eV. Calculate the optimum wavelength of light for photovoltaic
generation in a GaAs cell.
10
Assignment test should contain only questions related to Higher Order Thinking (HOT) Skills
122
16PE005 Power Plant Safety Systems (Elective II)
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Recognize hazard and potential hazard areas

2. Recall safety programs to prevent or mitigate damage or losses
3. Explain safety practices and programs
4. Exemplify safety audits
5. Explain the factories acts and standards related to hazardous and certification procedures
6. Attribute the health and safety practices
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO6 PO7 PO13

1 3 2 3
2 3 2 3
3 3 3 3
4 3 3 3
5 3 2 3
6 3 2 3
Unit I
Industrial Safety and Hazards
Introduction to Industrial hazards, hazard classification, protective clothing and equipment, safe working
practices in power plant, permit to work system, safety movements and storage of materials, house keeping,
safety rules and regulations.
Identify the general safety equipment required for a personnel working on a pump
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Accidents and Fire Fighting
Causes and factors, cost of accidents, accident prevention, accident investigating, reporting and records.
Fundamentals of fire, different classification and types of fire, different types of fire extinguishers for different
classes of fire, fire fighting equipment and systems in power plants.
Form a cause and effect matrix for leakage of hydrogen in a power plant
11+4 Hours
Unit III
First Aid and Safety Audit
Basic of first aid, how injuries are caused in lifting, falls, first aid in case of electrical shock, artificial respiration.
Components of safety audit, types of audit, audit methodology, non conformity reporting (NCR), audit checklist
and report.
Discuss about CPR (Cardiopulmonary resuscitation)
11+3 Hours
Unit IV
Acts and Standards
Factories Act – 1948: Statutory authorities – inspecting staff, health, safety, provisions relating to hazardous
processes, welfare, working hours.
Indian Boiler Act – 1923: Origination of the act, salient features of the act, boiler registration and certificate
renewal procedure.
Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series (OHSAS) – 18001: OHASA – 18001 - overview, terms and
definitions, structure and features, Deming’s PDCA cycle, benefits of certification, certification procedure.
Best practices of different power plants with OSHAS 18001
12+4 Hours
123
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. Krishnan N V, Safety Management in Industry, Jaico Publishing House, 3rd ed., Bombay, 2013
2. Daniel A. Crowl, Joseph F. Louvar, Chemical Process Safety: Fundamentals with Applications,
Prentice Hall, 3rd Ed., 2011
Reference(s)
1. John Ridley, Safety at Work, Butterworth and Co, 4th ed., London, 2014
2. Blake R B,Industrial Safety, Prentice Hal, Inc., 6th ed., New Jersey, 2011
Sample Question (s)
Remember 30 25 --
Understand 45 50 --
Apply 25 25 60
Analyze -- -- 40
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List four hazards, protective clothing and equipment

2. List four types of fire extinguishers for different classes of fire
3. State the importance of Factories Act – 1948 Indian Boiler Act – 1923
4. State the PDCA cycle
Understand
1. Explain the permit to work system

2. Explain the accident investigation and reporting method
3. Explain the first aid process for electrical shock and preparation of NCR
4. Explain about OHASA – 18001 structure and features
Apply
1. Select protective clothing equipment for fire hazard

2. Show the process of fire fighting
3. Find the ways of fire fighting
Analyze
1. Select the general safety equipment required required for a personnel working on a pump
2. Identify the firefighting equipment for hazard in generator
3. Identify the firefighting equipment for hazard in coal field
11
124
16PE006 Thermal Power Plant Auxiliaries (Elective II)
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Recall the overall process flow in thermal power plant

2. Explain the various elements of coal handling plant layout
3. Interpret various parameters taken for site selection and layout considerations
4. Infer the working principle of oil handling equipment
5. Infer the elements of ash handling plant lay out
6. Explain the components of water treatment process
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO6 PO7 PO13

1 3 3 2
2 3 3 2
3 3 3 3
4 3 3 3
5 3 3 2
6 3 3 2
Unit I
Coal to electricity, site selection & layout considerations for thermal power plants
Overall process flow in Thermal Power Plant, and schemes of Thermal Power Plant.
Site availability, availability of raw material, Fuel, Water, load center, Transport facilities, Pit-head station, Air
pollution, Topography. General layout of power stations, Block diagram of various layouts, location of main
equipments, layouts of Boiler, Turbine and Generator and their auxiliaries, merits and demerits.
layout of any of the thermal power plant with advancements
11+3 Hours
Unit II
Coal handling plant & oil handling plant
Different modes of coal delivery, wagon tipplers, MGR system, Coal yard arrangement, Coal stocking including
safety and fire prevention, Coal claiming, Crushers, Conveyors, Magnetic separators, Metal detectors, Samples
and bunkers, Oil delivery methods, Decapitating, Storage tank considerations, Oil transfer pumps, Oil heaters,
Steam tracing, Typical layout, Types of oils used of Boilers for firing.
layout of any of the caol and oil handling in a thermal power plant with advancements
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Ash handling plant &fly ash disposal system
Bottom ash disposal system, Bottom ash hoppers arrangement design, Slag crushes, Jet pumps, Dry system,
Slurry system.
Slurry and pneumatic as disposal system. Working principle, description of ash disposal, Ash slurry pumps,
Slurry pipelines, Ash dykes, Ponds, Dry air silos.
layout of any of the ash handling in a thermal power plant with advancements
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Feed water treatment plant &circulation/cooling water system
Impurities in raw water, effects of contaminators water treatment methodologies, softening, demineralization,
layout of water treatment plant.
Circulating/Cooling Water System, Open loop, closed loop system, chlorinating and other chemical dozing,
cleaning filters, air pumps, types and construction. CW pipelines including butterfly valves.
Highlight the advancements in treating circulating cooling water
125
12+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. Frederick and T. Merse, Power Plant Engineering, PHI, 2010

2. Arora and Doma kundwar, Power plant Engineering -DhanpatRai& Sons-3rd Ed, 2016
Reference(s)
1. G. R. Nagpal, Power Plant Engineering, Khanna Pub, 16th Ed, 2012

2. Power Plant Familiarization Vol-2 NPTI publications, 2012
Sample Question (s)
Remember 40 40 ---
Apply 20 10 100
Analyze -- -- --
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Recall the layout of turbine and its auxiliaries and briefly explain each of auxiliaries
2. Label overall process flow from coal to electricity with schematic diagram
3. List any three methods for removing un dissolved suspended solid materials from water and explain
them in detail
4. List various impurities in raw water and effects of impurities present in the feed water
Understand
1. Explain in detail about various factors and sub-factors to be considered while selecting thermal power
plant
2. Explain in detail with neat sketch about coal yard arrangement
3. Explain about any five types of coal conveyors with neat sketch
4. Explain with neat a sketch in detail about bottom ash hopper arrangement
Apply
1. A steam power station of 100 MW capacity uses coal of calorific value of 25,600 KJ/Kg. The thermal
efficiency of the station is 30% and electrical generation efficiency is 92%. Determine the coal required
per hour when the plant is working of coal supplied per hour when the plant is working at full load.
2. Determine the coal required per hour when the plant is working of coal supplied per hour when the
plant is working at full load. A steam power station of 200 MW capacity uses coal of calorific value of
22,600 KJ/Kg. The thermal efficiency of the station is 35% and electrical generation efficiency is 90%.
12
126
16CE007 Disaster Management (Open Elective)

4003
Course Outcomes
1. Demonstrate the interdisciplinary nature of disaster management
2. Apply the knowledge to formulate different risk management frameworks and pre-preparedness tools
for natural and manmade disasters
3. Summarize the risk and vulnerability associated with disasters
4. Apply different technologies in the management of disasters
5. Outline the importance of education and preparedness in the management of disasters
6. Infer the role of different organizations in disaster management
COs–POs Mapping
COs PO2
1 2
2 3
3 3
4 3
5 1
6 1
Unit I
Introduction to Disaster Management and Management of Natural Disasters
Introduction: Interdisciplinary nature of the subject, Disaster Risk Reduction–Global Policies and Practices,
Basic Strategies and Practices of Disaster Reduction, Linking Disaster Risk Reduction with Global Framework,
Integrated Disaster Risk Management and Post-Disaster Response-Management of Natural Disasters: Floods,
Droughts, Earthquakes, Global Warming, Cyclones, Landslides, Tsunamis and Post Tsunami hazards along the
Indian Coast
Significant Aspects of Disasters-Global Earthquake Safety Initiative-Prediction of Tsunamis-Typology of flood
risks-Framework for Preparedness and Mitigation
12+3 Hours
Unit II
Management of Manmade Disasters and Risk & Vulnerability
Management of Manmade Disasters: Temporal Transport Hazard Dynamics, Solid Waste Management: Post–
disaster, A Threat of Bio-terrorism in Mega Cities, Rail and Air craft’s accidents, emerges infectious diseases,
AIDS and Climate Change Risk Reduction-Risk & Vulnerability: Building Codes and Land Use Planning,
Social Vulnerability, Environmental Vulnerability and Disaster Risk Reduction, Macroeconomic Management
and Sustainable Development, Financial Management of Disaster related Economic Losses
Temporal Analysis of Transport-Capacity Building and Institutional Strengthening-Climate Risk Management -
Decision Framework
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Role of Technology in Disaster Management
Role of Technology in Disaster Management: Implementation Technology for Disaster Reduction, Disaster
Management for Infrastructure, Geospatial Information in agriculture Drought Assessment and Monitoring,
Multimedia Technology in Disaster Risk Management Training-Education and Community: Education in
Disaster Risk Reduction , Essentials of School Disaster Education, Community Capacity and Disaster
Resilience, Community-based Disaster Recovery, Community-based Disaster Management and Social Capital,
Designing Resilience
Disaster Management Program-Building Community Capacity-Remote Sensing and GIS
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Multi Sectional and Crosscutting Issues
127
Multi Sectional Issues: Impact of Disasters on Poverty and Deprivation, Climate Change Adaptation and Human
Health, Health Hazards and Environmental Risk-Crosscutting Issues: Forest Management and Disaster Risk
Reduction, Institutional Capacity in Disaster Management, Corporate Sector and Disaster Risk Reduction,
Essentials of Pre-disaster Recovery Planning
Poverty Vulnerability Indices-Protective Functions of Forest Resources-Corporate Organizations and Disaster
Potential-Community Focused Approach
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. R. Shaw and R. R. Krishna Murthy, Disaster Management: Global Challenges and Local Solutions, 1st
Ed., Universities Press (India) Private Limited, Hyderabad, 2009
2. J. Singh, Disaster Management: Future Challenges and Opportunities,2nd Ed., I.K.International
Publishing House Private Limited, New Delhi, 2007
Reference (s)
1. D. P. Coppola, Introduction to International Disaster Management, 3rd Ed., Elsevier Publications, 2011
2. U. Ranke, Natural Disaster Risk Management, Springer International Publishing, 2016
Sample Question (s)

Cognitive Level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test 13 (%)
Remember 20 10 --
Understand 30 40 --
Apply 50 50 100
Analyze -- -- --
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define Hazard.
2. Define Disaster.
3. What are the different phases of disaster management cycle?
4. Define Tsunami.
5. Define landslide.
Understand
1. Explain when hazard become disaster
2. “Prevention is better than cure is opted proverb in the context of disaster management” Explain.
3. Explain the causes of global warming.
4. Explain the difference between environmental and social vulnerabilities.
5. “All the developmental projects will lead to disaster risk”, Justify.
Apply
1. Role of Geospatial technology in disaster management
2. Role of multimedia technology in disaster management
13
128
16EE004 Renewable Energy Sources (Open Elective)

3003
Course Outcomes
1. Summarize the principles of solar energy systems
2. Demonstrate the applications of solar energy system
3. Illustrate the working principles of wind and biomass energy systems
4. Interpret working principles of geothermal energy system
5. Summarize operation and classification of ocean , tidal, fuel cells, small hydro and magneto hydro
energy system
6. Extend renewable energy sources to distributed generation & micro grids
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO7

1 3 2
2 2 3
3 2 3
4 2 3
5 2 3
6 3 2
Unit I
Introduction &Solar Energy
Introduction to renewable energy, advantages of generating power through renewable energy sources – technical
& economical, Solar Energy: Physics of sun, the solar constant, extra-terrestrial and terrestrial solar radiation,
instruments for measuring solar radiation and sun shine. Flat Plate and Concentrating Collectors, classification
of concentrating collectors, thermal analysis of flat plate collectors, Photo voltaic energy conversion, PV cell
model and characteristics, Maximum power point tracking for photovoltaic power systems. Types of Maximum
power point tracking methods (Perturb and Observe (hill climbing), Incremental Conductance, Fractional short
circuit current, Fractional open circuit voltage)
Solar applications-solar heating /cooling technique
12+4 Hours
Unit II
Wind & Bio-Mass Energy
Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills, performance characteristics, Betz criteria,
maximum power point tracking for wind, types of Maximum power point tracking methods
Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, Types of Bio-Gas Digesters ,gas yield, Combustion
characteristics of bio-gas,
Utilization for cooking, IC.Engine operation
12+4 Hours
Unit III
Energy Conversion systems
Geothermal & Ocean Energy: Types of Resources (hydrothermal, geo-pressured, hot dry rock), types of wells,
and methods of harnessing the energy (vapour dominated, liquid dominated).Ocean thermal energy conversion,
principles, Open loop&closed loop OTEC Cycles.Tidal energy- potential, conversion techniques-single basin,
two basin system. Wave energy: conversion techniques.
Fuel cells-Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their working, Magneto-hydrodynamics
(MHD)-Principle of working of MHD Power plant, Hydrogen generation, battery energy storage system.
Wave, tidal power conversion systems & Small hydro power generation
11+3Hours
Unit IV
Distributed generation & Microgrid
129
Define grid, distributed generation(DG) & microgrid, importance of DG & microgrid, typical structure and
configuration of a microgrid, AC and DC microgrids, modes of operation and control of microgrid: grid
connected and islanded mode, anti-islanding schemes: passive, active and communication based techniques.
HVDC microgrid system
10+4 Hours
Total: 45+15=60 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. G.D. Rai , Non-Conventional Energy Sources, Khanna Publishers, 1stEdition, 2000.
2. B H Khan, Non-conventional energy resources, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited,
2ndEdition, 2001.
3. Alexis Kwasinski , Wayne Weaver, Robert S. Balog, Micro grids and other local area power and
energy systems, Cambridge University Press, 1st Edition, 2016
Reference (s)
1. Tiwari and Ghosal, Renewable energy resources, Narosa Publishing house, 2ndEdition, 2001
2. Ranjan Rakesh, Kothari D. P. & Singal K. C., Renewable Energy Sources And Emerging
Technologies, PHI, 2ndEdition, 2013.
3. Nikos Hatziargyriou, Micro grids: Architectures and Control, wiley, 1st Edition.
4. Electricity Act 2003, Renewable Energy Act 2015.
5. Indian Constitution-Articles 51A, 47, 48A.
Sample Question (s)

Cognitive Level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Comprehensive Test14 (%)
Remember 40 40 ---
Understand 60 60 80
Apply 20
Analyze --- --- ---
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define renewable energy
2. List out the advantages HAWT
3. List out the disadvantages non concentration collector
4. Define solar radiation
5. Define solar constant
6. Define micro-grid
Understand
1. Explain need of micro-grid
2. Interpret faraday’s laws
3. Explainclosed loop OTEC Cycles system
4. Explain Principle of working of MHD Power plant
5. Compare HAWT and VAWT
6. Classify concentrating collectors
Apply
1. Compute the power coefficient of wind turbine
2. Demonstrate storage of energy from battery
3. Assess magnetic flux density due to circular ring
14
130
4. Compute solar cell working

5. Assess the nature of microgrid
131
16ME009 Principles of Entrepreneurship (Open Elective)

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the role of entrepreneur in economic development

2. Demonstrate methods of generating ideas
3. Develop the business plan to start their own enterprise
4. Manage various production aspects such as manufacturing costs control, marketing management and
waste reduction
5. Make financial plan for enterprise
6. Find the institutional support entrepreneurship
COs – POs Mapping

1 3 - 3 2
2 3 - 1 -
3 3 - 1 3
4 3 3 2 2
5 3 3 3 3
6 3 - 1 3
3 – Strongly linked | 2 – Moderately linked | 1 – Weakly linked
Unit I
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
Definition of Entrepreneur, Entrepreneurial Traits, Entrepreneur Vs. Manager, Entrepreneur Vs Entrepreneur.
The Entrepreneurial decision process- Role of Entrepreneurship in Economic Developments, Ethics and Social
responsibility of entrepreneurs, Woman as entrepreneur.
Opportunities for entrepreneurs in India and abroad.
10+3 Hours
Unit II
Creating and starting the venture
Sources of new Ideas, Methods of generating ideas, creating problems solving- Product planning and
development process
The business plan
Writing Business plan, Evaluating Business plans, Using and implementing business plans, marketing plan,
financial plan and the organizational plan launching formalities
Nature and scope of business plan.
15+5 Hours
Unit III
Financing and managing the new venture
Source of Capital, record keeping, recruitment, motivating and leading teams, financial controls, Marketing
and sales controls. E- Commerce and Entrepreneurship
New venture expansion strategies and issues
Features evaluation of joint ventures, acquisitions, merges, franchising, Public issues, rights issues, bonus
issues
Internet advertising
9+3 Hours
Unit IV
Institutional support Entrepreneurship
Role of Dire crate of Industries, District Industries, Centers (DICS), Industrial development Corporation
(IDC), state Financial corporation (SFCs), Small Scale Industries Development Corporations (SSIDCs), Khadi
and village Industries Commission (KVIC), Technical Consultancy Organization (TCO), small Industries
Service Institute (SISI), National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC), Small Industries Development Bank of
India (SIDBI), salient provision under Indian Factories Act, Employees State Insurance Act, Workmen’s
Compensation Act and payment of Bonus Act.
132
Labour legislation
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15Hours
Textbook (s)
1. Robert Hisrich & Michael Peters, Entrepreneurship, TMH, 5th Edition, 2009.
2. Dollinger, Entrepreneurship, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2004.
Reference (s)
1. Vasant Desal, The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management Himalaya publishing
House, 5th Edition, 2017.
2. William A. Sahlman, James Stancill, Arthur Rock, Harvard Business Review on Entrepreneurship,
Harvard Business School Press, 10th Edition 1999.
3. Robert J. Calvin, Entrepreneurial Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Education 2004.
4. Gurmeet Naroola, The Entrepreneurial Connection: East Meets West in the Silicon Valley, Special
edition, TiE, 2001.
5. Bill Bolton & John Thompson, Entrepreneurs Talent, Temperament, Technique, Routledge, 2nd Edition,
2004.
6. Agrawal, A.N. & Agarwal, M.K., Indian Economy: Problems of Development and Planning, New Age
International, 42nd Edition, 2017.
7. Gaurav Datt & Ashwani Mahajan, Dutt & Sundaram’s Indian Economy, S. Chand, 72nd Edition, 2016.
8. Srivastava, Industrial Relations Labour Laws, Vikas Publishing House, 6th Edition, 2005.
9. Aruna Kaulgud, Entrepreneurship Management by Vikas publishing house, 2003.
10. Thomas W. Zimmerer & Norman M. Scalbrorough, Essential of Entrepreneurship and small business
management, PHI, 4th Edition, 2005.
11. Kaplan, Patterns of Entrepreneurship, Willey, 4th Edition, 2005.
12. ND Kapoor, Industrial Law, Sultan Chand & Sons, 14th Revised Edition, 2013.
Sample Question (s)
Remember 30 40 -
Understand 70 60 -
Apply - - 35
Analyze - - 45
Evaluate - - 20
Create - - -
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List the different methods of generating ideas and explain any four methods.
2. List the difference between entrepreneur vs manager.
3. What are the objectives of market research?
4. What are the market research activities? List them.
5. List the important functions of IDBI.
Understand
1. Illustrate the difference between entrepreneur vs manager.
2. Illustrate the characteristics or traits of an entrepreneur.
3. Illustrate the sources of new ideas for entrepreneur.
4. Explain the various steps involved in writing a business plan.
5. What are the various sources of capital required for business venture?
6. Describe the role of E-commerce in entrepreneurship with its applications.
7. Write about marketing plan and financial plans required for an entrepreneur.
8. Illustrate the factories act 1948.
9. Illustrate the reasons for the need of labor legislation becomes important
15Assignment Test should contain only questions related to Higher Order Thinking (HOT) Skills
133
16EC004 Fundamentals of Global Positioning System (Open Elective)

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Summarize the history of GPS, NAVSTAR GPS
2. State the working principle of GPS, GNSSs
3. Outline GALILEO, GLONASS signal constellation details
4. Conclude about GPS segments, signal components, IRNSS specifications
5. Demonstrate GPS coordinate systems
6. Classify various datums and map projections
COs–POs Mapping

1 1 2 2 2
2 1 2 2 2
3 2 3 3 3
4 2 3 3 3
5 3 2 2 2
6 2 2 2 3
Unit I
Introduction to Global Navigation Satellite Systems
The History of GPS, The Evolution of GPS, Development of NAVSTAR GPS, Block I, Block II, Block IIA,
Block IIR, Block IIR-M, Block IIF and Block III satellites, GPS working principle, Trilateration, Determination
of satellite position, Determining the receiver position: 2D or X-Y Plane, 3D or X-Y-Z Plane, Ionospheric
effects of GPS signals
GIS Integration
12+4 Hours
Unit II
Types of Global Navigation Satellite Systems
GALILEO: Advantages of GALILEO, signal components, PRN codes, Modulation schemes of Galileo signals:
BOC, Alt-BOC, Galileo and GPS Signal interoperability, Improved performance from the combination of
GALILEO and GNSSs, GLONASS: GLONASS constellation details, signal structure: PRN code,P-code,C/A
code,navigation data,signal modulation
GAGAN Navigation system
12+3 Hours
Unit III
GPS Satellite constellation and Signals
GPS system segments: Space segment, Control segment, User segment, GPS Signals: Pseudorandom noise
(PRN) code, C/A code, P code, Navigation data, GPS signal generation: generation of codes, Comparison of
GNSSs in terms of constellation and services, IRNSS: Segments, 1A to 1G specifications, applications
Simulation of GPS signals
10+4 Hours
Unit IV
Coordinate Systems
Geoid, Ellipsoid, Coordinate Systems: Geodetic and Geo centric, CTRS, CIRS, ECEF, Datums: world geodetic
1984, Indian geodetic datum, Conversion between Cartesian and geodetic coordinate frame, Map projections:
Advantages, metric properties, construction, types of map projections
134
Extract GPS Coordinates for a Google Maps Location

11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. G.S. Rao, Global Navigation Satellite Systems, McGraw-Hill Publications, New Delhi, 2010
2. Ahmed El-Rabbany, Introduction to GPS: the Global Positioning System,Artech House, 2002
Reference (s)
1. Scott Gleason and DemozGebre- Egziabher, GNSS Applications and Methods, Artech House, 685
Canton Street, Norwood, MA 02062, 2009
2. James Ba-Yen Tsui, Fundamentals of GPS receivers-A software approach, John Wiley &Sons, 2001
Sample Question (s)

Remember 20 -- --
Understand 45 35 --
Apply -- 35 45
Analyze 35 30 55
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define trilateration.
2. List two applications of GPS.
3. List two important specifications of GLONASS
4. Retrive the need of PRS.
5. Define ranging codes and data.
Understand
1. Illustrate the working principle of GPS.

2. Identify the GPS and GLONASS interoperability issues.
3. Formulate the signal structure of GPS.
4. Abstract geodetic and geocentric coordinate systems.
5. Illustrate the modulation techniques of GALILEO system.
Apply
1. Compute the receiver position using 3D plane.

2. Find the pseudo range on satellite with travelling time of 70ms?
3. Find the free space loss factor on a GPS satellite L1 C/A code signal at a distance of 2x107.
X
4. Show that the longitude of a point in ECEF is λ = tan −1 .
Y
x(t ) = A, t ≤ τ / 2
5. Compute the Fourier transform of a pulse signal defined as
= 0, t > τ / 2
Analyze
1. Compare the features of C/A code and P-code.

2. Outline the unknowns to be solved in acquisition of GPS signal.
3. Contrast BOC and AltBOC modulation techniques.
16
135
4. Compare GPS and IRNSS features

5. Contrast ephemeris and almanac codes
136
16CS006 Computational Intelligence (Open Elective)

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Identify and describe Soft Computing Techniques and their roles in building Intelligent Machines
2. Apply Supervised Learning Networks in Machine Learning Problems
3. Illustrate the working of Associative memory networks
4. Apply Unsupervised Learning Networks in Machine Learning Problems
5. Apply Fuzzy Logic and Reasoning to handle Uncertainty and Solve Engineering Problem
6. Apply Genetic Algorithms to solve Optimized Problems
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO3 PO 5 PO 6
1 3 2 1
2 3 2 1
3 2 3 1
4 3 2 1
5 3 2 2
6 2 3 2
Unit I
Basic Elements of Soft Computing
Basic elements of Soft Computing: Difference between Hard Computing & Soft Computing - Introduction
to Neural Networks - Fuzzy Logic - Genetic Algorithms - Hybrid Systems. Artificial Neural Networks:
Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks - Evolution of Neural Networks - Basic Models of Neural
Networks - McCulloch-Pitts Neuron - Hebb Network.
Basics of Artificial Intelligence and Computational Intelligence.
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Supervised Learning Network
Supervised Learning Network: Artificial Neural Networks: Introduction - Perceptron Networks - Back
Propagation Network. Radial Basis Function Network.
Associative Memory Networks: Auto-associative Memory Network - Hetero auto-associative Memory
Network - Bidirectional Associative Memory (BAM) - Hopfield Networks.
Functional Link Neural Network.
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Unsupervised Learning Network
Introduction - Fixed Weight Competitive Nets -Kohonen Self-Organizing Feature Maps - Learning Vector
Quantization - Counter Propagation Networks - Adaptive Resonance Theory Networks (ART-1 & ART-2).
Support Vector Machines and their applications for Classification.
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Fuzzy logic and Genetic Algorithm
Introduction to Fuzzy Sets: Difference between Classical Sets & Fuzzy Sets – Properties.
Classical Relations and Fuzzy Relations: Cartesian product of Relations - Classical Relations - Fuzzy Relations
Membership Functions: Features of Membership Functions -Fuzzification - and Defuzzification
Genetic Algorithm: Basic Concepts – Operators.
Concepts on Fuzzy Controller and its applications -a Simple Application of Genetic Algorithm for function
Optimization.
11+4 Hours
Total: 44+16 Hours
137
Textbook (s)
1. S. N. Sivanandam, S N Deepa, Principles of Soft Computing, 2ndEditionWiley India, 2007
2. V. Kecman, Learning and soft computing, Pearson Education, India, 2006
3. Russell Eberhart and Yuhui Shi - Computational Intelligence: Concepts to Implementations (2007)
Reference(s)
1. G. J. Klir and Bo Yuan, Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy Logic, Prentice Hall, USA, 1995
2. N. J. Nelsson, Artificial Intelligence, A New Synthesis, Harcourt Asia Ltd., 1998
3. D. E. Goldberg, Genetic Algorithms: Search, Optimization and Machine Learning, Addison Wesley,
N.Y – 1989
4. S. Haykins, Neural networks: a comprehensive foundation Pearson Education, India, 2002
5. A. P. Engelbrecht, Computational Intelligence: An Introduction, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
6. X. Yu and M. Gen, Introduction to Evolutionary Algorithms, Springer Verlag, 2010.
7. Fakhreddine Karray and Clarence de Silva - Soft Computing and Intelligent Systems Design, 2004.
8. Andries Engelbrecht - Computational Intelligence: an Introduction, 2007.
9. Amit Konar - Computational Intelligence: Principles, Techniques, and Applications, 2005.
10. Vojislav Kecman - Learning and Soft Computing: Support Vector Machines, Neural Networks, and
Fuzzy Logic Models, 2001.
SAMPLE QUESTION (S)

Remember 25 15 --
Understand 35 15 --
Apply 20 20 40
Analyze 20 30 40
Evaluate -- 20 20
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define Chromosome
2. List two methods in which the information flows in a nervous system
3. List five unsupervised learning algorithms
4. List the difference between classical logic and fuzzy logic
5. List the computational units of ART
Understand
1. Explain the components of Soft Computing
2. Explain the role of activation function in exhibiting the output from a neuron
3. Construct the 5 node pattern {0,1,1,0,1} by Hopfield network and explain the procedure for recalling
and storing
4. Explain Adaptive Resonance Theory and its type
5. Explain CPN and illustrate the steps involved in training algorithm of full CPN
Apply
1. Construct a ANN circuit which makes the flow of data using multilayered and multilevel networks
2. Apply clusters of various datasets maintained by learning approach considering live example
3. Draw the neat architecture of hamming network and trace the inhibitatory and excitatory neurons by
considering an inconsistent vector
4. Find the Max-min and Max Product composition of the fuzzy relation matrices
R={0.6,0.3,0.2,0.9}(2x2) S={1,0.5,0.3,0.8,0.4,0.7}(2x3)
5. Find the cardinality for the matrices R={1,4,6,7}(2x2) S={5,2,3,7}(2x2)
Analyze
17
138
1. Differentiate between learning and training algorithms considering multilayer perceptron network and
trace the different types of networks obtained.
2. Differentiate between Counter Propagation Network and Adaptive Resonance Theory
Evaluate
1. Evaluate using Back Propagation algorithm for the below map considering weights , inputs and outputs
2. Evaluate the instance, that the 2 dimensional input vector X is presented to the three-neuron
ohonennetwork, x=[ 0.52 0.12]. The initial weight vectors, Wj are given by
W1=[0.27 , 0.81]
W2=[0.42 , 0.70]
W3=[0.43 , 0.21]
in a form of 2 X 1 matrix. Find the winning neuron using the Euclidean distance and apply kernel self-
organization map.State the differences between register machines and stack machine?
139
16CS007 IoT for Engineering Applications (Open Elective)

(Common to CH, CE, EE, EC, ME & PE)
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the basic concepts of IoT
2. Summarize the structural knowledge of IoT
3. Explain M2M in the context of Internet of Things.
4. Describe the IoT Reference Architecture
5. Design the Internet of things systems for the given problem
6. Apply IoT for various engineering applications
COs–POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO5
1 3 3
2 3 3
3 3 3
4 3 3
5 3 3
6 3 3
UNIT I
Introduction and Fundamental IoT Mechanisms
What is the Internet of Things? : History of IoT, About IoT, Overview and Motivations, Examples of
Applications, Internet of Things Definitions and Frameworks : IoT Definitions, IoT Architecture, Identification
of IoT Objects and Services, Structural Aspects of the IoT, Environment Characteristics, Traffic Characteristics,
Scalability, Interoperability, Security and Privacy.
IOT paradigm-smart objects-Bits an atoms-goal orientation-RTLS+ GPS-agents+ Multi agent system
12+3 Hours
UNIT II
M2M to IoT
A Market Perspective– Introduction, Some Definitions, M2M Value Chains, IoT Value Chains, An emerging
industrial structure for IoT, The international driven global value chain and global information
monopolies. M2M to IoT-An Architectural Overview– Building an architecture, Main design principles and
needed capabilities, An IoT architecture outline, standards considerations.
Introduction to Atmega 8 /16 microcontroller- Architecture of the AVR Microcontroller-Pin description of the
microcontroller-I/O of the microcontroller-IR Sensors
11+4 Hours
Unit III
IoT Reference Architecture
Introduction, Functional View, Information View, Deployment and Operational View, Other Relevant
architectural views. Real-World Design Constraints- Introduction, Technical Design constraints-hardware is
popular again, Interaction and remote control. Industrial realizing the enterprise integrated Web of Things, IMC-
AESOP: from the Web of Things to the Cloud of Things, Commercial Building Automation- Introduction, Case
study: phase one-commercial building automation today, Case study.
Specification-Domain Model Specification-Information Model Specification-Service Specifications-IoT Level
Specification-Functional View
11+4 Hours
Unit VI
IoT for Business Applications
140
Internet of Things Application : IoT for Smart Grid ,City Automation, Automotive Applications, Home
Automation, Smart Cards , Process Monitoring / Automation, Sensor Technology, Raspberry- pi Interface,
Smart Healthcare, Smart Transportation, M2M Communication, Smart Metering, Systems and Services
Integration, Hands-on training, Smart Waste Management System.
Sharing Sensor Data on Social Networks-Twitter-Facebook Connection App-Updation of Sensor Data on
Website / Blog
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Avesand, Stamatis Karnouskos, David
Boyle, From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New Age of
Intelligence, 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2014.
2. Daniel Minoli, Building the Internet of Things with IPv6 and MIPv6: The Evolving World of M2M
Communications, ISBN: 978-1-118-47347-4, Willy Publications, 2014
3. Bernd Scholz-Reiter, Florian Michahelles, Architecting the Internet of Things, ISBN 978-3- 642-
19156-5 e-ISBN 978-3-642-19157-2, Springer, 2016
Reference Book (s)

1. Parikshit N. Mahalle & Poonam N. Railkar, Identity Management for Internet of Things, River
Publishers, ISBN: 978-87-93102-90-3 (Hard Copy), 978-87-93102-91-0 (ebook), 2015
Sample Question (s)

Remember 40 40 --
Understand 50 40 20
Apply 10 10 40
Analyze -- 10 30
Evaluate -- -- 10
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Write the major significance of Internet of Things.
2. State the crucial requirement f IoT in terms of application and its supporting natures.
3. List the dominant technologies behind IoT development.
4. Identify two major differences between Internet of Everything and Industrial IoT.
5. Write about the data-center based cloud tools that use to run the machine learning algorithm internally.
6. Recognizes an alternative approach that results in better adaptivity in case of network fluctuations and
increased latency.
7. Identify the on-demand processing and storage capabilities that is used to analyze the data generated by
IoT objects in batch or stream format.
Understand
1. Identify the evolutionary terms of Internet of Things (IoT) that use to interact and live with the physical
objects.
2. Illustrate the reference architecture of IoT that unifies the smart objects and human beings to provide
the ubiquitous communication
3. Illustrate the service-oriented architecture of IoT that ensures the interoperability among the
heterogeneous devices
18
Assignment test should contain only questions related to Higher Order Thinking (HOT) Skills pertaining to this course.
141
4. Illustrate the API-Oriented Architecture of IoT that use SOAP and Remote Method Invocation (RMI)
as a means for describing, discovering, and calling services
5. Discuss the resource capacity, selecting and provisioning the resources that greatly impact Quality of
Service (QoS) of the IoT applications
6. Classify the taxonomy of resource management activities of IoT.
7. Report the standard requirement of real time analytics to fulfill the demand of real-time stream
processing engine.
Apply
1. Interpret a study analysis on open-source prototyping platform for the industrial IoT.
2. Implement a suitable OPENIoT Architecture for IoT/Cloud Convergence that provides an abstract
presentation of the functional elements of architecture.
3. Sketch W3C SSN-XG ontology and how to semantically enable real time sensor feeds
4. Execute the two-tier data dissemination model for large-scale wireless sensor network
5. Demonstrate SPARQL query caching in order to improve the performance of semantic web
applications
6. Illustrations a technique to cluster semantically similar QA pairs for retrieving an answer for a newly
given query without asking the QA engine on the cloud side
Analyze
1. Comparative analysis on real-time analytics in Cloud-IoT and fog computing.
2. Compare the communication efficiencies for the following protocols such as AMPQ, CoAP, DDS,
MQTT, UPnP and XMPP in terms of Transport Layer Protocols.
3. Differentiate the major significances of nesC, keil C and Dynamic C.
4. Relate a set of minimal features to be fulfilled by the programming frameworks for IoT.
5. Comparative analysis on IoT programming approaches
Evaluate
1. Select an example that utilizes the device-collaboration framework for the proactive suggestion
application
2. Appraise a semantic QA cache that implement the device/cloud collaboration framework to compute
the probability of the on-device semantic QA cache to answer a given query correctly.
3. Select a suitable example that use automatically tagging recognized images to display the additional
information such as social sentiment in order to achieve similar performance improvement for speech-
recognition application with DL through device/cloud collaboration framework
4. Critique on fog-computing assisted distributed analytics system that uses a set of fall-detection
algorithms, including algorithms based on acceleration measurements and time-series analysis
methods, as well as filtering techniques to facilitate the fall-detection process.
142
16CH007 Industrial Safety and Hazard Management (Open Elective)

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Demonstrate the safety and ethical issues that may arise from industrial processes
2. Explain industrial hygiene practices and its procedures
3. Illustrate the toxic pathways and elimination of toxicity on bio organisms
4. Understand hazards arising from runaway reactions, explosions and fires, and how to deal with them.
5. Choose a suitable method for prevention of fires and explosions
6. Evaluate the process and able to do Hazards Identification and risks Risk Assessment
COs – POs Mapping

1 2 2 1 3 3
2 1 2 1 3 3
3 3 2 3 1 1
4 3 1
5 3 3 3 2
6 3 3 3 3 2
7.
Unit I
Introduction to Safety & Industrial Hygiene
Safety programs, Engineering ethics, Accident and Loss Statistics, Acceptable Risk, Public Perceptions, The
nature of the Accident Process, Inherent Safety, Government of India and OSHA regulations, Industrial
Hygiene, Identification, Evaluation & Control
Lethal dosage–Material Safety Data Sheets
12+4 Hours
Unit II
Toxicology, Fires and Explosions
how toxicants enter biological organisms, how toxicants are eliminated from biological organisms, effects of
toxicants on biological organisms The fire triangle, Distinction between fire and explosions, Definitions,
Flammability characteristics of liquids and vapors, MOC and inerting, ignition energy, Auto ignition, Auto
oxidation, Adiabatic compression, Explosions
Firefighting equipment–Personal protecting equipment–Building fire safety codes
11+3 Hours
Unit III
Designs to Prevent Fires and Explosions
Inerting, static electricity, controlling static electricity, explosion proof equipment and instruments, ventilation,
sprinkler systems, miscellaneous designs for preventing fires and explosions
Work permit–Earthling–Color codes for identification of process
10+4 Hours
Unit IV
Hazards Identification and Risk Assessment
Process hazards checklists, hazards surveys, hazards and operability studies, safety reviews, other methods.
Review of probability theory, event trees, fault trees, QRA and LOPA
Health and safety foundation–5S Practice–Emergency procedures
12+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text book (s)
1. D. A. Crowl, J. F. Louvar, Chemical Process Safety: Fundamentals with Applications, 3rd Ed., Prentice
Hall, 2011
2. Reese, Charles D. Industrial Safety and Health for People-oriented Services. CRC Press, 2008
143
Reference (s)
1. H.H.Fawcett and W.S.Wood, Safety and Accident Prevention in Chemical Operations, John Wiley and
sons, 2nd Ed., New York, 1982
2. Hammer, Willie, and Dennis Price. Occupational safety management and engineering. Pearson College
Division, 2001
Sample Question (s)
Cognitive Level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test19(%)
Remember 20 20 --
Understand 30 20 --
Apply 30 20 35
Analyze 20 30 35
Evaluate -- 20 30
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define terms hazard and accidents
2. List three-step of accidents process?
3. Define terms LD and ED
4. List any four reversible effects that caused by toxic exposure
5. Define terms risk, loss prevention
Understand
1. Identify the initiation, propagation, and termination steps for motor accident
2. Explain about how toxicants enter biological organisms
3. Explain the key responsibilities’ of professional engineers
4. Explain the inherent safety techniques that are used in the chemical industry
5. Explain how toxicants are eliminated from biological organisms
6. List the ingredients of safety program for outstanding safety program
Apply
1. An employee works in a plant with a FAR of 4. If this employee works a 4-hr shift, 200 days per year,
what are the expected deaths per person per year?
2. Air contains 5 ppm of diethylamide (TLV-TWA of 5 ppm), 20 ppm of cyclohexanol (TLV-TWA of 50
ppm), and 10 ppm of propylene oxide (TLV-TWA of 2 ppm). What is the mixture TLV-TWA and has
this level been exceeded?
3. The following accident report has been filed. Failure of a threaded 1½″ drain connection on a rich oil
line at the base of an absorber tower in a large (1.35 MCF/D) gas producing plant allowed the release
of rich oil and gas at 850 psi and –40°F. The resulting vapor cloud probably ignited from the ignition
system of engine driven re compressors. The 75′ high × 10′ diameter absorber tower eventually
collapsed across the pipe rack and on two exchanger trains. Breaking pipelines added more fuel to the
fire. Severe flame impingement on an 11,000-horsepower gas turbine–driven compressor, waste heat
recovery, and super-heater train resulted in its near total destruction. Identify the initiation,
propagation, and termination steps for this accident
4. A process has a reported FAR of 2. If an employee works a standard 8-hr shift 300 days per year,
compute the deaths per person per year
Analyze
1. Can gate valves be placed between a vessel relief and its vessel
2. Liquid levels in storage tanks are frequently determined by measuring the pressure at the bottom of the
tank. In one such tank the material stored in the tank was changed and an overflow resulted. Why?
19
144
Evaluate
1. How to convert your kitchen in to XP area
2. Does LOPA really replace 90% of the QRA?
145
16IT005 Fundamentals of Cloud Computing (Open Elective)

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Interpret the main concepts, key technologies, strengths, and limitations of cloud computing and the
possible applications for state-of-the-art cloud computing
2. Illustrate various problems and evaluate related cloud computing solutions.
3. Apply the architecture and infrastructure of cloud computing, including SaaS, PaaS, IaaS, public cloud,
private cloud and hybrid cloud to different problems.
4. Analyze cloud provider for a defined environment and to a specific platform in a cost effective way.
5. Analyze case studies to derive the best practice model to apply when developing and deploying cloud
based applications
6. Build a virtual machine with a machine image
COs–POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO5 PO6
1 3 2 1
2 3 2 1
3 3 2 1
4 2 2 2
5 3 2 1
6 2 2 1
Unit I
Understanding Cloud Computing
Cloud computing: Introduction, Cloud application architectures, Value of cloud computing, Cloud Infrastructure
models, Cloud Services, History of Cloud Computing, Advantages of Cloud Computing, Disadvantages of
Cloud Computing, Companies in the Cloud Today, Amazon Web Services, Windows Azure, Google services,
IBM Cloud
Before the move into the cloud- Know Your Software Licenses, The Shift to a Cloud Cost Model, Service
Levels for Cloud Applications Ready for the cloud: Web Application Design, Machine Image Design, Privacy
Design, Design, Database Management.
Tata Cloud- Salesforce.com
(13+3) Hours
Unit II
Virtual Machines and Virtualization of Clusters and Data Centers
Implementation Levels of Virtualization, Virtualization Structures/Tools and Mechanisms, Virtualization of
CPU, Memory, and I/O Devices, Virtual Clusters and Resource Management, Virtualization for Data-Center
Automation Case Studies: Cloud centers in detail, Comparing approaches, Xen, Eucalyptus, Cloud Stack, and
Open Stack
VMware- KVM.
(10+5) Hours
Unit III
Scaling of Cloud Infrastructure & Security
Capacity, Planning, Cloud Scale.Cloud Security-Data Security, Network Security, Host Security, Compromise
Response
Disaster Recovery-Disaster Recovery Planning, Disasters in cloud, Cloud Disaster Management.
Requirements for modern data centers- high availability and Service Orientated Infrastructures (SOI)- Modern
data centre use case studies.
(10+3) Hours
Unit IV
Cloud Computing Software Security Fundamentals
146
Cloud information Security Objectives, Cloud Security Services, Relevant Cloud Security Design Principles,
Secure Cloud Software Requirements, Approaches to Cloud Software Requirements Engineering, Cloud
Security Policy Implementation. Cloud Computing Risk Issues: The CIA Triad, Privacy and Compliance Risks,
Threats to Infrastructure Data and Access Control, Cloud Access Control Issues, Cloud Service Provider Risks.
Security concepts-Confidentiality-privacy-integrity-authentication-non-repudiation-availabilit- access control-
defence in depth- least privilege
(12+4) Hours
Total:(45+15) Hours
Textbook (s)
1. George Reese, Cloud Application Architectures, 1st Edition O’Reilly Media, 2009
2. Ronald L.Krutz and Russell Dean Vines, Cloud Security, 1st Edition, Wiley Publishing, 2010
Reference (s)
1. Michael Miller, Cloud Computing-Web Based Applications that change the way you work and
collaborate online, 1st Edition, Pearson Education, Publishing, 2011
2. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C Fox and Jack J. Dongarra, Distributed & Cloud Computing from Parallel
Processing to the Internet of Things, 1st Edition, MK Publishing, 2010
3. David S Linthicum, Cloud Computing and SOA Convergence in Your Enterprise: A Step-by-Step
Guide, 1st Edition, Addison-Wesley, 2009
SAMPLE QUESTION (S)

Remember 40 45 --
Understand 40 45 --
Apply 20 10 80
Analyze -- -- 20
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define Cloud Computing
2. List types of virtualization
3. Define proactive scaling
4. What is CIA Triad?
Understand
1. Explain different cloud Infrastructure models
2. Explain different levels of virtualization
3. Explain about cloud Network security in detail?
4. Explain about Recovery Point Objective.
Apply
1. Explain any IaaS service provided by Amazon
2. What is cloud Stack?
3. How disaster recovery planning can be done
4. How Web Application Design is used in designing cloud applications
Analyze
20
Assignment test should contain only questions related to Higher Order Thinking (HOT) Skills Pertaining to this course
147
1. Compare cloud center and service infrastructure.

2. Analyze different cloud services provided by Amazon
3. With neat diagram explain the functioning of Xen Architecture.
4. List and explain various cloud service providers risks.
148
16PE007 Smart Grid Technology (Open Elective)

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Compare the basic difference between existing grid and smart grid
2. Explain perfect power system network (Including distributed and fully integrated systems)
3. Explain the importance of renewable energy systems and distributed energy resources in smart
grids
4. Summarize the wide area monitoring system and advanced measuring technologies
5. Recall the technologies like Zigbee, HAN and NAN in smart grids
6. Explain SCADA technology in modern power systems and to analyze the micro grid systems
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO3 PO5

1 2 2
2 3 3
3 3 3
4 3 2
5 3 2
6 3 3
UNIT I
Introduction to the Smart Grids
Introduction to smart grid- Electricity network-Local energy networks- General considerations for a smart grid,
characteristics of smart grids, elements in smart grids.
Electric transportation- Low carbon central generation-Attributes of the smart grid- Alternate views of a smart
grid.
Smart grid to evolve a perfect power system: Introduction- Overview of the perfect power system
configurations- Device level power system- Building integrated power systems- Distributed power systems-
Fully integrated power system-Nodes of innovation.
Present status of smart grids in India
14+4 Hours
UNIT II
Smart Electric Grid & Measurement Technologies
Smart electric grid: generation- Distributed energy resources: Renewable energy, energy storage, solar energy,
wind energy, biomass, hydro power, geothermal and fuel cell, effect of electric vehicles(EV’s) , transmission,
distribution, and end-user; Basic concepts of power, load models, load flow analysis
Measurement Technologies: Wide area monitoring system (WAMS), advanced metering infrastructure (AMI),
phasor measurement units.
Functioning of PMU
12+3 Hours
UNIT III
Communication & Networking Technology
Architectures, standards and adaptation of power line communication (PLC), zigbee, GSM, GPS, GIS, machine
to-machine communication models for the smart grid; Home area networks (HAN) and neighborhood area
networks (NAN)
Machine to human communication system
11+3 Hours
UNIT IV
Energy Management in Smart grids
Aspects of energy management in the smart grid; SCADA; micro grids; demonstration projects; case studies.
Policy and economic drives of the smart grid; environmental implications; sustainability issues of smart grid
systems.
Environmental issues related to smart grid systems 10+3 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
149
Text Book(s)
1. Clark W Gellings, “The Smart Grid, Enabling Energy Efficiency and Demand Side Response”- CRC
Press, 2012
2. Janaka Ekanayake, Kithsiri Liyanage,Jianzhong.Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama, Nick Jenkins, “Smart Grid:
Technology and Applications”- Wiley, 2012
Reference(s)
1. A. Keyhani, Smart Power Grid Renewable Energy Systems, Wiley 2011
2. James Momoh, Smart Grid :Fundamentals of Design and Analysis, Wiley, IEEE Press, 2012
Sample Question (s)
Remember 10 10 ---
Understand 50 50 --
Apply 40 40 55
Analyze -- -- 45
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define smart grid system
2. Write about self healing capability
3. List out four basic characteristics of smart grid system
4. Write about resiliency to disturbances
5. Write down the basic elements of smart grid system
6. Write about smart meters
7. Write down the generation options which are possible in smart grid system
8. Write about the functions of smart grids
9. Write down the attributes of smart grid system
10. Write about smart home energy management system
Understand
1. Illustrate the advanced power system network
2. Draw the block diagram of smart grid system
3. Explain the self healing property of smart grid system
4. Explain about self healing capability technology in smart grid systems
5. Explain the self healing property of smart grid system
6. Explain about the smart homes
7. Explain the energy storage system in smart grids
8. Explain about outage management system
Apply
1. Construction of modern power system network with the help of basic characteristics
2. Choose the best renewable energy source based on the environmental conditions
3. Execute the smart home with the smart grid elements
4. Develop a smart hybrid electric vehicle with efficient battery system
5. Compute micro grid system with dc loads
21
150
6. Find the net power injected in the bus i for a two bus system
Analyze
1. Differentiate between traditional and modern grid

2. Identify the reasons for failure of existing grid
3. Justify the need of AMI in smart grids
4. Compare the operation of micro grid and smart grid systems
5. Identify WAMS in smart grids
151
16MA001 Computational Mathematics (Open Elective)

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Apply the knowledge of finding roots of nonlinear equations and different errors in series
approximations
2. Understand the consistency and inconsistency of linear system of equations
3. Evaluate the solution of Initial and Boundary value problems
4. Perform numerical differentiation and integration
5. Analyze the solution of PDEs under given conditions
6. Apply Knowledge of numerical techniques to Engineering problems
COs–POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2

1 3 2
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 2 2
5 3 3
6 3 3
Unit I
Errors in numerical calculations and Solutions of algebraic and transcendental equations
Absolute, relative and percentage errors, a general error formula, errors in a series approximation
Locating Roots of Equations with one variable : Secant method, Muller’s method
Solution of nonlinear equations - Introduction, Iteration method, Newton-Raphson method
Develop MATLAB code for Bisection method, Newton-Raphson method and for the above methods
12 + 3 Hours
Unit II
Solution of Linear Systems and Interpolation
Direct methods -LU Decomposition, Iterative methods –Jacobi method, Gauss-Seidel method
Interpolating polynomials using finite differences- Bessel interpolation, Piecewise and spline interpolation -
Piecewise Linear interpolation, Quadratic spline interpolation
Develop MATLAB code for the above methods
11 + 4 Hours
Unit III
Numerical Integration and BVP(ODE)
Newton-Cotes methods (Weddle’s rule)
Solution of BVP - Finite difference method, shooting method, the cubic spline method
Develop MATLAB code for Trapezoidal, Simpson’s 1/3 & 3/8 rules and for the above methods
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Numerical solutions of PDEs
Introduction, Finite difference approximations to derivatives, Solutions of Laplace & Poisson equations using
Jacobi’s, Gauss-Seidel & SOR methods. Solution of parabolic equation using -Bender-Schmidt & Crank-
Nicolson methods. Solution of hyperbolic equation
Develop MATLAB code for the above methods
11 + 4 Hours
152
Textbook(s)
1. M. K. Jain, S.R.K. Iyengar, R.K. Jain, Numerical methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation,
4th edition, New Age International publishers, New Delhi(
2. S. S. Sastry, Introductory methods of numerical analysis, 4th Edition, PHI
3. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 42nd edition, Khanna publishers, New
Delhi
Reference(s)
1. S. C. Chapra & R. P. Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill(2012)
2. Cleve Moler, Numerical Computing with MATLAB, SIAM.
Sample Question (s)

Assessment Pattern
Remember 30 30 -
Understand 45 40 -
Apply 20 25 40
Analyze 5 5 30
Evaluate - - -
Create - - 30
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List out different Errors in Numerical calculations

2. List the three numerical methods to solve Algebraic and Transcendental equations
3. Define initial and boundary value problem for Ordinary differential equations
4. List the numerical methods in solving Laplace’s, partial differential equations i.e. Parabolic and
hyperbolic
Understand
1. Summarize the Absolute, relative and percentage Errors

2. Illustrate the procedure for Newton-Raphson method for finding root of an algebraic equation
3. Explain the mechanism involved in LU decomposition method in solving linear systems
4. Explain spline interpolation formula
Apply
1. Given = , construct the Taylor series approximations of orders 0 to 7 at = and state

their absolute errors.
2. Apply Newton-Raphson method to find a root of the equation − 2 − 5 = 0.
3. Given the set of data points (1,-8), (2,-1) and (3, 18) satisfying the function = , find the
linear splines satisfying the given data. Determine the approximate values of y(2.5) and 2
4. Apply Gauss-Seidel’s method to solve Laplace equation for the region given in the figure
22
153
Analyze
5. Compare the roots obtained from Secant method, Muller’s methods and explain which method is
preferable
6. Analyze the physical significance of spline’s interpolation formula
7. Differentiate shooting and cubic splines methods for numerical integration.
8. Analyze the platform for the application of Laplace Equation
154
16CY001 Nano Science and Technology (Open Elective)

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Apply various chemical and physical methods for the synthesis of nanomaterials
2. Understand the properties of nano-materials and their applications in relation to bulk materials
3. Describe the nano size effect on optical, electrical, magnetic and thermal properties
4. Characterize nano materials by powder XRD and microscopy techniques.
5. Understand structure, properties and applications of Fullerenes and Carbon nanotubes.
6. Review the applications of nanomaterials, specially semiconducting metal oxides for sensing and
catalysis
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO12
1 3 2
2 3 2
3 3 2
4 3 2
5 3 2
6 3 2
Unit I
Introduction to Nanomaterials
Introduction to nanomaterials and nanotechnology, Nano-sizes and their unique properties: comparison with the
bulk materials, Different shapes sizes and morphology of nanomaterials; Defects in nanocrystalline materials,
Effect of grain size on physical properties – magnetic, electrical, optical and thermal properties.
11 + 3 Hours
Unit II
Fabrication of Nanomaterials
Top Down Approaches: Grinding, Planetory milling and comparison of particles; Bottom Up Approach: Wet
Chemical Synthesis - Microemulsion Approach, Colloidal Nanoparticles Production, Sol Gel Methods,
Sonochemical Approach, Microwave and Atomization; Gas phase Production Methods - Chemical Vapour
Depositions; Carbon Nano structures: carbon molecules, carbon clusters, carbon nano tubes- synthesis,
formation.
12+4 Hours
Unit III
Characterization of Nanomaterials
Fractionation principles of particle size measurements, Particle size and its distribution, powder X-ray
Diffraction, Zeta potential, Electronic band structure Electron statistics Application: Optical transitions in solids,
photonic crystals, Microscopies: Scanning Electron Microscopy, Transmission Electron Microscopy, Atomic
Forced Microscopy, Scanning and Tunneling Microscopy.
11 + 4 Hours
Unit IV
Applications of Nanomaterials
Self-assembly and molecular manufacturing, Surfactant based system Colloidal system applications, Functional
materials Applications: Single walled and multi walled CNTs, quantum dots, GaN wires, TiO2 and ZnO nano
crystalline materials, Nanosensors based on optical properties.
11 + 4 Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
155
Textbook(s)
1. B. S. Murthy, P. Shankar, Baldev Raj, B.B. Rath, Ames Murday, Text book of Nanoscience and
Nanotechnology, published by Springer & Universities Press (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Sulabha K. Kulkarni, Nanotechnology: Principles & Practices, Springer
3. Nils O. Petersen, Foundations for Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, CRC Press, 2017.
Reference(s)
1. Stuart M. Lindsay, Introduction to Nanoscience, Oxford University Press, 2009.
2. Robert Kelsall, Ian Hamley, Mark Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science and Technology, John Wiley &
Sons, 2005.
3. Gabor L. Hornyak , H.F. Tibbals , Joydeep Dutta , John J. Moore Introduction to Nanoscience and
Nanotechnology CRC Press
4. Davies, J.H. ‘The Physics of Low Dimensional Semiconductors: An Introduction’, Cambridge
University Press, 1998
Remember 30 30 -
Understand 40 40 -
Apply 30 30 80
Analyze - - 20
Evaluate -- - -
Create -- - -
Total (%) 100 100 100
Sample Question (s)

Remember
1. Define a nanomaterial. List any four naturally occurring/synthetically prepared nanomaterils used in
daily life.
2. Differentiate between nano materials & bulk materials in terms of physical properties.
3. List two methods of preparing nanomaterials in bottom up approach & top down approach.
Understand
1. Explain the sol-gel method of preparing nano materials. What kind of materials can be prepared by this
method in nano form.
2. How will the electrical, magnetic & optical properties vary for nano amterials compared to bulk.
Explain with an example for each.
3. What are the various carbon nano materials available? Describe one methos of producing Carbon nano
tubes.
Apply
1. How is SEM used for characterization of nano materials? Describe the principle and working of
instrument.
2. Based on the optical properties of Nano TiO2 and ZnO, describe the design & construction of nano
sensors.
3. Describe the functions and applications of Carbon nano tubes and gaN nano wires.
Analyze
1. How is the size of nanomaterials characterized? Assess the advantage of using SEM & TEM instead of
powder XRD for size of particle, grain size characterization.
23
156
2. For a semiconductor, as the materials is sized down to nano, the electronic band structure is found to
vary from bulk material. Explain the changes in electronic band structure for a direct band gap
material.
3. Calculate the changes in surface to volume ratio (S/V ratio) for a particle of 1 micrometer cube divided
into 10 nanometer cubes by top down approaches. Comment on its impact in catalysis
157
16ME607 Heat Transfer Lab
0032
Course Outcomes
1. Execute the method to find the thermal conductivity of different common metallic materials
2. Compare the quantity of heat transfer between fluids and solid boundaries
3. Differentiate the amount of heat exchanged between fluids flowing within heat exchangers
4. Explain simple experimental work in radiative heat transfer
5. Attribute different types of heat exchangers
6. Implement the heat exchangers based on geometries
List of Experiments
1. Composite Slab Apparatus – Overall heat transfer co-efficient
2. Heat transfer through lagged pipe
3. Heat Transfer through a Concentric Sphere
4. Thermal Conductivity of given metal rod
5. Heat transfer in pin-fin
6. Experiment on Transient Heat Conduction
7. Heat transfer in forced convection apparatus
8. Heat transfer in natural convection
9. Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger
10. Emissivity apparatus
11. Stefan Boltzman Apparatus
12. Heat transfer in drop and film wise condensation
13. Critical Heat flux apparatus
14. Study of heat pipe and its demonstration
1. Experimental investigation on Heat Exchanger with Nano fluids
2. Thermal Conductivity of liquids
3. Demonstration model for Conduction
4. Demonstration model for Convection
5. Demonstration model for Radiation
6. Heat Transfer in a Shell-Tube heat exchanger
7. Natural Convection in Rectangular fin
8. Forced Convection in Rectangular fin
9. Optimum fin-Spacing
10. Applications of Heat exchanger in real life-Poster Presentation
11. CFD analysis of fluid flow in a pipe
12. CFD analysis of turbulent flow in a pipe
13. Analysis of temperature distribution in an insulated wall
14. Forced convection using liquids
15. Natural convection using liquids
Reading Material(s)
1. Heat transfer manual, GMR institute of technology, Rajam

2. R. C. Sachdeva, Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer,4th Ed, 2010
3. Holman, J. P. Heat Transfer, 9th Ed, McGraw Hill,New York,2002
4. S. Subramanyan,C P Kothandaraman,Heat and Mass Transfer Data Book, 8th Ed, 2014
24
158
16AT007 Industrial Sociology
Course Outcomes
1. Explain sociological concepts that apply to the area of the industries
2. Implement sociological theories to real world topics
3. Explain how the tools of analysis and methods of sociology are applicable to work and involvement in
their community
Unit-I
Industrial Sociology :Nature and Scope of Industrial Sociology-Development of Industrial Sociology.
Unit-II
Rise and Development of Industry : Early Industrialism – Types of Productive Systems – The Manorial or
Feudal system – The guild system – The domestic or putting-out system – and the factory system –
Characteristics of the factory system – causes and Consequences of industrialization
.
Unit-III
Industrialization in India.Industrial Poling Resolutions – 1956.
Unit-IV
Contemporary Issues :Grievances and Grievance handling Procedure.
Industrial Disputes : courses, strikes & lockouts, Industrial Relations Machinery Bi-partite & Tri-partite
Agreement, Labour courts & Industrial Tribunals, Code of Discipline, Standing order.
Textbook(s)
1. Gisbert Pascal, Fundamentals of industrial sociology, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co., New
Delhi, 2011
2. Schneider Engno v., Industrial Sociology 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Publishing co., New Delhi,
2012
Reference(s)
1. Mamoria C.B. and Mamoria S., Dynamics of industrial relations in india, TMH, 2011
2. Sinha G.P. and P.R.N. Sinha, Industrial Relations and Labour Legislations, New Delhi, Oxford
and IBH publishing co., 2011
159
16PEI01 Piping Engineering

(Course designed and will be delivered by GMR Energy Ltd., Rajahmundry, A.P)
1001
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the process diagrams
2. Organize the process layouts and summarize the process drawings
Introduction to Piping, responsibilities of piping engineer and designer, scope of piping input and outputs,
general process diagrams (PFD, UFD, P&ID, line list etc),pipe fittings, pipe flanges, valves and special items.
Process mechanical equipments – static equipments and rotating equipments, preparation of plot plan,
preparation of equipment layouts, preparation of piping general arrangement drawings, preparation of cross
sectional drawings, piping isometric drawings, material take off, preparation of piping material specification,
valve material specification.
Introduction to stress analysis, types of stresses, significance of forces and moments in piping system, expansion
loop and bellows types, pipe supports- support Types, support selection, support location, support span
calculation.
various codes and standards used in process and power industries, pipe wall thickness calculations, branch
reinforcement calculations, overview of technical queries and technical bid evaluations
15 Hours
Reading Materials (s)
1. Mohinder L. Nayyar, Piping Engineering Hand book, McGraw Hill, 2010

2. Sam Kannappan, Introduction to piping stress analysis, John Wiley & sons, 2006
3. M. W. Kellogg Company, Design of Piping Systems - John Wiley & Sons, 2006
160
16PEI02 Condition Monitoring

(Course designed and will be delivered by GMR Energy Ltd., Rajahmundry, A.P)
1001
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the principle of Condition monitoring
2. Interpret the techniques of Condition monitoring
Condition monitoring of various auxiliaries

Conventional approaches & modern predictive techniques to enhance the availability of machinery, review of all
predictive techniques, introduction to Condition Monitoring, Vibration Analysis & Applications, Vibration
Monitoring, Diagnostics & Illustrations-Basics of vibration terminology, limits & standards, signal analysis &
spectrums-Sensors and related instrumentations, vibration measurement and analysis, Diagnosis and Case
Studies-Basics of Rotor Dynamics.
BOILER AND TURBINE: Checking of boiler tubes for external damage due to erosion or cutting, hydraulic
test, measurement of tube wall thickness, checking of flue gas path for direct corrosion or erosion and leakage,
checking of isolating and regulating dampers for leakage,
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: PA, ID & FD fan check for inlet dampers, bearing alignment, vibration both radial
and axial shift, checking of boiler mountings.
GENERATOR: stator – checking of overhang winding, rotor checking of shaft earthing arrangement, hydrogen
seal and leakages (purge test),insulation resistance and winding resistance, Transformer maintenance –
insulation testing drying out routine maintenance Motor Insulation checking, terminal checking, phasing out,
motor drying,
on-and offline-techniques in machinery and plant maintenance, check the rollers or ball wear of coal mill,
inspection of oil system turbine oil coolers, Cable jointing, material and techniques.
15 Hours
1. Modern power station practical station operation and maintenance - British electricity
international, london
2. IEEE yellow book. Maintenance, and safety of industrial and commercial power system
3. Rao.S, Testing, commissioning & operation maintenance of electrical equipments, Khanna Pub, 6th
Ed, 2010
4. Gill, Paul, Electrical power equipment maintenance and testing, 2nd Ed, 2008
5. Nyman, Don, Maintenance planning, scheduling, coordination, 2nd Ed, 2015
161
16PEI03 Solar PV Power Plant

(Course designed and will be delivered by Dr.H.Naganagouda, Director, NTCST, KPCL, Bangalore.)
1 0 01
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the factors influencing the selection of site for Solar PV Power plant
2. Organize the techno economic data and energy utilization
Site Selection and Techno Economic Analysis

Site Selection, Geographical Locations Details, Weather Data - Solar Radiation, Temperature, Humidity, Wind
Speed, Air Pressure, Air Density, Rain Data, Solar PV Technology - Technology Analysis, Selection of
technology, Design of Solar PV Power Plant –Grid Connected / Standalone Systems based on Manual and
software based system
Techno Economic Analysis, Infrastructure Development in addition to Existing Infrastructure, Transmission
and Utility Grid System (MUSS), Government Schemes, Incentives/Subsides other Financial Support, Energy
Utilization Etc., Hands on Training, Operation and Maintenance, Data Monitoring and Records Maintenance.
15 Hours
1. G.D. Rai, Non-Conventional Energy Sources, 1stEd., Khanna Publishers, 2011

2. B. H. Khan, Non-Conventional Energy resources, 2ndEd. Tata McGraw Hill, 2012
3. Tiwari and Ghosal, Renewable energy resources, 2ndEd., Narosa Publishing house, 2011
4. Renewable Energy Act 2015
5. Dr.H.Naganagouda, Director, NTCST, KPCL, Solar Power Hand Book, 2014
162
16PEI04 Wind Power Plant

1001
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the factors influencing the selection of site for Wind power plant
Wind power Plant

Site Selection, Geographical Locations Details, Weather Data - Solar Radiation, Temperature, Humidity,
Wind Speed, Air Pressure, Air Density , Rain Data, Wind Electric Generator(WEG)/ Wind Turbine Generator
(WTG) Technology - Technology Analysis, Selection of technology, Design of Wind Power Plant –Grid
Connected Systems based on Manual and software based system.
Techno Economic Analysis, Infrastructure Development in addition to Existing Infrastructure, Transmission
and Utility Grid System (MUSS), Government Schemes, Incentives/Subsides other Financial Support, Energy
Utilization Etc., Hands on Training, Operation and Maintenance, Data Monitoring and Records Maintenance.
CDM – Clean Development Mechanism, Carbon Credit, Environment.
15 Hours

163
16PEI05 Wind-Solar Hybrid Systems

1001
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the factors influencing the selection of site for Wind Solar hybrid systems
Wind Solar Hybrid Systems

Site Selection, Geographical Locations Details, Weather Data - Solar Radiation, Temperature, Humidity,
Wind Speed, Air Pressure, Air Density , Rain Data, Wind Electric Generator(WEG)/ Wind Turbine Generator
(WTG) Technology - Technology Analysis, Selection of technology, Design of Wind Power Plant –Grid
Connected Systems based on Manual and software based system, Government Schemes, Incentives/Subsides
other Financial Support, Energy Utilization Etc., Hands on Training, Operation and Maintenance, Data
Monitoring and Records Maintenance. Energy Conservation and Objectives of Energy Conservation ACT 29
September 2001.
15 Hours

164
16ESX2B Employability Skills IV

0201
Soft Skills: Introduction to Campus Placements: Stages of Campus Placement, Skills

assessed in Campus Placements; The Changing scenario and its Challenges & How to get
ready? ; Building Vocabulary: Through reading Articles, Exploring New Words, Meanings
and the usage with examples; Business Terminology: Vision, Mission, Objectives, Goals,
Targets and Financial Terms such as Debt, Equity, Share, Working Capital, Turnover, Net
Worth etc ; Resume (Recap): Resume? Templates? Mistakes to be avoided in a Resume and
Steps to be followed in preparing it; Group Discussions (Recap) & Practice: GD? Stages of a
GD, Skills assessed in a GD, Blunders to be avoided, How to excel in a GD? Practice
sessions and sharing Feedback. (Screening sample Videos); Interview Skills: Interview?
Types of Interview, Dos & Don’ts, Skills assessed in an Interview, Mistakes to be avoided,
How to equip oneself to excel? How to handle the Typical Interview Questions? (with
Examples); Mock Interviews: Practice sessions with Feedback; Exercises related to
Communication: JAMs, Case Studies, Video Synthesis, Email Writing, Story Writing, TAT
etc.
165
16HSX04 Engineering Economics and Project Management

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain basic principles of engineering economics

2. Apply cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis in their business decision making
3. Evaluate investment proposals through various capital budgeting methods
4. Apply the knowledge to prepare the simple financial statements for measuring performance of business
firm
5. Analyze key issues of organization, management and administration
6. Evaluate project for accurate cost estimates and plan future activities
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO11
1 2
2 1
3 2
4 3
5 1
6 3
Unit I
Introduction to Engineering Economics - Demand Forecasting & Cost Analysis
Concept of Engineering Economics – Types of efficiency – Managerial Economics Nature and Scope – Law of
Demand – Types of Elasticity of demand. Demand Forecasting & Cost Analysis: Demand Forecasting:
Meaning, Factors Governing Demand Forecasting, Methods of Demand Forecasting (Survey and Statistical
Methods) – Cost Analysis: Basic Cost Concepts, Break Even Analysis.
Factors affecting the elasticity of demand – Supply and law of Supply.
10+3 Hours
Unit II
Investment Decisions & Market Structures - Financial Statements & Ratio Analysis
Time Value of Money – Capital Budgeting: Meaning, Need and Techniques of Capital Budgeting –Types of
Markets Structures – Features – Price Out-put determination under Perfect Competition and Monopoly.
Financial Statements & Ratio Analysis: Introduction to Financial Accounting – Double entry system – Journal –
Ledger – Trail Balance – Final Accounts (with simple adjustments) – Financial Analysis through Ratios:
Interpretation of Liquidity Ratios (Current Ratio and quick ratio), Activity Ratios (Inventory turnover ratio and
Debtor Turnover ratio, Creditors Turnover Ratio, Capital Turnover Ratio), Solvency Ratios (Debt- Equity ratio,
Interest Coverage ratio), and Profitability ratios (Gross Profit Ratio, Net Profit ratio, Operating Ratio, P/E Ratio
and EPS).
Price output determination under Monopolistic markets, Accounting concepts and conventions
11+6 Hours
Unit III
Introduction to Management - Strategic Management
Introduction to Management: Nature – Importance – Classical Theories of Management: F.W.Taylor’s and
Henri Fayol’s Theory – Functions and Levels of Management – Decision Making Process.
Methods of Production (Job, Batch and Mass Production) - Inventory Control, Objectives, Functions – Analysis
of Inventory – EOQ.
Maslow & Douglas Mc.Gregor theories of Management, ABC Analysis.
12+2 Hours
Unit IV
Project Management
Introduction – Project Life Cycle and its Phases – Project Selection Methods and Criteria – Technical Feasibility
– Project Control and Scheduling through Networks – Probabilistic Models of Networks – Time-Cost
166
Relationship (Crashing) – Human Aspects in Project Management: Form of Project Organization – Role &
Traits of Project Manager.
Sources of Long-term and Short-term Project Finance.
12+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
1. Pravin Kumar, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2012
2. Rajeev M Gupta, Project Management, 2nd Ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2014
Reference(s)
1. PanneerSelvam. R, Engineering economics, 2nd Ed.,, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2013
2. R.B.Khanna, Project Management, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2011
3. R. Panneer Selvam &P.Senthil Kumar, Project Management, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi,
2010
4. A. Aryasri, Management Science, 4th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, 2014
5. A. Aryasri, Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, 4th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, 2014
6. Koontz &Weihrich, Essentials of Management, 6th Ed., TMH, 2010
7. Chuck Williams and Mukherjee, Principle of Management 7th Ed., Cengage Learning, 2013
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 20 --
Understand 25 15 --
Apply 50 55 60
Analyze -- -- 20
Evaluate -- -- 20
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define Managerial Economics. Explain its nature and scope

2. Explain the concept of efficiency? What are the several methods to enhancing the economic
efficiency?
3. Define Production Function. What are the various types of production functions?
4. What is meaning of productivity? Explain how productivity can be enhanced in the Indian industries
5. How are projects “unique” and temporary as defined by PMBOK?
Understand
1. What do you understand by engineering economics? Discuss

2. What is law of demand? Explain its exceptions
3. Explain different elements of costs used in cost analysis
4. Illustrate the effect of price on demand and supply with the help of a diagram
5. Compare and contrast long-run equilibrium under monopolistic competition with that under perfect
competition.
Apply
1
167
1. Determine price elasticity of demand given that the quantity demand of a product is 1000 units when
the price is Rs.100 and when the price declines to Rs.70, demand increases to 1100 units.
2. Consider the following data of company for the year 2015
Sales = Rs.2,40.000/-
Fixed cost = Rs.50,000/-
Variable cost = Rs.75,000/-
Find out the followings
a) Contribution
b) Profit
c) BEP
d) Margin of safety
3. “Every debit must have a corresponding credit” - Explain.
4. Identify the factors that are to be diagnosed both in the external and the internal environment to make
enough ground for strategy formulation. Illustrate appropriately
5. “Poor technology selection can lead to total failure for a manufacturing firm”, Do you agree? Give
reasons in support of your answer with suitable examples
Analyze
1. “Management is regarded as an art by some, science by others”. In the light of this statement, explain
the exact nature of management.
2. Make a comparative analysis of the features of different methods of production.
3. Analyse the Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) technique for appraising large investment decisions.
4. Is there any link between mission, goal, objective, strategy and programmes in an industrial
environment?
5. Compare and contrast the project evaluation and review technique (PERT) with the critical path
method (CPM)
Evaluate
1. Evaluate survey based demand forecasting methods with appropriate examples

2. The logical sequence of management functions cannot be subordinated even by one function. Do you
agree? Support your answer
3. Can there be a strategy without a mission? Give a mission statement for following organization:
A) An internet service provider
B) A large private hospital
C) State electricity board
4. From the following information calculate ARR of the project, with initial cost of Rs.2,00,000/- and
scrap value is Rs.10,000/.
Year Project
1 20000
2 50000
3 70000
4 60000
5 40000
5. Following data relates to a certain project.
Activity to tm tp
1-2 2 5 14
1-3 3 12 21
2-4 5 14 17
3-4 2 5 8
4-5 1 4 7
3-5 6 15 30
a) Construct the network
b) Find the project duration
168
c) Identify the critical path
Create
1. Discuss the flow of goods, services, resources and money payments in a simple economy with the help
of a suitable diagram.
2. Sketch and explain the demand relationship in each of the following statements.
a. I would never buy a Britney Spears CD! You could not even give me one for nothing.
b. I generally buy a bit more coffee as the price falls. But once the price falls to Rs.2/-, I‟ll buy out the
entire stock of the supermarket.
c. I spend more on orange juice even as the price rises. (Does this mean that I must be violating the law
of demand?)
3. “Managerial Economics is the discipline which deals with application of economic theory to business
management”, Discuss.
4. How information technology has enabled the development of project management in recent times?
5. “GE Matrix is an extension of BCG Matrix‟, Discuss.
169
16EE005 Flexible AC Transmission Systems

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the importance and scope of FACTS Controllers
2. Analyze the performance of shunt controllers and reactive power injection to improve the power
quality
3. Illustrate the operation of FACTS devices in the power applications
4. Show the performance of TCSC, TSSC, SVC and UPFC for the given power system network
5. Identify the suitable FACTS controller for required line compensation
6. Distinguish the various types of Regulators suitable for Power system
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO3 PO5

1 3 1 3
2 3 1 1
3 3 1 3
4 3 1 3
5 3 2 1
6 3 1 2
Unit I
General System Considerations
Transmission Interconnections, flow of power in AC systems, Loading capability, power flow and Dynamic
Stability considerations of a transmission interconnections, Relative importance of controllable parameters.
Basic types of FACTS Controllers, Benefits from FACTS technology, HVDC versus FACTS.
Reactive power control in electrical power transmission lines
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Shunt Compensators
Static shunt compensators-Objectives of Shunt compensation, Methods of controllable VAR generation-TCR,
TSC, FC-TCR, TSC-TCR, STATCOM.
Steady State Power Transfer
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Series Compensators
Objectives of series compensation, Variable impedance type series compensators -GCSC, TSSC, TCSC and
SSSC, Switching converter type series compensators.
SSR Mitigation
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Voltage Regulators
Static Voltage Regulators, Objectives of voltage and Phase Angle Regulators, Thyristor Controlled Phase
Angle Regulators, Switching converter based Phase Angle Regulators, Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC)
and Interline Power Flow Controller (IPFC).
Control coordination using genetic algorithm
12+3 Hour
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. Narain G. Hingorani and Laszlo Gyugyi, Explaining FACTS – Concepts and Technology of Flexible
AC Transmission Systems, Wiley-IEEPress, 2011
2. K. R. Padiyar, FACTS Controllers in Power Transmission & Distribution, New Age International
(P) Ltd., 2013
170
3. R. Mohan Mathur and Rajiv K. Varma, Thyristor Based FACTS Controller for Electrical Transmission
Systems, Wiley Interscience Publications, 2012.
Reference (s)
1. E. Acha, V. G. Agelidis, O. Anaya-Lara, T. J. E, Power Electronic Control in Electrical Systems.
Miller, Newnes Power Engineering Series, Oxford, 2012.
SAMPLE QUESTION (S)

Int. Test 1
Cognitive Level Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test (%)
(%)
Remember 10 10 --
Understand 45 40 --
Apply 45 50 60
Analyze -- -- 40
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List any four advantages of slope in dynamic characteristics of SVC

2. List any four applications of TCSC
3. Define the term FACTS
4. List the four models of TCSC
Understand
1. Explain the various basic types of FACTS controllers in detail.

2. Explain the working and characteristic of Thyristor Switched Series Capacitor
3. Explain the reactive power compensation at the sending, midpoint and receiving ends of the
transmission lines
4. Explain the operation of UPFC with vector diagrams.
5. Explain the principle of operation and VI characteristics of STATCOM with neat sketch.
Apply
1. Show the symptoms of voltage collapse

2. Justify that the variation of capacitive reactance achieved in TCSC
3. Show the ways of coordinating FACTS controller
4. Show the construction and power transfer capability of UPFC
Analyze
1. Identify the reasons of implementing the damping control of a TCSC

2. Identify the causes of series compensation in long transmission lines
3. Compare STATCOM and SVC
4. Compare UPFC and IPFC
171
16PE008 Wind Energy
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Indicate the factors affecting the distribution of wind energy on the surface of the earth
2. Assess the variation of wind speed with height and time
3. Explain the energy estimation and power extraction from the concepts of wind turbine aerodynamics
4. Demonstrate the types of wind turbine – horizontal and vertical axis
5. Illustrate the working principle of the main components of HAWT and VAWT
6. Explain the characteristics, schemes and block diagram of wind energy conversion systems
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO13

1 3 3
2 3 3
3 3 3
4 3 3
5 3 3
6 3 3
Unit I
Introduction to Wind energy
Introduction, origin of winds – global winds, local winds; factors affecting the distribution of wind energy on
the surface of the earth, nature of winds, wind data, variation of wind speed with height, variation of wind speed
with time, wind turbine citing, major applications of wind power that require mechanical power, off-grid and
grid-connected electrical power source applications.
Reserves and resources of energy – origin of renewable sources
10+4 Hours
Unit II
Wind turbine aerodynamics
Basics of fluid mechanics – terms and definitions, elementary fluid flow concepts; energy estimation of wind,
power extraction from wind, axial thrust on turbine, torque developed by the turbine, dynamic matching for
maximum power extraction – tip-speed ratio, blade pitch angle.
Wind Power – variability, speed data
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Wind turbine types and their construction
Horizontal axis wind turbine(HAWT) – main components, types of rotors, teetering of rotor, upwind and
downwind machines, yaw-control system, pitch-control system; Vertical axis wind turbine(VAWT) – main
components, support structure, types of rotors, lift and drag type machines, effect of solidity, HAWT vs VAWT.
Wind Turbine operation – Small and Large Wind Turbines
12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Wind energy conversion systems (WECS)
Wind turbine operation and power vs wind speed characteristics, general block diagram of a WECS, fixed speed
drive scheme, variable speed drive scheme, effects of wind speed and grid condition (system integration), wind
energy storage, environmental aspects, wind energy programme in India
Wind Power Generation, Principles of wind power, Maximum & Actual Power.
12+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook(s)
172

2. B.H Khan, Non-Conventional Energy Sources, MGH, 2nd Ed, 2014
Reference(s)
2. A.K Raja, Amit, Manish, Power Plant Engineering, New Age International, 2014
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 20 --
Understand 45 35 --
Apply 30 45 100
Analyze -- -- --
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List the factors that leads to accelerated development of wind power
2. List any four favourable sites for installing wind power
3. List any four advantages and disadvantages of wind energy
4. List the major applications of wind power
Understand
1. Formulate the expression for maximum axial thrust experienced by a wind turbine
2. Summarize the environmental aspects of wind energy
3. Illustrate various types of drive schemes used in wind turbines
4. Compare upwind and downwind machines
Apply
1. Demonstrate the effects of solidity on the performance of wind turbines

2. Assess the suitability of various types of generators for wind-power generation
3. Use power output vs tip-speed ratio characteristic curve to obtain the variation in the power output
4. Use Betz model of a wind turbine to obtain the expression for power extraction from wind
2
173
16PE009 Utilization of Electrical Energy and Traction (Elective–IV)
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Select appropriate electric drive for given load characteristics
2. Explain the terms and laws of illumination
3. Implement different lighting schemes for different application
4. Infer electric heating and welding equipment for industrial applications
5. Explain the terms and principle of electric traction
6. Analyze different schemes and control of traction
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO7 PO12 PO13

1 3 1 2 3 3 3
2 3 1 2 1 1 1
3 3 2 3 3 3 3
4 3 2 3 3 3 3
5 3 1 1 1 1 1
6 3 2 2 2 3 3
Unit I
Electric Drives
Type of electric drives, temperature rise, particular applications of electric drives, types of industrial loads,
continuous, intermittent and variable loads, methods of electric braking-plugging rheostatic braking and
regenerative braking, load equalization use of fly wheel criteria for selection of motor for various industrial
drives, Selection of motor for various industrial drives
Applications of individual electric drives
11+3 Hours
Unit II
Illumination
Introduction - definition and meaning of terms used in illumination engineering- Laws of illumination -
classification of light sources - incandescent lamps, sodium vapour lamps, mercury vapour lamps, fluorescent
lamps – design of illumination systems - indoor lighting schemes - factory lighting halls - outdoor lighting
schemes - flood lighting - street lighting - energy saving lamps, LED.
Recent Illumination practices
11+3 Hours
Unit III
Electric Heating &Welding
Advantages and methods of electric heating-resistance heating, induction heating and dielectric heating, recent
trends in electrical heating. Electric welding-resistance and arc welding, comparison between A.C. and D.C.
Welding, Recent trends in electrical welding
Applications of electrical heating and welding
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Electric Traction
Electric Traction: Traction Principles –Selection and special features of traction motor, Types of systems,
services and supply systems, Train resistance and adhesion, tractive-effort, general equation of train motion,
speed time curve; energy and specific energy consumption, Riding Index. Traction Drive: Requirements for
traction application, Consideration for motor selection. Control of Traction Motors: Starting, speed control and
braking, Mechanics of train movement. Energy consideration, rectifier system and power electronic control,
OHE; current collection; feeding and distribution system.
Calculations of tractive effort, power, specific energy consumption
174
12+5Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. J.B.Gupta, “Utilisation Electric power and Electric Traction”, 10th Ed.,S.K.Kataria and sons, 2012
2. C.L.Wadhwa, “Generation, Distribution and Utilization of electrical Energy”,3rd Ed., New Age
International (P) LimitEd., Publishers, 2015
Reference (s)
1. E. Openshaw Taylor, “Utilisation of Electric Energy”,1st Ed., Orient Longman, 2009
2. R.K.Rajput, “Utilisation of Electric Power”, 2nd Ed.,Laxmi publications private Limited.,2017
3. H.Partab, “Art & Science of Utilization of electrical Energy”,3rd Ed., DhanpatRai & Sons, 2016
SAMPLE QUESTION (S)
Cognitive
Int.Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test3 (%)
Level
Remember 25 15 --
Understand 35 40 --
Apply 40 45 55
Analyze -- -- 30
Evaluate -- -- 15
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. State the reason for preferring series motor in traction
2. List any two advantages of electric braking over mechanical braking
3. List any two advantages and disadvantages of electric drive
4. Define regenerative braking
5. Define (i) waste light factor (ii) depreciation factor (iii) coefficient of utilization
Understand
1. Explain different measurement techniques used for luminous intensity
2. Justify the reason of using AC motors are used in electric traction.
3. Illustrate the different types of lighting schemes
4. Explain the properties of heating element
5. Explain various characteristics to be considered for selection of electric drive
Apply
1. A lamp fitted with 120 degrees angled cone reflector illuminates circular area of 200 metre in diameter.
The illumination of the disc increases uniformly from 0.5 metre-candle at the edge to 2 metre-candle at
the centre. Determine i. the total light received ii. Average illumination of the disc iii. Average CP of
the source.
2. A 20KW single-Phase, 220V resistance oven employs circular nichrome wire for its heating element, if
the wire temperature is not to exceed 12270 and the temperature of the charge is to be 4270C, calculate
the size and length of the wire required. Assume emissivity = 0.9, radiating efficiency = 0.6 and
specific resistance of wire = 1.09 X 10–6 Ω-m.
3
175
3. Two similar lamps having uniform intensity of 500 candle power in all directions below the horizontal
are mounted at a height of 4 meters. What must be the maximum spacing between the lamps so that the
illumination on the ground midway between the lamps shall be at least one half the illuminations
directly under the lamps?
Analyze
1. Compare Tungsten filament lamp with Fluorescent tubes
2. Differentiate resistance and arc welding
3. Compare sodium vapour lamp and mercury vapour lamp
4. Differentiate illumination and luminous intensity
Evaluate
1. An electric train is to have acceleration and breaking retardation of 0.8 Km/h/s and 3.2 Km/h/s
respectively. If the ratio of maximum to average speed is 1.3 and time for stops 26 seconds, find
schedule speed for a run of 1.5 km. Assume simplified trapezoidal speed-time curve.
2. A motor fitted with a fly wheel that supplies a load of torque 500m for 33 sec. during no load period
the fly wheel regains its original speed. The motor torque is required to be limited to 400n-m. The no
load speed of the motor is 800 rpm and its full load slip is 10% determine the moment of inertia of the
fly wheel.
3. 400 tonne goods train is to be hauled by a locomotive up a gradient of 2% with an acceleration of 1
km/h/s, coefficient of adhesion is 20%, track resistance 40N/tonnes and effective rotating masses 10%
of the dead weight. Find the weight of locomotive and the number of axis, if the axle load is not to
increase beyond 22 tones.
4. A hall measuring 20mx50m is to be illuminated by suitable lamps to give an average illumination of 45
lux. The following data may be used: Mounting height from the working plane =3m Utilisation factor
=0.65 Depreciation factor =1.3 The lamps are to be chosen from the following groups:
Rating in watts 75 100 150 200
Total lumens 800 1200 2000 2800
Calculate the number of lamps of each type.
176
16PE010 Theory of Machines and Design of Machine Elements (Elective IV)

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Recognize and calculate velocity and acceleration of simple mechanisms

2. Explain the concept of balancing and working principles of governors
3. Identify and compute the type of stresses induced in machine element subjected to various loads
4. Design and analysis of shaft, bearings and coupling for engineering applications
5. Design and analysis of bolt and welded joints subjected to static load
6. Design and analysis of spur and helical gear drives employed in transmission systems
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2 PO3

1 3 2 2
2 3 2 2
3 3 2 2
4 3 2 3
5 3 2 3
6 3 2 3
Unit I
Fundamentals of Mechanisms
Planar mechanisms, four bar linkage, whit worth quick-return mechanism, Construction of velocity and
acceleration diagram by graphical method (Relative Velocity Method).Cam and follower mechanisms, (Simple
numericals only)
Degree of freedom, Grubler & Kutzbach Criterion
12+3 Hours
Unit II
Dynamics of Machines
Balancing of rotating masses, Governor Terminology, working principle, Types - Watt, Porter and Proell
governor, Gyroscope- Gyroscopic effect. Elements of vibration, free undamped vibration, Forced vibration
(Simple numericals only)
Whirling, Damping ratio
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Stresses in Machine members & Design of Shafts, Keys and Couplings
Introduction to the design process - Design for variable loading – Estimation of endurance strength -Soderberg,
Goodman, Gerber methods and combined stresses. Flat and V- Belt Drives.
Design of solid and hollow shafts based on strength, rigidity and critical speed, Shaft sizes-BIS code-Design of
keys. Design of rigid couplings-Muff, Split Muff and flange coupling.
Limits, Fits and Tolerance, stress concentration
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Design of Bearings, Gears and welded Joints
Design of journal bearings - Design of rolling contact bearing Ball and roller bearing. Spur and Helical gears-
Introduction, Gear design, Force analysis, Tooth stresses - Failure in gears. Design of welded joints - Butt and
Fillet welded Joints.
Lubricants, Cotter and knuckle joint, bonded joints, Gear trains
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 hours
177
Textbook (s)
1. S. S. Rattan, Theory of Machines, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Ballaney P L, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.
3. V. B. Bhandari, Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2010.
4. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, PSG College of Technology, Design Data Book, M/s.Kalai kathir
Achchagam, 2013.
Reference (s)
1. Rao J S and Dukkipati, Mechanism and Machine Theory, Wiley- Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
2. J. E. Shigley and C. R. Mischke, Mechanical Engineering Design, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
3. R. C. Juvinall and K. M. Marshek, Fundamentals of Machine Component Design, John Wiley & Sons,
New Delhi, 2011.
4. R. L. Norton, Design of Machinery, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2004.
5. M. F. Spoutts, T. E. Shoup and I. E. Hornberger, Design of Machine Elements Pearson Education,
2006.
Sample Question (s)

Remember 15 10 --
Understand 20 25 --
Apply 65 65 60
Analyze -- -- 40
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define an Engineering design

2. Define the terms load, stress and strain
3. Define kinematic link
4. Define Inversion of Mechanism
5. List any four applications of sliding contact bearing
6. Define thin film lubrication
7. List the types of gear trains
8. Define critical speed of a shaft
9. List the types of vibration
10. List the different types of balancing
Understand
1. Predict the effect of stress concentration in design process

2. Identify any two applications of hollow shaft
3. In what way hollow shaft is better than solid shaft?
4. Classify stress induced in eccentrically loaded joint
5. Explain how to use Wahl’s stress factor in design
Apply
4
178
1. A reciprocating steam engine connecting rod is subjected to a maximum load of 65 kN. Find the
diameter of the connecting rod at its thinnest part, if the permissible tensile stress is 35MPa.
2. The crankpin of an engine sustains a maximum load of 35 kN due to steam pressure. If the allowable
bearing pressure is 7 MPa, find the dimensions of the pin. Assume the length of the pin equal to 1.2
times the diameter of the pin.
3. A bar of 2 m length, 20 mm breadth and 15 mm thickness is subjected to a tensile load of 30 kN. Find
the final volume of the bar, if the Poisson’s ratio is 0.25 and Young's modulus is 200 GPa.
4. 4. A motor car shaft consists of a steel tube 30 mm internal diameter and 4 mm thick. The engine
develops 10 kW at 2000 r.p.m. Find the maximum shear stress in the tube when the power is
transmitted through a 4 : 1 gearing.
5. A shaft 80 mm diameter transmits power at maximum shear stress of 63 MPa. Find the length of a 20
mm wide key required to mount a pulley on the shaft so that the stress in the key does not exceed 42
MPa.
6. Design a bushed-pin type flexible coupling for connecting a motor shaft to a pump shaft for the
following service conditions: Power to be transmitted = 40 kW; speed of the motor shaft = 1000 r.p.m.;
diameter of the motor shaft = 50 mm; diameter of the pump shaft = 45 mm.
7. An engine cylinder is 300 mm in diameter and the steam pressure is 0.7 MPa. If the cylinder head is
held by 12 studs, find the size. Assume safe tensile stress as 28 MPa.
8. The main bearing of a steam engine is 100 mm in diameter and 175 mm long. The bearing supports a
load of 28 kN at 250 r.p.m. If the ratio of the diametric clearance to the diameter is 0.001 and the
absolute viscosity of the lubricating oil is 0.015 kg/m-s, find: 1. The coefficient of friction; and 2. The
heat generated at the bearing due to friction.
Analyze
1. A cast iron pulley transmits 20 KW at 300 RPM. The diameter of pulley is 550 mm and has four
straight arms of elliptical cross section in which major axis is twice the minor axis. Find the dimensions
of the arm, if the allowable bending stress is 15 MPa.
2. Find the diameter of a shaft to transmit twisting moments varying from 800 Nm to 1600Nm. The
ultimate tensile strength for the material is 600MPa, and yield stress is 400MPa. Assume the stress
concentration factor=1.2; surface finish factor =0.8 and size factor =0.85.
3. A ball bearing subjected to a radial load of 5 kN is expected to have a life of 8000 hours at 1450 r.p.m.
with a reliability of 99%. Calculate the dynamic load capacity of the bearing so that it can be selected
from the manufacturer's catalogue based on a reliability of 90%.
4. Design a spur gear pair to transmit 1.5 kW at 1440 rpm from an electric motor to an air compressor
running at 720 rpm. Material to be used is Cast Iron grade 25 for both pinion and wheel. Gear is to
work 8 hours per day, six days a week and for 3 years.
5. Design a pair of helical gears to transmit 10 kW at 1000 rpm of the pinion reduction ratio of 5 is
required. Assume suitable materials and other data.
6. An open belt drive is required to transmit 10 KW of power from a motor running at 600 rpm. Diameter
of the driving pulley is 250mm. the speed of the driven pulley is 220 rpm. The belt is12 mm thick and
has a mass density of 0.001 g/mm³. Safe stress in the belt is not to exceed 2.5N/mm². The two shafts
are 1.25 m apart. The co efficient of friction is 0.25. Determine the width of the belt.
179
16EE007 High Voltage Engineering

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Recall the behavior of gas, solids and liquids when they are used as insulation medium
2. Explain the concepts used for the generation of high voltages, currents and design of
Corresponding circuits
3. Explain high voltage testing methods and propose suitable testing instruments
4. Apply numerical methods in calculating electrical parameters related to High voltage Engineering
5. Check the performance of isolators and circuit breakers
6. Explain about over voltage phenomenon
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO3 PO5

1 2 1 2
2 3 1 1
3 3 1 3
4 3 3 2
5 2 1 3
6 1 1 1
UNIT-I
Introduction to High Voltage Technology and Applications
Electric Field Stresses, Gas / Vacuum as Insulator, Liquid Dielectrics, Solids and Composites, Estimation and
Control of Electric Stress, Numerical methods for electric field computation, Surge voltages, their distribution
and control, Applications of insulating materials in transformers, rotating machines, circuit breakers.
Cable power capacitors and bushings 9+3 Hours
UNIT-II
Break Down In Gaseous, Liquids and Solid Dielectrics
Breakdown in Gases- Gases as insulating media, collision process, Ionization process, Townsend’s criteria of
breakdown in gases, Paschen’s law. Breakdown in Liquids- Liquid as Insulator, pure and commercial liquids,
breakdown in pure and commercial liquids Breakdown in Solids- Intrinsic breakdown, electromechanical
breakdown, thermal breakdown, breakdown of solid dielectrics in practice, Breakdown in composite dielectrics.
Solid dielectrics used in practice 13+4 Hours
UNIT-III
Generation, Measurement and Testing Of High Voltages and Currents
Generation - Generation of High Direct Current Voltages, Generation of High alternating voltages, Generation
of Impulse Voltages, Generation of Impulse currents, Tripping and control of impulse generators. Measurement
- Measurement of High Direct Current voltages, Measurement of High Voltages alternating and impulse,
Measurement of High Currents-direct, alternating and Impulse, Oscilloscope for impulse voltage and current
measurements. Measurement of DC Resistivity, Measurement of Dielectric Constant and loss factor, Partial
discharge measurements. Testing - Testing of Insulators and bushings, Testing of Isolators and circuit breakers,
Testing of cables, Testing of Transformers, Testing of Surge Arresters.
Radio Interference measurements 14+5 Hours
UNIT – IV
Over Voltage Phenomenon and Insulation Co-Ordination
Natural causes for over voltages – Lightning phenomenon, Overvoltage due to switching surges, system faults
and other abnormal conditions, Principles of Insulation Coordination on High voltage.
Extra High Voltage power systems 9+3 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
180
Text books:
1. High Voltage Engineering by M.S.Naidu and V. Kamaraju – TMH Publications, 3rd Ed, 2012
2. High Voltage Engineering: Fundamentals by E.Kuffel, W.S.Zaengl, J.Kuffel by Elsevier, 2nd Ed, 2014.
References:
1. High Voltage Engineering by C.L.Wadhwa, New Age Internationals (P) Limited, 2014.
2. High Voltage Insulation Engineering by Ravindra Arora, Wolfgang Mosch, New Age International (P)
Limited, 3rd ed, 2012.
Sample Question (s)
Cognitive level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test5 (%)
Remember 10 10 ---
Apply 40 70 60
Analyze --- --- 40
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define electric field intensity
2. List out four numerical methods for electric field computation
3. Define Impulse Voltages
4. Define Dielectric Constant
5. Define loss factor
Understand
1. Illustrate the advanced power system network
2. Explain the scheme of cascade connection of transformers without isolating transformers for generating
very high A.C. voltages
3. Explain the method of resistance potential dividers to measure dc voltages
4. Explain the working principal of digital peak volt meter to measure high ac voltages
5. Explain about Intrinsic break down
6. Explain about Electro mechanical breakdown
7. Illustrate principal of generating voltmeters to measure high dc voltages
8. Explain briefly about Finite difference method (FDM)
9. Classify the application of insulating materials in transformers
Apply
1. Find equation for Townsend’s criteria for breakdown

2. Select equation for Paschen’s law and explain with paschen’s curve
3. Choose the Field enhancement factor and Uniform & Non- uniform field distribution
4. Execute the methods used to reduce the effect of surge voltages
Analyze
1. Differentiate between high voltage and extra high voltage systems

2. Identify the reasons for failure in HV systems
3. Justify the need of Cockcroft-Walton circuit for voltage multiplier circuits
5
181
4. Compare between break down in gases and liquids

5. Identify Van de Graaff generator in HVE
182
16PE011 Energy Management and Auditing

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the energy demand and supply, energy crisis and future energy scenario
2. Illustrate Energy management techniques and perform energy audit
3. Explain various energy economics, unit commitment table by evaluation optimal power flow
4. Find the requirement for the efficient use of energy
5. Reproduce various energy policies & reforms
6. Explain various energy management measuring devices and tools
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO3 PO5

1 2 2
2 3 3
3 3 3
4 3 2
5 2 1
6 3 2
UNIT-I
Introduction
Energy situation – world and India, energy consumption, conservation-need in thermal utility, Codes, standards
and Legislation,
Energy economic analysis--The time value of money concept, developing cash flow models, payback analysis,
depreciation, taxes and tax credit – numerical problems
Energy Policy based on management 12+4 Hours
UNIT-II
Energy auditing
Introduction, Elements of energy audits, energy use profiles, measurements in energy audits, presentation of
energy audit results, case study.
Electrical system optimization--The power triangle, motor horse power, power flow concept.
Concept of electric machines-AC& DC 10+4 Hours
UNIT-III
Electrical equipment and power factor
Electrical equipment and power factor correction and location of capacitors, energy efficient motors, lighting
basics, electrical tariff, Concept of ABT, Flexibilization in thermal power plant.
Electricity Act 2003 10+3 Hours
UNIT – IV
Demand side management
Introduction to DSM, concept of DSM, benefits of DSM, different techniques of DSM – time of day pricing,
multi-utility power exchange model, time of day models for planning, load management, load priority
technique, peak clipping, peak shifting, valley filling, strategic conservation, energy efficient equipment.
Management and Organization of Energy Conservation awareness Programs
Bureau of energy efficiency manual 13+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text books:
1. Albert Thumann, Fundamentals of Energy Engineering, Prentice Hall Inc, Englewood Cliffs, New
Jersey, 3rd ed, 2013
2. A S. Pabla, Electrical Power distribution, TMH, 5th edition, 2014
183
References:
1. Recent Advances in Control and Management of Energy Systems, D.P.Sen, K.R.Padiyar, Indrane Sen,
M.A.Pai, Interline Publisher, Bangalore, 2013
2. Energy Demand – Analysis, Management and Conservation, Ashok V. Desai, Wiley Eastern, 2015.
Sample Question (s)
Remember 10 15 ---
Apply 30 40 55
Analyze --- --- 45
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define Energy
2. List out various types of energy resources present in Globe
3. Define principle of energy audit
4. Define energy management and auditing
5. Define load profiles
6. Define power factor
Understand
1. Summarise the duties of energy auditor and manager
2. Explain the types of energy audit
3. Explain energy policies and IETS
4. Explain break even chart
5. Explain about depreciation with all methods
6. Explain power factor methods and controlling
7. Illustrate Load management
8. Formulate energy auditing report in tabular form
Apply
1. Show how role of IT is important in EA&M

2. Demonstrate the star delta method of power factor improvement
3. Implement efficient lighting systems with Lux meter
4. Find SHR & MF and ratios of lighting with equations
Analyze
1. Differentiate between Tariff and billings

2. Justify preferential tariff with flow diagram
3. Justify Electricity Act 2003
4. Justify DSM and write scope of DSM
5. Contrast Peak clipping and valley shifting
6
184
16PE012 HV Transmission
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the operational concepts of HV transmission

2. Illustrate the background and control of HVDV transmission and converters
3. Explain the principle of dc link control
4. Evaluate the fault and protection methods for HVDC transmission
5. Analyze HVDC converters and system control
6. Analyze HVDC converters fault and protection
COs – POs Mapping

1 3 2 2 3
2 3 2 2 3
3 3 3 2 3
4 3 3 3 3
5 3 3 3 3
6 3 3 3 3
Unit I
Basic Concepts HVAC and HVDC transmission:
Basic Concepts HVAC transmission: HVAC transmission lines-Need for EHV transmission lines, Transmission
line trends, Standard transmission voltages, Power handling capacity and line loss, Transmission line
equipment, Mechanical consideration in line performance.
Basic Concepts HVDC transmission: Economics & Terminal equipment of HVDC transmission systems, Types
of HVDC Link, Apparatus required for HVDC Systems, Comparison of AC &DC Transmission, Application of
DC Transmission System
Sag calculations 11+4 Hours
Unit II
Line and ground reactive parameters & Voltage gradients of conductors:
Line inductance and capacitances, sequence inductance and capacitance, modes of propagation, ground return
:Electrostatic field in line charge and properties, Electrostatic charge, Potential relations for multi-conductors,
distribution of voltage gradient on sub conductors in bundle conductors.
ABCD parameters, Ferranti effect, GMD and GMR 12+3 Hours
Unit III
Analysis of HVDC Converters & Converter & HVDC System Control
Analysis of HVDC Converters: Choice of Converter configuration, characteristics of 6 Pulse & 12 Pulse
converters using two 3 phase converters in star-star mode.
Converter & HVDC System Control: Principles of DC Link Control, Back-back stations, Converter Control
Characteristics-Firing angle control, Current and extinction angle control, Effect of source inductance on the
system, Starting and stopping of DC link.
Basic operation of converters and control techniques 11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Reactive Power Control in HVDC:
Reactive Power Requirements in steady state, Conventional control strategies, Alternate control strategies,
Sources of reactive power, Filters.
Converter Fault & Protection: Converter faults, protection against over current and over voltage in converter
station, surge arresters, smoothing reactors, DC breakers, effects of audible noise, space charge field, corona on
DC lines.
Types of filters and EMI reduction 11+4 Hours
185
Total: 45+15 hours
Textbook (s)
1. K.R.Padiyar, HVDC Power Transmission Systems: Technology and system Interactions , New Age
International (P) Limited, and Publishers, 2nd Ed, 2014
2. S.Rao , EHVAC and HVDC Transmission Engineering and Practice, 3rd Ed, 2015
Reference (s)
1. J.Arrillaga, HVDC Transmission, PHI, 3rd ed, 2014
2. E.W.Kimbark, Direct Current Transmission John Wiley & Sons, 2015
3. E.Uhlmann, Power Transmission by Direct Current, B.S.Publications, 2014
Sample Question (s)

Remember 35 25 ---
Apply 30 30 70
Analyze --- --- 30
Evaluate --- --- --
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. State main components of HVDC Transmission

2. List the advantages and disadvantages of HVDC Transmission
3. State the comparison of AC & DC transmission system
4. List the types of HVDC links
5. List the applications of HVDC transmission systems
Understand
1. Explain Flexible AC Transmission systems (FACTS)

2. Explain HVDC Transmission
3. Contrast between monopolar and bipolar DC links
4. Compare HVAC and HVDC transmission
5. Classify DC links
Apply
1. Show the rating of the valve used in graetz circuit is 2.094Pd where Pd is dc power transmitted
2. For a 3 phase 6 pulse gratez’s circuit draw the timing diagram considering overlap angle is less
than 60 degree and without overlap for the following a) Voltage across load b) Voltage across any
two pair of conduction valves
3. Show the basic physical phenomenon arising in DC insulation
Analyze
1. Compare and Contrast between bipolar and homopolar DC links

2. Differentiate HVDC and HVAC
7
186
16PE013 Energy Economics and Policy Regulations

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Recall conversion of coal, oil, gas, nuclear, hydro, solar, geothermal, energy to electrical energy
2. Analyze comparisons of capital cost allocation, operating cost, including fuel costs
3. Find percentages and have understanding for magnitudes of energy and resources used
4. Explain and analyze fixed and operating costs for various energy sources
5. Apply numerical methods in calculating tariff and interests of various generating units
6. Summarize quotas tendering and budgeting process
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO3 PO5

1 2 2
2 3 3
3 3 3
4 3 2
5 2 2
6 3 1
UNIT-I
Introduction to power plants
Layouts of Solar, Wind, Biomass, Ocean energy and Geothermal Power Plants-Comparison and Selection, Load
Duration Curves, Techno economic analysis.
Hydro power plants 10+3 Hours
UNIT-II
Grid interconnection
General nature of renewable energy sources and variation in availability; Impact on grid; Allowable grid
penetration in preserving reliability of supply; Stand-alone systems; Storage of electricity for autonomous
supply; Examples of design of remote supply system, case study.
Single line diagram of electric grid 13+4 Hours
UNIT-III
Economic aspects of power plants
Introduction, terms commonly used in system operations, factors affecting cost of generation, reduction of cost
by interconnecting generators, choice of size and number of generator units, Input output curves of thermal and
hydropower plants, Incremental fuel rate curves, incremental fuel cost curve, constraints on economic
generation, economic loading of generators, load allocation among various generators, base load and peak load
plants.
Rankine cycle, Brayton cycle, Otto cycle 13+5 Hours
UNIT – IV
Power plants tariffs
Electricity tariffs, quotas or tenders, Types of Tariffs, Fixed and operating costs for Thermal, Wind and Solar.
Future cost development of onshore and offshore wind energy.
Electricity Act 2003 9+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text book(s):
1. John W. Twidell and Anthony D.Weir, Renewable Energy Resources, 3rd ed, 2012
2. P. K. Nag, Power Plant Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Ed, 2014
187
Reference(s):
1. The Economics of Wind Energy” a report by the European Wind Energy Association- Poul Erik
Morthorst Shimon Awebuch., 2009
2. Dr. P. C. Sharma: Power Plant Engineering Limited, 4th Edition, 2015
3. Chakrabarti, Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar “A text book on Power System Engineering” Dhanpat Rai
Publication, 2nd Edition, 2015
Sample Question (s)
Remember 10 10 ---
Apply 40 50 55
Analyze -- --- 45
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define power plant
2. Write about power plant economics and tariff regulations
3. Reproduce different layouts of solar flat plate systems
4. Write about direct and diffuse radiation
5. Write about solar distributed power plants
6. Write about Impulse Voltages
7. Recall WECS
8. Write the construction of solar furnace tower concept
Understand
1. Illustrate the advantages of solar thermal system
2. Explain the scheme of concentrating solar collectors
3. Explain the working of solar chimney system
4. Explain the working of HAWT & VAWT
5. Explain CSCF& VSCF
6. Illustrate principle of combined diesel and wind power plant.
Apply
1. Implement integrated renewable energy system equation
2. Compute equation for wind power generation with betz criteria
3. Show geothermal energy resources (dry/wet)
4. Implement interconnection technologies
5. Implement NFPA 70 for industries
Analyze
1. Differentiate between power duration and velocity duration curve

2. Justify IREP and energy planning the reasons for failure in HV systems
3. Justify EA-2003
4. Justify quotas and tenders
5. Identify and justify base load plants & peak load plants
8
188
16PE014 Modern Power System Analysis

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Identify system components (ex. Transformers, lines, generators) for positive, negative and zero
sequence networks
2. Interpret nodal admittance and impedance matrices for the power system network
3. Explain and modify existing system and design for future expansion of the system or sub systems for
load flow study the background and control of HVDV transmission and converters
4. Apply the symmetrical component theory to study the fault analysis
5. Implement the behavior of power system under symmetrical and unsymmetrical faults
6. Explain the basic concepts of steady state and transient stabilities and their improvement methods
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO3 PO13

1 3 1 2
2 3 1 1
3 1 2 3
4 1 2 3
5 3 1 1
6 3 2 3
Unit I
Per-unit representation, impedance and admittance matrices
Per-unit System representation of a given power system network. Per-unit equivalent reactance diagram,
Formation of Ybus formation by using singular transformation and direct method
Formation of ZBus: Partial network, Algorithm for modification of ZBus matrix for addition of element in the
following cases: new bus to reference, new bus to old bus, old bus to reference and between two old busses.
Modification of ZBus.
12+3 Hours
Unit II
Power flow studies
Power flow problem, classification of buses, Derivation of Static load flow equations – Load flow solutions
using Gauss Seidel Method, Acceleration Factor, Newton Raphson Method in Rectangular and Polar Co-
Ordinates Form, Derivation of Jacobian Elements, Decoupled load flow method, Fast decoupled load flow
method.
Comparison of different load flow methods 13+5 Hours
Unit III
Short circuit analysis
Symmetrical fault Analysis: Short Circuit Current and MVA Calculations, Fault levels, Application of Series
Reactors.
Symmetrical Component Theory: Symmetrical Component Transformation, Positive, Negative and Zero
sequence, Sequence Networks, Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis: LG, LL, LLG faults without fault impedance
Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis with fault impedance 12+4 Hours
Unit IV
Stability analysis
Power system stability problem, Importance of stability analysis in power system planning and operation.
Classification of power system stability. Derivation of Swing Equation. Determination of Transient Stability by
Equal Area Criterion, Application of Equal Area Criterion, Critical Clearing Angle and time.Solution of Swing
Equation by Point-by-Point Method.
189
Methods to improve Stability

8 +3 Hours
Total: 45+15 hours
Textbook (s)
1. I.J.Nagrath&D.P.Kothari , Modern Power system Analysis, TMH Publications, 4th Edition,2013
2. M.A.Pai, Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis, TMH Publications, 2nd Edition, 2010
Reference (s)
1. Grainger and Stevenson, Power System Analysis, TMH Publications, 2nd Edition, 2013
2. A.R.Bergen, Power System Analysis, PHI Publications, 2nd Edition, 2011
3. HadiSaadat, Power System Analysis, TMH Publications, 2nd Edition, 2012
Sample Question (s)

Remember 30 25 --
Understand 40 45 --
Apply 30 30 70
Analyze --- --- 30
Evaluate --- --- --
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define Per Unit Value

2. List the advantages of Per Unit System
3. List the disadvantages of Newton Raphson method over fast decoupled method
4. Reproduce the swing equation
5. State the equal area criterion for stability a power system
6. Represent the induction motor is represented in reactance diagram
7. Define critical clearing time
Understand
1. Draw the per unit impedance diagram of the network shown in the figure. Choose base quantities
as the generator values
2. Show that p.u impedance of a transformer referred to either HV or LV side is same

3. Derive the bus admittance matrix by using singular transformation
4. Explain the importance of load flow studies in power system networks
5. Explain the nature of fault current in a double line to ground fault through fault impedance
6. Summarize the methods used to improve the transient stability limit
Apply
9
190
1. Explain how do you form Ybus by direct inspection with a suitable example
2. Derive the necessary equations for modification of Zbus when a new element is connected
3. The one line diagram of a power system has a base of 25MVA and 11KV in generator circuit, a)
draw the positive, negative and zero sequence networks of the system. b) Before the occurrence of
a solid LG at bus , the motors are loaded to draw 15and 7.5MW at 10KV, 0.8 leading power factor.
If prefault current is neglected, calculate the fault current and sub transient current in all parts of
the system
4. Draw the reactance diagram for the power system shown in the figure. The ratings of generator
motor and transformers are given below. Neglect resistance and use a base of 50 MVA, 138 kV in
the 40 ohm line.
5. Derive the expressions for load flow solution using G-S method
191
16PE704 Power Systems Lab

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Analyze performance characteristics of under, over voltage & over current induction relays
2. Evaluate breakdown strength of oil
3. Analyze the performance characteristics of a Fuse
4. Evaluate the parameters and performance of a long transmission line
5. Select the voltage controlling methods for Long transmission lines
6. Calibrate the energy meter to find the error in a given energy meter
List of Experiments
1. Time vs. voltage characteristics of under and overvoltage induction relays

2. Time vs. current characteristics of over current induction relay
3. Time vs. current characteristics of directional over current relay
4. Determination of breakdown strength of Transformer oil by variable distance Electrodes
5. Find the Inverse time-current characteristics of fuse and desirable characteristics of Fuse
6. Determination of A,B,C,D parameters of the long Transmission line by conducting O.C and S.C test
and observation of Ferranti effect
7. Determination of the efficiency of the long Transmission line with variable load condition
8. Application of the Voltage control methods for 220KV transmission line simulator model
9. Testing and Calibration of 3-Phase energy meter
10. Time vs. differential current characteristics of percentage biased differential relay
11. Time vs. current characteristics of digital distance relay
12. Plot the Performance Characteristics of Attraction type over current Relay

1. Determine and draw the Time vs PSM characteristics of over current relay for different TSM
2. Design and verify the operating time and pickup current of current Relay
3. Analysis of Long transmission lines with phasor diagrams by considering Pi or T representation.
4. Study of instantaneous relay and the pick-up and reset values
5. Improvement of Regulation of Transmission line using Shunt compensation technique
6. Improvement of power Handling capacity of Transmission line using series compensation Technique
Text Book(s):
1. Power System Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of PE, GMRIT.

2. Badri Ram, D.R.Viswakarma, Power System Protection and Switchgear, 2ndEdition, Tata McGraw
Hill Education, Private Limited, 2012
3. Bhuvanesh A Ozha, Nirmal Kumar C Nair, Power System Protection and Switchgear,2ndEdition,Tata
McGraw Hill Education, Private Limited, 2010
4. Sunil S Rao “Switch Gear and Protection” Khanna Publishers, 2011
10
Students shall opt any one of the Augmented Experiment in addition to the regular experiments
192
16PE705 Power Systems & Simulations Lab

0032
Course Outcomes
1. Analyze the power system under fault conditions
2. Analyze load flows and economic load scheduling in power systems
3. Simulate and Analyze networks and power electronic circuits
4. Simulate the load frequency control of a single area power system
5. Analyze performance characteristics of PV cell
6. Simulate the start-up process of power plant
List of Experiments
1. Determination of ABCD parameters of long transmission lines and voltage profile observation for
open circuit
2. Formation of Y bus using direct inspection method
3. Z bus formation by building Algorithm
4. Solution of Load flow using Gauss Seidel method
5. Solution of Load flow using Newton - Raphson method
6. Optimal power generation without considering transmission losses [economic load dispatch]
7. Optimal power generation by considering transmission losses
8. Simulation and Analysis of LG & LLG faults in a Power system
9. Simulation & Analysis of LL & 3 phase faults in a Power system
10. Simulation of load frequency control of a single area system with and without controller
11. Simulation and analysis of Wind Energy conversion
12. Simulation of 1-phase full converter for R-L-E Load
13. Simulation of boost converter
14. Simulation of Solar –PV system

1. Study of Active and Reactive Power Transfer
2. Analysis of Compensation techniques applied to Transmission line simulator module
3. Study of Fuel cells
4. Study of Micro-processor based Excitation Control
5. Simulation of load frequency control of a two area system with free governor operation
6. Determination of symmetrical components of set of unbalanced currents
7. Determination of symmetrical components of set of balanced currents
Text Book(s):
1. Power Systems & Power Plant Simulation Laboratory Manual, Department of PE, GMRIT
2. I.J.Nagrath & D P.Kothari, Modern Power System Analysis, Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing
Company Ltd, 2015
3. M.A. Pai, Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis, TMH Publications, 2nd Edition, 2010
11
Students shall opt any one of the Augmented Experiment in addition to the regular experiments
193
16PE801 Operation and Control of Power System
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Operate a power system economically by allocation of load optimally

2. Analyze the steady state and dynamic responses of power system controllers
3. Control the frequency of a single control area by free governor operation and governing system
4. Implement the interconnection of several areas to grid by tie-line bias control
5. Select stability controllers to reduce steady state error in power systems
6. Implement the voltage control methods suitable to the practical problems
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO3 PO13

1 3 1 2
2 3 1 2
3 1 2 3
4 1 2 3
5 2 3 2
6 3 3 3
Unit I
Economic operation of power systems
Optimal operation of Generators in Thermal Power Stations, input-output characteristics, Optimum generation
allocation with and without transmission line losses – Loss Coefficients, General transmission line loss formula.
Optimal scheduling of Hydrothermal System-Short term and long term.
Hydrothermal scheduling problem
12+4 Hours
Unit II
Modelling of turbine, generator and governing system
Block diagram of frequency and voltage regulator of turbo generator-Load frequency control single area case-
Modeling of Speed governing system, Turbine model, Generator and load model, complete block diagram of an
isolated power system.
Steady state analysis with and without free governing operation
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Single area and two-area load frequency control
Necessity of keeping frequency constant- Single area control - Dynamic response -uncontrolled and controlled
cases- Load frequency control and economic dispatch control- Two Area Load frequency control –uncontrolled
and controlled cases.
Tie-line bias control
11+3 Hours
Unit IV
Voltage control and Synchronization
Generation and absorption of Reactive power- Reactive power and its effect on system voltage-Methods of
Voltage Control- Synchronous Compensators and static shunt capacitors-Series Capacitors –Shunt reactors-Grid
Synchronization methods.
Combined use of Tap changing and reactive power injection
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari, “Modern Power System Analysis”, TMH, 2nd Edition, 2015
2. S.S.Vadhera, “Power System analysis & Stability”, Khanna Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2014
194
Reference(s)
1. Grainger and Stevenson, Power System Analysis, TMH, 2nd Edition, 2015
2. P.Kundur, Power System Stability and Control , Mc Graw Hill, 2015
Sample Question (s)
Int. Test 1 Int. Test 2

Cognitive Level Assignment Test12 (%)
(%) (%)
Remember 30 25 ---
Apply 30 30 100
Analyze --- --- ---
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List the control variables in power system

2. List any two assumptions made while deriving loss coefficients
3. Define incremental fuel cost
4. Explain regulation in power system
5. State free governor operation
Understand
1. Represent heat rate curve for a thermal system

2. Represent the equation for water availability for given period of time in case of hydroelectric power
plant
3. Formulate loss equation for 3-bus system
4. Represent the equation for water availability for given period of time in case of hydroelectric power
plant
5. Represent the typical values of gains and time constants in a power system
6. Summarize the load frequency control and economic dispatch control of a power system
Apply
1. Find the economic operating schedule if the transmission line losses are coordinated for the following
system.C1 = 0.015 P12+ 16P1 + 50 Rs/hr
C2 = 0.025 P22 + 12P2 + 30 Rs/hrThe loss coefficients of the system are given by B11 =
0.005; B12 = - 0.0012 and B22 = 0.002. The load to be met is 200 MW
2. Find the economical load allocation between the three units, when the total load on the station is 350
MW with the following details.150 MW, 220 MW, and 220 MW are the ratings of three units located
in a thermal power station. Their respective incremental costs are given by the following equations in
Rs / MWh (IFC)1 = (0.11 P1 + 12) ; (IFC)2 = (0.095 P2 + 14) & (IFC)3 = (0.1 P3 + 13)
3. Two generators rated 200 MW and 400 MW are operating in parallel. The drop characteristics of their
governors are 4% and 5% respectively from no load to full load. Assuming that the generators
are operating at 50 Hz at no load, how would a load of 600 MW is shared between them? What will be
the system frequency at this load
4. Assess the dynamic analysis of an isolated single area power system
12
195
16PE802 Power Plant Professional Ethics
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Recognize the need for awareness on human values and engineering ethics
2. Interpret the social responsibility of an engineer with regard to safety
3. Recognize the ethical theories useful for engineering profession
4. Assess ethical dilemma while discharging duties in professional life
5. Recognize the importance of safety practices in power plants
6. Identify ethical issues in erection and commissioning of power plants
COs – POs Mapping

1 2 2 3 2
2 2 3 2 2
3 2 2 3 2
4 3 2 3 2
5 2 2 1 3
6 2 2 1 3
UNIT I
Human values
Morals, Values and Ethics – Integrity – Work Ethics – Honesty – Courage –Empathy – Self- Confidence –
Discrimination- Character, Stress Management.
Aspects of ethics, personal ethics 10+3 Hours
UNIT II
Engineering ethics
Senses of 'Engineering Ethics' - variety of moral issues - types of inquiry - moral dilemmas - moral autonomy -
Kohlberg's theory - Gilligan's theory - consensus and controversy – Models of Professional Roles - theories
about right action - Self-interest –Professional Ideals and Virtues - uses of ethical theories. Valuing Time – Co-
operation – Commitment.
Types of ethical theories 13+4Hours
UNIT III
Safety, Responsibility and rights
Safety in power plants, Risk benefit analysis, Environmental ethics for power plants - engineers as managers
(case studies related to power plants) -consulting engineers-moral leadership-Sample code of conduct, Corporate
social responsibility.
Intellectual property Rights, Collective bargaining
9+4 Hours
UNIT IV
Power Plant Ethics
Ethics issues of Nuclear Power Plant, Case study of Chernobyl Disaster, Ethics of Solar power and Global
warming, Pollution- Types- Environmental issues & Pollution Control Measures in Power sector-Case studies.
Green energy, Greenhouse effect
12+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text books:
1. Mike Martin and Roland Schinzinger, “Ethics in Engineering”, McGraw-Hill, New York 2011
2. “Power Plant Safety”, NPTI Publications, 2010
196
3. R. V. Shahi, “Indian Power Sector: Challenge and Response”, Anurag Jain for Excel books, New
Delhi, 2006
References:
1. Govindarajan M, Natarajan S & Senthil Kumar V. S, “Engineering Ethics”, Prentice Hall of India,
2014
2. R.Subramanian, “Professional Ethics”, Oxford University Press, 2015
3. Lawrence C. Becker & Charlotte B. Becker, “Encyclopedia of Ethics”, Routledge, NewYork, 2001
Sample Question (s)
Cognitive level Int. Test 1 (%) Int. Test 2 (%) Assignment Test13
(%)
Remember 30 30 ---
Apply 20 20 100
Analyze --- --- ---
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Recall sample code of conduct
2. List any eight general safety rules
3. Define values and ethics
4. List any eight personal ethics
5. List any eight computer ethics
Understand
1. Explain the differences and similarities between pranic order and animal order and explain the relation
between the two orders
2. Explain the reasons of unethical practices in profession today
3. Summarize Kohlberg's and Gilligan's theories
4. Contrast different types of extinguishers
5. Exemplify “Engineers as managers”
Apply
1. Demonstrate any one NDT method for leakage detection in pipes
2. Assess different roles of engineers as managers and consulting engineers
3. Choose the scenario ”moral dilemmas” and explain ethics
13
197
16PE015 Hybrid Energy Systems

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain commercial energy and renewable energy sources
2. Explain working principle of various energy systems
3. Classify and explain hybrid energy systems
4. Illustrate the concept of bio diesel hybrid energy system
5. Infer the concept of hybrid electric drive trains
6. Explain the concept of Speed-coupling parallel hybrid electric drive trains
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO1 PO2

1 3 3
2 3 3
3 3 3
4 3 3
5 3 3
6 3 3
Unit I
Outline to renewable energy technologies
Basics of solar thermal, solar photovoltaic, wind energy, small hydro power, biomass, bio gas. Basic principle
and operation of flywheel, battery, super capacitor and fuel cells.
Mathematical equations for power for all renewable energy systems 11+4 Hours
Unit II
Classification of fuel cell based hybrid energy systems
Fuel cell principle working thermodynamics and kinetics of fuel cell process, comparison of battery and fuel cell
Hybrid Energy systems, classification – series, switched and parallel
Distributed energy systems, types of fuel cells 11+4 Hours
Unit III
Classification of hybrid energy systems
Diesel –PV hybrid system, wind - PV hybrid energy system, Small Hydro Power- PV hybrid energy system,
Bio-Diesel hybrid energy system.
Standalone and grid connected systems 12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Hybrid Vehicles
Concept of Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Architectures of Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Series Hybrid Electric
Drive Trains, Parallel Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Torque-Coupling Parallel Hybrid Electric Drive Trains
Speed-Coupling Parallel Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Torque-Coupling and Speed-Coupling Parallel Hybrid
Electric Drive Trains
Types of DC-DC converters for electric vehicles 11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook (s):
2. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao,Sebastien E. Gay, Ali Emadi, “Modern Electric,Hybrid Electric, and Fuel
Cell Vehicles- Fundamentals, Theory, and Design” CRC Press LLC, 2014
3. Viswanathan, B and M Aulice Scibioh, Fuel Cells – Principles and Applications, Universities Press,
2016
4. M.H Rashid, Hand book of Power Electronics
198
Reference(s):
3. Sukhatme, S.P., Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi., 4th ed, 2014
4. Fuel Cell Systems, James Larminie, Andrew Dicks, John Weily& Sons Ltd, 3rd ed, 2013
5. J.F.Manwell,J.G.McGowan,A.L.Rogers ,John, Wind Energy, MGH, 3rd ed, 2013
6. E.J. Womack, MHD Power Generation Engineering Aspects, , Chapman and Hall publication, Weily &
Sons Ltd, 4th ed, 2014
7. S.N.Bhadra, D. Kastha, S. Banerjee , Wind Electrical Systems, Oxford University press, 2nd ed, 2014
Sample Question (s)
Remember 30 30 ---
Apply 20 25 75
Analyze --- --- 25
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define Direct and Diffused solar radiation
2. List any 2 types of wind mills
3. Reproduce the need for direct energy conversion
4. List any four types of Fuel Cells
5. List any 2 types of hybrid energy systems
6. Recall the diagram of DC Coupled Hybrid energy system
7. List any types of Hybrid vehicles
8. Recall the diagram of Parallel Hybrid drive train
Understand
1. Illustrate any one instruments used for measuring the solar radiation
2. Explain with a neat sketch the working of horizontal axis wind mill
3. Explain the working principle of Series Fuel Cell based Hybrid energy system
4. Explain the working principle of Switched Fuel Cell based Hybrid energy system
5. Explain the working principle of AC Coupled Hybrid Energy System
6. Explain the working principle of Diesel-PV based Hybrid Energy System
7. Explain the working principle of Parallel Coupled Hybrid Electric Drive Train
8. Explain the working principle of Series Coupled Hybrid Electric Drive Train
Apply

a. b) Calculate the hour angle at the sunrise and the sunset on March 22 for a surface inclined at
an angle 200 facing south at New Delhi (280 35’ N, 770 12’ E).
2. Deduce the expression for useful energy gain and collection efficiency for flat plate collectors
3. Derive an expression for maximum output fraction from horizontal axis wind power.
4. Derive the relation for transmission coefficient for series of glass covers in flat plate collectors
14
199
Analyze
1. a) Justify the importance of earthquakes and volcanoes in the formation of geothermal resources
b) Outline the status of India in geothermal energy sector
2. a) Describe the structure of earth’s interior with reference to geothermal energy.
b) Does developing geothermal resources widely have any environmental effects? Justify
3. Resolve the parameters “tip-speed ratio” and “coefficient of performance” which characterize a wind
mill rotor.
4. Compare the performance of various types of solar collectors. How is focusing accomplished in
paraboloid dish collector?
5. Compare solar PV system with solar thermal system with reference to i. Future prospects ii.
Application
200
16PE016 Advanced Power Generation Technology

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the limitations of basic steam turbine and gas turbine power plants
2. Infer the knowledge on combined cycle power plants
3. Apply direct energy conversion technologies to power generation
4. Interpret the types and working principles of various fluidized bed technology
5. Explain the working principle of gasification
6. Infer the methods of energy storage
COs – POs Mapping

1 3 2 1 1 1
2 3 2 3 2 2
3 3 2 1 1 1
4 3 2 1 1 1
5 3 2 3 2 3
6 3 2 3 2 3
Unit I
Combined cycle power plants
Limits of steam turbine and gas turbine power plants, Thermodynamics of multi-fluid coupled cycles, Combined
Brayton and Rankine cycle and GT and ST plants, Advantages of Combined cycle power plants, Effect of
supplementary heating, Gas based Combined cycle plants, Choices of GT and ST plants, Coal based Combined
cycle plants, STIG and Repowering, Environmental impact.
Scope of GT-ST combined cycle
12+4 Hours
Unit II
Direct Energy conversion
Fuel cells, MHD steam plant, Solar PV energy generation, Thermo electric steam plant, Thermionic steam plant,
wind energy, Hydrogen energy system.
Geothermal power generation
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Fluidized Bed Technology and gasification
Theory of fluidization-regimes, packed bed, bubbling bed, turbulent bed and fast bed, terminal velocity and
elutriation, Hydrodynamics and heat transfer, Combustion in fluidized beds, Pressurized fluid beds, Fluidized
bed boilers, circulating Fluidized bed boilers, Pressurized fluidized bed boilers, Coal gasifiers.
IGCC plants
11+3 Hours
Unit IV
Energy Storage
Objective and scope-Energy management, methods of energy storage, pumped hydro, Compressed air energy
storage, flywheels, electro chemical, magnetic, thermal and chemical energy storage.
Hydrogen energy storage
11+4 Hours
Total:45+4 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. P.K.Nag, Power Plant Engineering, Mc Graw Hill, 4th Ed, 2015

2. Arora and Domakundwar, Power Plant Engineering, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 3rd Ed, 2014
Reference(s)
201
1. P.C Sharma, Power Plant Engineering, Kotaria Publications, 2nd Ed, 2012
2. R.K.Rajput, Power Plant Engineering, Lakshmi Publicaations, 3rd Ed, 2014
3. M.K.Gupta, Power Plant Engineering, PHI, 2nd Ed, 2012
Sample Question (s)
Int. Test 1 Int. Test 2

Cognitive Level Assignment Test15 (%)
(%) (%)
Remember 30 30 --
Understand 30 40 --
Apply 40 30 100
Analyze -- -- --
Evaluate -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List the limitations of steam turbine and gas turbine power plants
2. List the advantages of combined cycle power plants
3. List the five different types of direct energy conversion techniques
4. Define direct energy conversion
Understand
1. Explain about steam injection into Gas turbine (STIG)

2. Explain about environmental impact of combined cycle power plant
3. Explain about hydrogen energy system
4. Explain about solar PV energy generation
Apply
1. For a Hg-steam-SO2 cycle, the heat rejected in the Hg cycle is given to the steam cycle and heat
rejected in steam cycle is given to SO2 cycle. If the efficiencies of Hg, steam and SO2 cycles are
0.5, 0.4 and 0.25 respectively, find the overall efficiency of the composite cycle.
2. Compare Explicit and Implicit approaches In a combined cycle gas turbine-steam turbine power
plant, the exhaust gas from the open cycle gas turbine is to supply gas to steam generator of the
steam cycle at which additional fuel is burnt in the gas. The pressure ratio for the gas turbine is 7.5,
the air inlet temperature is 15 0C and the maximum cycle temperature is 750 0C.
Combustion of additional fuel raises the gas temperature to 750 0C and the gas leaves the steam
generator at 100 0C. The steam is supplied to the turbine at 50 bar, 600 0C and the condenser
pressure is 0.1 bar. The total power output of the plant is 200 MW. The calorific value of the fuel
burned is 43.3 MW/kg. Neglecting the effect of the mass flow rate of fuel on the air flow,
determine (a) the flow rates of air and steam required, (b) the power outputs of the gas
turbine and steam turbine, (c) the thermal efficiency of the combined plant, (d) the air fuel ratio.
Take Cp = 1.11 kJ/KgK and γ =1.33 for combustion gases, and Cp = 1.005 kJ/KgK and γ =1.4 for
air. Neglect pump work.
15
202
16PE017 Testing and Commissioning of Electrical Equipment

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the common problems arising while commissioning of electric equipments
2. Illustrate the routine tests to be performed for various equipments
3. Explain about the maintenance measures for various equipments
4. Differentiate between transformers, power transformers and distribution transformers
5. Explain the safety rules and regulations of power transmission
6. Explain various electrical grounding techniques
COs – POs Mapping

1 1 2 2 2 2
2 1 2 2 2 2
3 1 3 2 3 3
4 1 3 2 3 3
5 1 2 2 2 2
6 1 2 2 2 2
Unit I
Power Transformers
Insulation resistance measurement and Meggering electrical equipment, temperature effect, polarization index,
causes of poor insulation resistance, Drying out of transformer, Checks before paralleling, parallel operation
Commissioning checks, Maintenance of transformer, maintenance of bushing and tap changers, Functions of
breather, conservator, Troubles, Causes of failures, Ratings, Significance of impedance voltage, voltage
regulation , Inspection, Storage, Handling, Transportation, civil works, site facilities, Commissioning tests
capitalization of losses, Transformers oil: types, composition, properties, maintenance, testing, filtration,
insulation resistance.
Maintenance, testing, filtration, insulation resistance.
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Instrument transformers/Traction, Rectifier Transformer: Current transformers (CT)
applications, accuracy class, magnetization curve, burden, effect of open secondary, terms and definitions, type
tests, routine tests on CTs, precautions, typical ratings, Voltage transformer (VT, PT): application,
specifications, ratings, connections, accuracy class, and burdens, Types of VT construction. Traction
transformers: Types, Special considerations, design and constructional features, Traction transformers for
thyristor-controlled locomotives, Rectifier transformers: comparison between rectifier transformer and power
transformer, utility factor, design feature of rectifier transformer, transductors.
Design feature of rectifier transformer, transductors.
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Rotating machines
Troubles with D.C. Machines and Remedies, Troubles with Commutator, Maintenance of Commutator and
Brushes, Troubles with D.C. Motors, Test to detect the causes of the troubles, Earth-fault Test. Testing of
Induction Motors: Type Tests, Routine Tests, Commissioning Tests, Degree of Protection, Noise and its
Control, Explosion Proof Motor, Installation and commissioning of induction machine and Rotating Machines.
Installation and commissioning of induction machine and Rotating Machines.
12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Parameters of Industrial Rotating Machines
Drying-Out of Electrical Rotating Machines and Insulation Resistance Measurements Steps in drying-Out,
Permissible Temp-rise, Log-sheets, Insulation Resistance, Power Required, Period of Drying Out, Polarisation
Index, Definition of Degree of Protection and cooling Systems, standard IP codes, Definition, Types, Standard
Designations, IC Code, Ratings of Industrial Rotating Machines: Thermal Rating, Operation Duties, Duty
factor, Continuous Rating, Intermittent Duty, Short Time Duty STR, DTR, MCR.
203
Safety Precautions and live line Maintenance: Shocks, Safety procedures, Permission to work, Safety
Clearances, Procedures, Permit to work, Electric Field and Clearances, Live Line Maintenance, Hot-Line
Maintenance, Safety, tools, Degree of Exposures, Biological effects of Electric Field, Electric shock and effects.
Biological effects of Electric Field, Electric shock and effects
11+4Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook (s):
1. S.Rao, Testing Commissioningg Operation & Maintenance of Electrical Equipment, Dhanpat Rai &
Sons, 3rd ed, 2015.
2. Pabla, Electrical Power Distribution, TMH, 3rd ed, 2014.
Reference(s):
1. Transformers – Bharat Heavy Electrical Limited, 2012
2. Tarlok Singh, Installation commissioning and maintenance of electrical equipments , Katson books, 2nd
Ed, 2014
3. J B Gupta, Electrical installation estimating and costing, Dhanpat Rai publications, 2nd ed, 2013
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 25 --
Understand 45 40 --
Apply 30 35 100
Analyze -- -- ---
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define polarization index
2. Define degree of protection
3. List the troubles with D.C motors
Understand
1. Explain about drying out transformer
2. Explain about testing of transformer oil
3. Explain about STR, DTR, MCR
4. Explain different tests associated with induction motors
Apply
1. Select suitable methods for trouble shooting in transformers
2. Show some methods to identify problems in traction transformers
3. Implement STR, DTR, MCR
16
204
16PE018 Nuclear Power Generation (Elective–VI)

3103
Course Outcomes
1. Demonstrate the nuclear power generation scenario in India

2. Explain the properties of fuel materials and fuel management
3. Illustrate the working principles of nuclear reactors
4. Interpret the core vessel and coolant system of nuclear reactors
5. Estimate the losses occur by coolant accident
6. Demonstrate the methods of treating the nuclear waste
COs – POs Mapping

1 3 3 3 3
2 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3
4 3 3 3 3
5 3 3 3 3
6 3 3 3 3
Unit I
Introduction to nuclear physics: Nuclear power generation in general, Structure of atom, chemical and nuclear
reactions, Reactor fuel system, Fuel cycle, Radioactive decay and half-life, Nuclear fission, Production of
reactor fuels, Fuel enrichment, Properties of fuel materials, Fuel management, Reprocessing of spent fuels.
Nuclear stability and binding energy 11+4 Hours
Unit II
Nuclear Reactors: Non-fuel reactor materials, different materials used as moderator, Material for fuel cladding,
Reactor types, different power reactor systems, PHWR, Fast breeder reactors, gas cooled reactors. Heat
conduction in fuel elements, axial temperature distribution of coolant and fuel element.
Pressurized water reactor, Boiling water reactor 11+4 Hours
Unit III
Safety Features: Core vessel and coolant system of different reactors, description of reactor in India. Reactor
safety, general principles of safety, Safety features, Reactor safety analysis, Design basis, Accidents, Loss of
Coolant Accident. Fusion power reactors and its fusion reactions
Fusion reactions of Fusion power reactors 12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Radiation Hazards Treatment: Reactor control, general control features, control devices, control rods and
their driving mechanisms, control in reactor operation, radiation protection, radiation hazards, different Units of
radiation, protection standards, biological effects, radioactive, Biological effects, radioactive waste treatment
systems.
Advanced nuclear waste treatment systems 11+4Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook (s)
1. P.K. Nag, Power Plant Engineering, 3rd Ed., TMH Publishing, New Delhi, 2014
2. Arora & Domakundwar, Power Plant Engineering, 3rd Ed., Dhanpat Rai publishers, 2013
Reference (s)
1. P.C.Sharma, Power Plant Engineering, 4th Ed., Kotaria Publications, 2014

2. Cohen & Rogers, Gas Turbine Theory, 5th Ed., Pearson Education, 2012
3. R. K. Rajput, Power Plant Engineering, 3rd Ed., Lakshmi Publications, 2015
205
4. S. K. Sharma, Power Plant Engineering, 3rd Ed., TMH, 2014
Sample Question (s)
Remember 25 25 --
Understand 45 40 --
Apply 30 35 60
Analyze -- -- 40
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List the essential components of a nuclear reactor
2. Recall the principle of operation of a sodium graphite reactor
3. List any three advantages, disadvantages and applications of pressurized water reactors
Understand
1. Explain essential components of a nuclear reactor
2. Explain i) Fertile materials (ii) Fission of nuclear fuel
3. Explain the construction and working of a gas cooled reactor
4. Summarize the effects of nuclear radiation. Explain the concept of shielding
Analyze
1. Differentiate Boiling Water Reactor and Pressurized water reactor
2. Compare the factors which go in favor of nuclear power plant as compared to other types of power
plants
3. Justify the best practices globally followed in radioactive waste disposal systems
Evaluate
1. Identify the general principles of safety of Nuclear reactors
2. Judge the need for biological effects of nuclear fuels in view of leakage and disposal
17
206
16PE019 Electrical Distribution System
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Apply power system fundamentals to the design of a system that meet specific needs
2. Formulate voltage drop and line losses in a radial distribution network
3. Implement a power system solution based on the problem requirements and realistic constraints
4. Apply different types of compensation techniques for electrical distribution system
5. Explain objectives of protection and coordination
6. Explain compensation techniques for power factor improvement and voltage control
COs – POs Mapping

1 3 2 2 2 2
2 3 3 2 3 3
3 3 2 3 3 3
4 2 3 3 3 3
5 3 3 3 3 3
6 3 3 3 3 3
Unit I
General concepts & distribution feeders
Introduction to distribution systems, Load modeling and characteristics. Coincidence factor, contribution factor,
loss factor - Relationship between the load factor and loss factor. Classification of loads (Residential,
commercial, Agricultural and Industrial) and their characteristics. Design Considerations of Distribution
Feeders: Radial and loop types of primary feeders, voltage levels, Feeder loading
basic design practice of the secondary distribution system, Case study.
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Substations & system analysis: Location of Substations: Rating of distribution substation, service area within
primary feeders. Benefits Derived through optimal location of substations. Voltage drop and power-loss
calculations: Derivation for voltage drop and power loss in lines, manual methods of solution for radial
networks,
Three phase balanced primary lines.
12+3 Hours
Unit III
Protection & coordination: Objectives of distribution system protection, types of common faults and
procedure for fault calculations. Protective Devices: Principle of operation of Fuses, Circuit Reclosures, line
sectionalizes, and circuit Breakers. Coordination of Protective Devices: General coordination procedure.
Isolators and earthing
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Compensation for power factor improvement: Capacitive compensation for power-factor control. Phasor
diagram of models, Different types of power capacitors, shunt and series capacitors, effect of shunt capacitors
(Fixed and switched), Power factor correction, capacitor allocation - Economic justification - Procedure to
determine the best capacitor location.
Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS) devices and operation
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
207
Textbook (s)
1. Turan Gonen, Electric Power Distribution system, Engineering, MGH, 2nd Ed, 2010
2. A.S. Pabla, Electric Power Distribution, Tata Mc Graw-hill Publishing Company, 4th Ed, 2011
Reference(s)
1. Electrical Power Distribution and Automation, S.Sivanagaraju, V.Sankar, Dhanpat Rai & Co, 2nd Ed,
2016
2. Electrical Power Distribution Systems by V.Kamaraju, Right Publishers, 3rd Ed, 2011
Sample Question (s)
Remember 40 35 ---
Apply 25 30 100
Analyze --- --- ---
Create --- --- ---
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. State main components of Distribution System

2. List the advantages and disadvantages of feeder
3. State load factor
4. List the types of Distribution Systems
5. List the applications of Distributor
Understand
1. Explain the effect of series capacitors on control of voltage

2. Explain design and operational aspects that affects the primary feeder voltage level
3. Contrast between feeder and bus bar
4. Compare AC and DC distribution systems
5. Classify different types of primary feeders and write their voltage levels
Apply
1. Select different types of equipment for voltage control with neat diagrams
2. A 120 MW substation delivers 120 MW for 3 hours 60 MW for 8 hours and shut down for rest of each
day. It is also shut down for the maintenance for 15 days each year. Calculate its annual load and
annual loss factor
3. Choose the manual method of solution for radial networks
18
208
16PE020 Operation and Maintenance of Power Plant
3103
Course Outcomes
1. State pre-requisites for power plant operation and maintenance professional

2. Illustrate the basic concepts of power plant operation and maintenance systems
3. Explain operation and maintenance methods used at power plants
4. Infer planning and maintenance schedules of specific equipment used at power plants
5. Illustrate the importance and application of NDT methods applied to power plant
6. State the maintenance of generator cooling and sealing systems
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO4 PO13

1 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
3 2 3 3
4 2 3 3
5 2 2 2
6 2 2 2
Unit I
Power Plant Operation
Operation of feed pumps, condensate pumps and feed water heaters, Operation of FD, ID and PA fans, Operation
of coal, oil and gas burners, Bringing a boiler on load, Run-up and Shutdown of turbo generators, normal and
emergency operation of power plants.
Automatic voltage and frequency control, VAR-compensation during peak and off-peak hours, Relay setting
operation, Setting of under-voltage and under-frequency relays, Voltage collapse due to cascaded trippings and
emergency measures, Automatic load-shedding, Resynchronization and Self-synchronization.
Processes in water treatment plant
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Maintenance Introduction
General procedures in power plant maintenance, maintenance records. Maintenance Planning and Cost Control -
Planning of routine and preventive maintenance, purchasing and stores control.
NDT and its application in Power Plant, Briefing of NDT methods.
Different types of valves in thermal power plant, their construction and applications. Valve lapping, blue
matching, overhaul and maintenance of valves.
Chemicals used for NDT
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Maintenance of Mechanical Equipment / System:
Maintenance of Boiler pressure parts, buck stays, auxiliaries – ID / FD / PA fans, BFP, CWP, Ejectors.
Maintenance of Turbine – HP / IP / LP rotors / cylinders, lube oil and governing oil system. Condenser – cleaning
and air tightness test, Compressor. Heat exchangers - leakage detection
Mechanical shaft seals.
12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Maintenance of Electrical Equipment / System:
Maintenance of Generator – Stator / rotor and cooling / sealing system, Transformers - Insulation testing / drying
out process. Switchgears and relays. Cable jointing techniques.
Charging and discharging of storage cells and their maintenance.
209
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours

Textbook(s)
1. Amiya Ranjan Mallick, Practical boiler operation engineering and power plant, PHI learning Pvt. Ltd,
4th Ed., 2015
2. Modern Power Station Practice, CEGB, Vol-III, 2012
3. Operator’s Handbook, CEGB, 2011
Reference(s)
1. Maintenance Planning and Cost Control, Kelly (East West Publisher), 2014
2. O & M Manuals of BHEL O & M Manuals of NTPC, 2013
Sample Question (s)
Remember 30 25 ---
Apply 20 25 60
Analyze -- -- 40
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List major equipment in thermal power plant

2. List critical operating parameter of BFP, CEP ID and FD Fan
3. List different types of valves applicable in power plant
4. State the maintenance procedure for any two types of valves
Understand
1. Explain General procedures in power plant maintenance

2. Explain any three NDT methods
3. Explain generator stator and rotor and cooling and sealing system maintenance
4. Explain the insulation testing procedure
Apply
1. Choose an NDT method in the maintenance of a boiler
2. Assess various techniques used in maintenance of a generator
3. Select suitable technique used in maintenance of auxiliaries of turbine
19
210
16PE021 Power Plant Erection and Commissioning
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Identify pre-requisites for erection and commission professional

2. Identify the basic elements of power plant mechanical and electrical auxiliaries
3. Explain the basic elements of power plant mechanical, electrical and instrumentation and control
systems
4. Interpret activity sequence for effective implementation of erection and commissioning of a system
5. Assess technical problems during erection and commissioning
6. Explain the types of welding and its processes
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO2 PO4 PO13

1 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
3 2 3 3
4 2 3 3
5 2 2 2
6 2 2 2
Unit I
Erection and Commissioning of Mechanical Systems I:
Commissioning Test Procedures and Performance Guarantee Test, Erection and commissioning of Boiler -
Preparation of commissioning, trial run of various equipments, commissioning of valves, air and gas tightness
test of boiler. Chemical cleaning boiler, preparation for boiler light up, steam blowing. Safety valves setting,
reliable run of boiler. Hydraulic test of boiler. Alkaline flushing and commissioning of regenerative system, acid
cleaning of oil pipe lines, oil flushing procedure of lubricating oil system.
Case study of boiler erection planning for any rated power plant
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Erection and Commissioning of Mechanical Systems II:
Erection and commissioning of Turbine – Turbine Lubricating oil flow testing, steam blowing, reheater safety
valve, vacuum tightness test, ejector testing, governing system and ATRS & ATT, and TSE.
Fuel (Coal, Oil and Gas) Handling Plant, CW Pumps and Cooling Towers. Electrostatic Precipitators
Case study of turbine erection planning for any rated power plant
11+4 Hours
Unit III
Erection and Commissioning of Electrical and Instrumentation Systems
Erection and commissioning of Generator and their Auxiliaries - Generator testing, rotor and stator cooling
system, excitation system, transformers, circuit breakers, isolators, CT and PT, rectifiers, switchgear, DC
System. Checking for various steps in erection and commissioning of switchyard Equipment, Erection and
commissioning of Control valves and actuators, tuning of control valves.
Case study of generator erection planning for any rated power plant
12+3 Hours
Unit IV
Introduction to Welding and Piping
Introduction to welding, classification of welding processes, types of welded joints and their characteristics.
Welding processes: Gas cutting process and their characteristics. Types of electrodes, welding defects, causes
and remedies, destructive and nondestructive testing of welds, precautionary measures during welding.
Piping basics, Erection, Commissioning and Inspection of piping, Maintenance of pipes in plant.
NDT methods for leakage detection: Thermal Imaging, Electronic Vector Mapping.
11+4 Hours
211
Total: 45 +15 Hours

Textbook (s):
1. P K Nag, Power Plant Engineering, TMH, 4th Ed, 2016

2. Bimbhra P S. Electrical Machines, 7th Ed, Khanna Publishers, 2015
Reference(s):
1. P N Rao , Manufacturing Technology, 6th Ed, TMH, 2015

2. G R Nagpal, Power Plant Engineering, Khanna pub, 5th Ed, 2015
3. Mukherjee P K & Chakraborty S , Electrical Machines, , Dhanpat Rai Pub, 4th Ed, 2013
Sample Question (s)
Remember 30 25 ---
Apply 20 25 60
Analyze -- -- 40
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List major equipment in thermal power plant

2. List critical operating parameter of BFP, CEP ID and FD Fan
3. List different types of valves applicable in power plant
4. State the erection procedure for any two types of valves
Understand
1. Explain General procedures in power plant maintenance

2. Explain any three NDT methods
3. Explain generator stator and rotor and cooling and sealing system maintenance
4. Explain the insulation testing procedure
Apply
1. Choose various welding techniques methods in the erection of a boiler
2. Implement various techniques used in erection and commissioning of a generator
3. Execute various techniques used in commissioning of auxiliaries of turbine
20
212
16PE022 Study of Electrical Schemes in Power Plant
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain Layouts of generator, excitation, AVR,CT and PT for power plants
2. Explain description of generator seal oil, gas system and cooling water system
3. Identify suitable Layouts for different power plants
4. Design Layouts for Switch yards
5. Apply knowledge to Design layouts for substations
6. Explain SCADA system used for smart grid systems
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO5 PO12 PO13

1 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
3 2 3 3
4 2 3 3
5 2 2 2
6 2 2 2
Unit I
Generator and excitation system
Layout and description of Generator and excitation system, AVR, CT, PT.
Layout and description of Generator seal oil system- Generator stator cooling water systems.
Generator hydrogen gas systems
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Switch yard
Layout and description of switch yard. Generator Transformer, station Transformer, Main and Transfer bus, bus
coupler, circuit breaker, Isolator, Lightning arrestor.
Layout and description of supply systems. Unit Aux. Transformer, Circuit breaker bay,
MCC Panel, D.C. and UPS
11+4 Hours
Unit III
EHV Substation
EHV Substations Incoming lines, outgoing lines, Towers, Gantry, Bus reactor, Series Capacitors, Wave Trap,
Bus Bar Scheme, LA, Lightning mast, ICT, CT, PT.
Circuit Breakers, Isolators
12+3 Hours
Unit IV
SCADA
SCADA System RTUs (Remote Terminal Units), Communication Front End, Sub Load Despatch centre,
Regional Load dispatch Centre, National Load Dispatch centre.
Sub-Station Incoming Feeder, Distribution Transformers, outgoing Feeders, Poles.
Conductor, Insulators, Vibration Dampers
11+4 Hours
Total:45+15 Hours
Textbook (s):
1. Thermal Schematic Diagrams 210 MW, NPTI Volumes, 2014
Reference(s):
213
1. Arora and Domakundwar , Power plant Engineering, Dhanpat Rai& Sons-3rd Ed, 2015
2. P. K. Nag, Power Plant Engineering, TMH-3rd Ed, 2016
Sample Question (s)
Remember 30 30 ---
Apply 20 20 100
Analyze -- -- --
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List the Schemes used at power plant

2. List the layouts used at power plant
3. Reproduce the systems used in power plant layout coal to electricity
4. State the systems used in layout of generator and excitation system
5. List the elements which are used in coal milling system
Understand
1. Explain Layout and equipment’s used in coal handling plant

2. Explain the connections of boiler and boiler drum
3. Explain layout of generator cooling system
4. Explain the layout of regenerative feed heating system
5. Explain the boiler draft system
Apply
1. Choose various welding techniques methods in the erection of a boiler
2. Choose and explain various techniques used in erection and commissioning of a generator
3. Asses various techniques used in commissioning of auxiliaries of turbine
21
214
16PE023 Study of Mechanical Schemes in Power Plant
3103
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the layout of coal to electricity

2. Infer the layout of Light diesel oil and furnace oil systems
3. Illustrate the steam and water circuit
4. Demonstrate the boiler draft systems
5. Explain the coal milling system and cooling water system
6. Explain the regenerative feed system
COs – POs Mapping
COs PO5 PO12 PO13

1 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
3 2 3 3
4 2 3 3
5 2 2 2
6 2 2 2
Unit I
Layout of Thermal Power Plant:
Fuel handling systems: Layout and equipments used in coal handling plant (unloading, conveying, stocking,
crushing, transferring RCB.) Layout and equipments used in LDO & FO plant.
Unloading, storage, transferring, heating, pumping.
11+4 Hours
Unit II
Steam and Water circuit:
Steam and water circuit in Boiler including boiler drum connections (Feed water flow through economizer,
water walls, saturated steam flow through super heater, reheater).
Boiler Draft Systems: Layout and description of FD, ID, PA Fans including seal air, scanner air fans, flue gas
path.
Air pre-heater, ESP
12+3 Hours
Unit III
Coal Milling System: Layout and description of raw coal feeder, Types of Coal Mills, Coal Mill with
connections, sealing systems, hot and cold air arrangement, Bottom and Fly Ash disposal system.
C.W. Systems: Layout and description of intake pump, Clarifloculator, filtration, CW Pump.
condenser and cooling tower arrangements.
11+4 Hours
Unit IV
Regenerative feed heating systems: Layout and description of CEP, steam ejectors, gland steam coolers, HP &
LP heaters, De-aerator, BFP & Feed Control Station.
Steam Turbine: Layout and description of turbine. HP, IP and LP cylinders with connections. Turbine
lubrication oil and gland sealing systems.
HP, LP by-pass systems
11+4 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook (s):
1. Thermal Schematic Diagrams 210 MW, NPTI Volumes, 2014
Reference(s):
215
1. Arora and Domakundwar , Power plant Engineering, Dhanpat Rai& Sons-3rd Ed, 2015
2. P. K. Nag, Power Plant Engineering, TMH-3rd Ed, 2016
Sample Question (s)
Remember 30 30 ---
Apply 20 20 100
Analyze -- -- --
Evaluate -- -- --
Create -- -- --
Total (%) 100 100 100
Remember
1. List the Schemes used at power plant

2. List the layouts used at power plant
3. Reproduce the systems used in power plant layout coal to electricity
4. State the systems used in layout of generator and excitation system
5. List the elements which are used in coal milling system
Understand
1. Explain Layout and equipment’s used in coal handling plant

2. Explain the connections of boiler and boiler drum
3. Explain layout of generator cooling system
4. Explain the layout of regenerative feed heating system
5. Explain the boiler draft system
Apply
1. Find the design aspects of coal handling plant
2. Find the design parameters of latest gas based subsystem
3. Implement the layout for turbine
4. Implement the layout for HP and LP heaters
22
216

GMRIT Academic Regulations and Curriculum 2016

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

GMRIT Academic Regulations and Curriculum 2016

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

GMRIT

Academic Regulations, Curriculum and Syllabi

Department of Power Engineering

GMR Institute of Technology

1. Eligibility for Admission……………………………....................................................... iv

The Vision of GMRIT

To be among the most preferred institutions for engineering and technological

The Mission of GMRIT

Academic Regulations for B. Tech. Programme*

1. Eligibility for Admission

b. Admission eligibility-Under Lateral Entry Scheme

2. Duration of the Programme

III. Computer Science and Engineering (CS)

a. Integrated Courses: Integrated courses are exclusively designed to provide a

4.1. Credit Distribution for Courses Offered

4.2. Structure of curriculum

a. Full Semester Internship (FSI) Model

A. Course Pattern for Four year Regular Programme (FSI)

VIII 4 (2 Compulsory + 2 Elective) 2 16

B. Course Pattern for Four Year Regular Programme (Non - FSI)

VIII 3 (2 Compulsory + 1 Elective) Project work 19

C. Course Pattern for Three Year Lateral Entry Programme (FSI)

VIII 4 (2 Compulsory + 2 Elective) 2 16

Total 24+4+1 Audit courses 10 + Term paper +Mini project+ 132

Internship report +CCEC +

VIII 3 (2 Compulsory + 1 Elective) Project work 19

4.3 Credit Break-up for Various Category of Courses

Total Theory Courses : 36 @ 3 credits each = 108

CCEC Activities : 2 @ 1 credits = 2

c. For three year lateral entry Programme (FSI)

Total Theory Courses : 24 @ 3 credits each = 72

d. For three year lateral entry Programme (Non FSI)

Total Theory Courses : 26 @ 3 credits each = 78

4.4 Division of Marks for Continuous and Semester End Assessment

Marks Marks for

Range of Percentage Letter Qualitative Grade

5.1 Continuous Assessment Pattern for all Courses

h. Full Semester Internship

On Site Assessment : 30 Marks

i. Co-Curricular and Extra Curricular (CCEC) Activities

j. Employability Skills (ES)

• Assessment for Aptitude skills

Assessment of Soft Skills

h. Industry Driven One Credit Courses

a) It is desirable for a candidate to put on 100% attendance in all the subjects.

Classification of degree will be as follows:

i. CGPA ≥ 7.5 : Degree with Distinction

e) Quick Supplementary Examination

9. Flexibility to Add or Drop Courses

10. Withdrawal from the Examination

a. s/he represents “she” and “he” both

11. Curriculum: The curriculum of all the UG Programmes is given below

To be a nationally preferred Power Engineering department of learning for students and

1. To provide quality education in Power Engineering to prepare the graduates for a

Program Educational Objectives

Engineering graduate will be able to

PO 1: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an

1. Choice based credit system

Department of Power Engineering

List of Elective Courses, Contemporary Courses, Audit Courses, Employability Skills

1 16PE020 Operation and Maintenance of Power Plant 2, 4, PSO1 3 - - 3

16HSX01 English Communication Skills I

COs – POs Mapping